Access Components

Access Components
ov-cam-latches-and-locks - Updated - 12-01-2017

Cam Latches
& Locks
Keys - Flexi-System A0102
for cam latches and locks - zinc
Material
Die cast zinc.
Technical Notes
Keys for our range of cam latches.
Order No. Insert driver Type l w Ød f
For slot type cam latches no special
key required - simply use flat head
A0102.AW0006 Square 6 Type One 74,5 49 9 13,8 screwdriver.
A0102.AW0010 Square 7 Type One 74,5 49 9 13,8 Note: For part A1661.AW0006
A0102.AW0020 Square 8 Type One 74,5 49 9 13,8 (Square 6) use key A0102.AW0206
A0102.AW0040 Triangle 7 Type One 74,5 49 9 13,8 only.
A0102.AW0050 Triangle 8 Type One 74,5 49 9 13,8 Important Notes
A0102.AW0055 Triangle 9 Type One 74,5 49 9 13,8 Sold subject to pack quantity.
A0102.AW0060 3mm Double Bit Type One 70,0 49 9 13,2
A0102.AW0070 4mm Double Bit Type One 74,5 49 9 13,8 Referral
A0102.AW0090 8mm Hex Pin Type One 74,5 49 9 13,8
Please also see part A0103 for
specialist keys for our cam latches.
A0102.AW0100 10mm Hex Socket Type One 74,5 49 9 13,8
A0102.AW0206 Square 6 Type two 32,0 30 9 11
Created 2021-07-20 wixroyd.com

Keys - Flexi-System A0103
for cam latches and locks - plastic
Material
Body: plastic.
Technical Notes
Keys for our range of cam latches.
For slot type cam latches no special
key required - simply use flat head
screwdriver.
Important Notes
Sold subject to pack quantity.
Referral
Please also see part A0102 for our
full range of alternative keys.
Order No. Insert driver w l f

A0103.AW0040 7mm Triangle 40 41,5 40
A0103.AW0055 9mm Triangle 40 41,5 40
A0103.AW0050 8mm Triangle 40 41,5 40
A0103.AW0006 6mm Square 40 41,5 40
A0103.AW0010 7mm Square 40 41,5 40
A0103.AW0020 8mm Square 40 41,5 40

Keys for A1104 A0104
hygienic line
Material
A0104.AW0010: Plastic
A0104.AW0110: Plastic handle,
steel insert
Technical Notes
Keys for Hygienic line Cam Locks
A1104.
Order cam and key separately.
Holes provide opportunity for
lanyard to guard against theft.
Tips
Order No. Insert driver l1 l2 w d Made to the high 3A standard.
A0104.AW0010 Triangle 7 42 28 41 14 This ensures it meets the high
A0104.AW0110 Stadium 52 28 41 18 standards required for use in food,
beverage, pharmaceutical and
medical applications.
Hygienically designed for effective
and easy cleaning, corrosion
resistant, non-toxic.
Design precludes contamination by
dirt, food particles and organic
matter.

Wixroyd Cam Latches, Locks and Swing Handles
cam selection chart
Suitable With Projection Cams

Compatible
A0261 A0203 A0210 A0240
cam no.
6 x 6 square 8 x 8 square 8 x 8 square 8 x 8 square
Cam fitting
hole
6 8 8 8
Cam latch / A2503 / A2504 A2503 / A2504 A2503 / A2504
A1261 / A1281 / A2390
lock no. A2523 / A2528 A2523 / A2528 A2523 / A2528
Suitable Without Projection Cams Table 1
Compatible
A0203 A0210 A0240 A0243
cam no.
8 x 8 square 8 x 8 square 8 x 8 square 8 x 8 square
Cam fitting
hole
8 8 8 8
A1003 / A1021 / A1103 A1003 / A1021 / A1103 A1003 / A1021 / A1103 A1003 / A1021 / A1103
A1161 / A1168 / A1181 A1161 / A1168 / A1181 A1161 / A1168 / A1181 A1161 / A1168 / A1181
A1203 / A1210 / A1251 A1203 / A1210 / A1251 A1203 / A1210 / A1251 A1203 / A1210 / A1251
A1601 / A1620 / A1801 A1601 / A1620 / A1801 A1601 / A1620 / A1801 A1601 / A1620 / A1801
A2001 / A2203 / A2326 A2001 / A2203 / A2326 A2001 / A2203 / A2326 A2001 / A2203 / A2326
Cam latch /
A2333 / A2392 / A2526 A2333 / A2392 / A2526 A2333 / A2392 / A2526 A2333 / A2392 / A2526
lock no.
A4221 / A4241 / A4260 A4221 / A4241 / A4260 A4221 / A4241 / A4260 A4221 / A4241 / A4260
B1082 / B1086 / B1088 B1082 / B1086 / B1088 B1082 / B1086 / B1088 B1082 / B1086 / B1088
B1091 / B1092 / B1180 B1091 / B1092 / B1180 B1091 / B1092 / B1180 B1091 / B1092 / B1180
B1281 / B1285 / B1380 B1281 / B1285 / B1380 B1281 / B1285 / B1380 B1281 / B1285 / B1380
B1450 / B2091 / B2181 B1450 / B2091 / B2181 B1450 / B2091 / B2181 B1450 / B2091 / B2181
Suitable Without Projection Cams Table 2

Compatible
A0250 A0234 A0215 A0231 A0233
cam no.
5 x 5 square 6,3 dia. x 4,9 7 x 7 square 8 x 10 dia. 8 x 10 dia.
Cam fitting
hole 4,9 8 8
5 Ø6,3 7 Ø10 Ø10

Cam latch / B2082 / B2084 / B2086 A1603 / A1611 A1603 / A1611
A4600 / A4620 A1661 / A1667
lock no. B2088 / B2285 / B2380 A1630 / A1810 A1630 / A1810
Calculation of correct cam off-set

Cam off-set
Use the formula to calculate
-ve cam off-set
your correct cam off-set:
lh
ch = h - lh h
zero cam off-set
ch = the required cam off-set. ch
h = distance between inside

+ve cam off-set
of lock face and front of
cl
cam (also referred to as
“grip length”).
lh = length of cam body to
be used (refer to
Cam Off-Set (dimension ch)
individual cam body To ensure your cam fully and correctly engages with the frame of your door the correct cam off-set must be
data sheets). selected. A cam off-set can be either negative (-ve) or positive (+ve).
Cam Length (dimension cl)
Impacts reach of the cam to door frame and hence impacts positioning of cam body for installation. Cam
length or reach is measured from the centre of the cam fixing hole to the cam’s leading edge. Refer to
individual cam body datasheets.
0845 26 66 577 info@wixroyd.com

Single Point Cams - Flexi-System - 8 x 8 Sq. A0203
for cam latches and locks - steel
Material
Steel, zinc plated.
Technical Notes
Use formula to calculate ch
(required cam off-set), and select
from product table below;
ch = h - lh where;
ch = required cam off-set/height.
h = grip length (distance between
inside of latch face and front of
cam).
lh = body length of cam latch/lock
to be used (see individual latch/lock
product table).
Refer to installation drawing below.
Important Notes
Suitable for Flexi-System latches.
"With projection" type ensures
correct location and prevents cam
rotating over 45°. See cam
selection chart for specific
latch/lock suitability.
Where Where Where Where Where Where Where Where

Order No. Type ch cl ts
lh=18 lh=18,5 lh=20 lh=24 lh=30 lh=40 lh=50 lh=60
A0203.AW0300 With Projection 0 35 3 18,5 20 24 30 40 50 60 52
A0203.AW0400 With Projection 0 45 3 18 18,5 20 24 30 40 50 60
A0203.AW1302 With Projection -2 35 3 16,5 18 22 28 38 48 58 52
A0203.AW1402 With Projection -2 45 3 16 16,5 18 22 28 38 48 58
A0203.AW5300 W/o Projection 0 35 4 18 18,5 20 24 30 40 50 60
A0203.AW5403 W/o Projection 3 45 21 21,5 23 27 33 43 53 63 52

Order No. Type ch cl ts
lh=18 lh=18,5 lh=20 lh=24 lh=30 lh=40 lh=50 lh=60
A0203.AW6302 W/o Projection -2 35 4 16 16,5 18 22 28 38 48 64
A0203.AW6408 W/o Projection -8 45 4 10,5 12 16 22 32 42 52 52
A0203.AW6494 With Projection -4 45 14 14,5 16 20 26 36 46 56 52 Material
A0203.AW6496 With Projection -6 45 12 12,5 14 18 24 34 44 54 52 Steel, zinc plated.
A0203.AW0305 With Projection 5 35 4 23 23.5 25 29 35 45 55 65
Technical Notes
A0203.AW1304 With Projection -4 35 4 14 14.5 14.5 20 26 36 46 56
A0203.AW1306 With Projection -6 35 4 12 12.5 12.5 18 24 34 44 54 from product table below;
A0203.AW1308 With Projection -8 35 4 10 10.5 10.5 16 22 32 42 52 ch = h - lh where;
A0203.AW1314 With Projection -14 35 4 4 4.5 4.5 10 16 26 36 46 ch = required cam off-set/height.
A0203.AW5308 W/o Projection 8 35 3 26 26.5 26.5 32 38 48 58 68 h = grip length (distance between
A0203.AW5312 W/o Projection 12 35 4 30 30.5 30.5 36 42 52 62 72 inside of latch face and front of
A0203.AW5314 W/o Projection 14 35 3 32 32.5 32.5 38 44 54 64 74 cam).
A0203.AW5318 W/o Projection 18 35 3 36 36.5 36.5 42 48 58 68 78 lh = body length of cam latch/lock
A0203.AW5322 W/o Projection 22 35 4 40 40.5 40.5 46 52 62 72 82 to be used (see individual latch/lock
product table).
A0203.AW5324 W/o Projection 24 35 3 42 42.5 42.5 48 54 64 74 84
A0203.AW5328 W/o Projection 28 35 3 46 46.5 46.5 52 58 68 78 88 Important Notes
A0203.AW5360 W/o Projection 30 35 4 48 48.5 48.5 54 60 70 80 90 Suitable for Flexi-System latches.
A0203.AW6301 W/o Projection -1 35 3 17 17.5 17.5 23 29 39 49 59 "With projection" type ensures
A0203.AW6306 W/o Projection -6 35 3 12 12.5 12.5 18 24 34 44 54 correct location and prevents cam
A0203.AW6308 W/o Projection -8 35 3 10 10.5 10.5 16 22 32 42 52
A0203.AW6310 W/o Projection -10 35 4 8 8.5 8.5 14 20 30 40 50 latch/lock suitability.
A0203.AW6314 W/o Projection -14 35 3 4 4.5 4.5 10 16 26 36 46 Sold subject to pack quantity.
A0203.AW6316 W/o Projection -16 35 4 2 2.5 2.5 8 14 24 34 44
A0203.AW5422 W/o Projection 22 45 3,4 40 40.5 40.5 46 52 62 72 82
A0203.AW5422 W/o Projection 22 45 3,4 40 40.5 42 46 52 62 72 82
A0203.AW5428 W/o Projection 28 45 3 46 46.5 48 52 58 68 78 88
A0203.AW6410 W/o Projection -10 45 3,4 8 8.5 10 14 20 30 40 50
A0203.AW6420 W/o Projection -20 45 3,4 -2 -1.5 0 4 10 20 30 40
A0203.AW6422 W/o Projection -22 45 3,4 -4 -3.5 -2 2 8 18 28 38
A0203.AW6424 W/o Projection -24 45 3 -6 -5.5 -4 0 6 16 26 36
A0203.AW0422 With Projection 22 45 3,4 40 40.5 42 46 52 62 72 82
A0203.AW1410 With Projection -10 45 4 8 8.5 10 14 20 30 40 50
A0203.AW1420 With Projection -20 45 4 -2 -1.5 0 4 10 20 30 40
A0203.AW1422 With Projection -22 45 4 -4 -3.5 -2 2 8 18 28 38
A0203.AW1426 With Projection -26 45 4 -8 -7.5 -6 -2 4 14 24 34
A0203.AW1428 With Projection -28 45 4 -10 -9.5 -8 -4 2 12 22 32

Material
Steel, zinc plated.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
product table).
Important Notes

for cam latches and locks - stainless steel
Material
Stainless steel, AISI 304.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
product table).
Important Notes
Referral
Alt. cam types - see A0202 to
A0280. Other sizes available subject
Where Where Where Where Where Where Where Where to min. qty.
Order No. Order No.
ch cl lh =18 lh =18,5 lh =20 lh =25 lh =30 lh =40 lh =50 lh =60
With Projection W/O Projection
h= h= h= h= h= h= h= h=
- A0210.AW0002 -2 45 16 16,5 18 23 28 38 48 58
A0210.AW0400 A0210.AW0420 0 45 18 18,5 20 25 30 40 50 60
A0210.AW0402 - 2 45 20 20,5 22 27 32 42 52 62
- A0210.AW0423 3 45 21 21,5 23 28 33 43 53 63
A0210.AW0404 A0210.AW0424 4 45 22 22,5 24 29 34 44 54 64
A0210.AW0406 A0210.AW0426 6 45 24 24,5 26 31 36 46 56 66
A0210.AW0408 A0210.AW0428 8 45 26 26,5 28 33 38 48 58 68
A0210.AW0410 A0210.AW0430 10 45 28 28,5 30 35 40 50 60 70
A0210.AW0412 A0210.AW0432 12 45 30 30,5 32 37 42 52 62 72
- A0210.AW0434 14 45 32 32,5 34 39 44 54 64 74
- A0210.AW0436 16 45 34 34,5 36 41 46 56 66 76
- A0210.AW0438 18 45 36 36,5 38 43 48 58 68 78
A0210.AW0500 A0210.AW0520 20 45 38 38,5 40 45 50 60 70 80
- A0210.AW6304 -4 35 14 14,5 16 21 26 36 46 56
A0210.AW0422 A0210.AW5422 22 45 40 40,5 42 47 52 62 72 82
A0210.AW0424 A0210.AW5424 24 45 42 42,5 44 49 54 64 74 84
A0210.AW0426 A0210.AW5426 26 45 44 44,5 46 51 56 66 76 86
A0210.AW0428 A0210.AW5428 28 45 46 46,5 48 53 58 68 78 88
- A0210.AW5430 30 45 48 48,5 50 55 60 70 80 90
A0210.AW0432 A0210.AW5432 32 45 50 50,5 52 57 62 72 82 92
- A0210.AW5434 34 45 52 52,5 54 59 64 74 84 94
A0210.AW6410 A0210.AW1410 -10 45 8 8,5 10 15 20 30 40 50
A0210.AW1412 A0210.AW6412 -12 45 6 6,5 8 13 18 28 38 48
A0210.AW1414 A0210.AW6414 -14 45 4 4,5 6 11 16 26 36 46
- A0210.AW6416 -16 45 2 2,5 4 9 14 24 34 44
- A0210.AW6418 -18 45 0 0,5 2 7 12 22 32 42
A0210.AW1420 A0210.AW6420 -20 45 -2 -1,5 0 5 10 20 30 40
A0210.AW1422 A0210.AW6422 -22 45 -4 -3,5 -2 3 8 18 28 38
- A0210.AW6424 -24 45 -6 -5,5 -4 1 6 16 26 36

for cam latches and locks - stainless steel
Order No. Order No.
ch cl lh =18 lh =18,5 lh =20 lh =25 lh =30 lh =40 lh =50 lh =60
With Projection W/O Projection
h= h= h= h= h= h= h= h=
A0210.AW1426 - -26 45 -8 -7,5 -6 -1 4 14 24 34
- A0210.AW1428 -28 45 -10 -9,5 -8 -3 2 12 22 32
Material
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
product table).
Important Notes
Referral
Alt. cam types - see A0202 to
to min. qty.

Material
Steel, zinc plated.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
Where Where Where Where Where Where Where Where lh = body length of cam latch/lock
Order No. Type ch cl ts lh=18 lh=18,5 lh=20 lh=24 lh=30 lh=40 lh=50 lh=60 to be used (see individual latch/lock
h= h= h= h= h= h= h= h= product table).
A0215.AW5402 W/o Projection 2 45 3 20 20,5 22 26 32 42 52 62 Important Notes
A0215.AW5404 W/o Projection 4 45 3 22 22,5 24 28 34 44 54 64 See cam selection chart for
A0215.AW5406 W/o Projection 6 45 3 24 24,5 26 30 36 46 56 66 specific latch/lock suitability.

Material
Steel, zinc plated.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
Where Where Where Where Where Where Where Where cam).
Order No. Type ch cl ts lh=18 lh=18,5 lh=20 lh=24 lh=30 lh=40 lh=50 lh=60 lh = body length of cam latch/lock
h= h= h= h= h= h= h= h= to be used (see individual latch/lock
A0216.AW6406 W/o Projection -6 45 3 12 12,5 14 18 24 34 44 54 product table).
A0216.AW5500 W/o Projection 0 50 3 18 18,5 20 24 30 40 50 60 Important Notes
A0216.AW5507 W/o Projection 7 50 3 25 25,5 27 31 37 47 57 67 See cam selection chart for
A0216.AW5508 W/o Projection 8 50 3 26 26,5 28 32 38 48 58 68 specific latch/lock suitability.
A0216.AW5510 W/o Projection 10 50 3 28 28,5 30 34 40 50 60 70 Sold subject to pack quantity.

Hooked Cam - Flexi-System - 8 x 8 Sq. A0224
for cam latches and locks - zinc
Material
Steel, zinc plated.
Technical Notes
Hooked cam gives rotation of 360°.
Suitable for push - pull type cabinet
doors. Allows securing to fixed
Order No. Type Rotation radius ts point or plate within frame.
A0224.AW0010 One 28 4 Tips
A0224.AW0020 Two 23 4 Reversing the cam gives both
clockwise and anticlockwise
hooking action.
Important Notes
Suitable for flexi system latches.

Single Point Cams - Steel A0231
for adjustable grip compression cam latches
Material
Steel, zinc plated.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
product table).
Important Notes
Suitable for adjustable grip
compression cam latches A1603,
A1611, A1630, A1810.
See cam selection chart for
Order No.
specific latch/lock suitability.
ch cl Where lh = 32 Installation hole is rectangular
W/O Projection
6mmx4mm.
A0231.AW0300 0 33 32 Please note due to design of the
A0231.AW0314 14 33 46 single point cam, it is not possible
A0231.AW0327 27 33 59 to use +ve offset cam in
A0231.AW0305 5 33 37 reverse/upside down as it results
A0231.AW0308 8 33 40
in a clash with the body of the cam
latch- making it inoperable.
A0231.AW0310 10 33 42
A0231.AW0312 12 33 44 Referral
A0231.AW0316 16 33 48 Alt. cams in stainless steel - see
A0231.AW0318 18 33 50 A0233. Other sizes available subject
A0231.AW0322 22 33 54 to min. qty.
A0231.AW0324 24 33 56
A0231.AW0328 28 33 60
A0231.AW0330 30 33 62
A0231.AW1304 -4 33 28
A0231.AW1308 -7 33 25
A0231.AW1314 -14 33 18
A0231.AW1316 -16 33 16
A0231.AW1318 -18 33 14
A0231.AW1410 -10 45 22
A0231.AW0400 0 45 32
A0231.AW0405 5 45 37
A0231.AW0408 8 45 40
A0231.AW0418 18 45 50

for adjustable grip compression cam latches
Material
Steel, zinc plated.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
product table).
Important Notes
Suitable for adjustable grip
compression cam latches A1603,
A1611, A1630, A1810.
See cam selection chart for
specific latch/lock suitability.
Installation hole is rectangular
6mmx4mm.
Please note due to design of the
single point cam, it is not possible
to use +ve offset cam in
reverse/upside down as it results
in a clash with the body of the cam
latch- making it inoperable.
Referral
Alt. cams in stainless steel - see
to min. qty.

for adjustable grip mini compression cam latches - A1661 and A1667
Material
Steel, zinc plated.
Technical Notes
ch =h - lh where;
cam).
product table).
Refer to installation drawing above.
Important Notes
Suitable for adjustable grip mini
compression cam latches A1660 and
Order No. Where lh = 22,5 A1666. See cam selection chart for
Type ch cl l ts
W/O Projection min. h = specific latch/lock suitability.
A0234.AW0300 +ve offset 0 23 10 2,8 22,5
Installation hole is rectangular
A0234.AW0301 +ve offset 1 23 10 2,8 23,5
6mmx4mm.
A0234.AW0303 +ve offset 4 23 10 2,8 26,5 Please note due to design of the
A0234.AW0307 +ve offset 7 23 10 2,8 29,5 single point cam, it is not possible
A0234.AW0310 +ve offset 10 23 10 2,8 32,5 to use +ve offset cam in
A0234.AW0313 +ve offset 13 23 10 2,8 35,5 reverse/upside down as it results
A0234.AW0316 +ve offset 16 23 10 2,8 38,5 in a clash with the body of the cam
A0234.AW0320 +ve offset 20 23 10 2,8 42,5 latch- making it inoperable.
A0234.AW0323 +ve offset 23 23 10 2,8 45,5 Referral
A0234.AW6304 -ve offset -4 23 11 2,8 18,5 Other sizes available subject to min.
A0234.AW6308 -ve offset -8 23 11 2,8 14,5 qty.
A0234.AW6312 -ve offset -12 23 11 2,8 10,5
A0234.AW6316 -ve offset -16 23 11 2,8 6,5
A0234.AW6323 -ve offset -23 23 11 2,8 0,0
A0234.AW6302 -ve offset -2 23 11 3 20.5
A0234.AW6306 -ve offset -6 23 11 3 16.5
A0234.AW6314 -ve offset -14 23 11 3 8.5
A0234.AW6320 -ve offset -20 23 11 3 2.5
A0234.AW6324 -ve offset -24 23 11 3 -1.5

Two Point Cams - Flexi-System A0240
for 3-point latching of cam latches and locks - zinc
Material
Steel, zinc plated.
Size: 8 x 8 Sq.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
product table).
Important Notes
Referral
For suitable rods and guides for
3-point latching systems see part
A0302 and A0320.
Order No. Type ch cl l w1 w2 ts
A0240.AW0000 With Projection 0 45 20 36 20 4
A0240.AW0100 W/o Projection 0 45 20 36 20 4

Order No. lh=18 lh=18,5 lh=20 lh=25 lh=30 lh=40 lh=50 lh=60
h= h= h= h= h= h= h= h=
A0240.AW0000 18 18,5 20 25 30 40 50 60
A0240.AW0004 22 22,5 24 29 34 44 54 64
A0240.AW0008 26 26,5 28 33 38 48 58 68
A0240.AW0010 28 28,5 30 35 40 50 60 70
A0240.AW0012 30 30,5 32 37 42 52 62 72
A0240.AW0014 32 32,5 34 39 44 54 64 74
A0240.AW0016 34 34,5 36 41 46 56 66 76
A0240.AW0020 38 38,5 40 45 50 60 70 80

Two Point Cams - Flexi-System A0240
for 3-point latching of cam latches and locks - zinc
Order No. lh=18 lh=18,5 lh=20 lh=25 lh=30 lh=40 lh=50 lh=60
h= h= h= h= h= h= h= h=
A0240.AW0022 40 40,5 42 47 52 62 72 82
A0240.AW0100 18 18,5 20 25 30 40 50 60
A0240.AW0104 22 22,5 24 29 34 44 54 64
A0240.AW0108 26 26,5 28 33 38 48 58 68
A0240.AW0110 28 28,5 30 35 40 50 60 70
A0240.AW0120 30 30,5 32 37 42 52 62 72
A0240.AW0140 32 32,5 34 39 44 54 64 74
A0240.AW0160 34 34,5 36 41 46 56 66 76
A0240.AW0200 38 38,5 40 45 50 60 70 80
A0240.AW0220 40 40,5 42 47 52 62 72 82
Material
Steel, zinc plated.
Size: 8 x 8 Sq.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
product table).
Important Notes
Referral
For suitable rods and guides for
3-point latching systems see part
A0302 and A0320.

Multi Point Locking Adaptor - Flexi-System A0243
for cam latches, locks and swing handles - zinc
Material
Steel, zinc plated.
Technical Notes
Two point locking adaptor for use
with our round rod latching system
on cam latches and swing handles,
to achieve a comprehensive latching
system for tall cabinets and
enclosures.
Tips
(required cam off-set), and refer to
cam chart;
ch = h - lh where;
ch = required cam off-set/ height.
cam).
to be used (see product table
below).
Important Notes
Referral
Rod latching sets - see part A0302.
Order No Application Type

A0243.AW0010 In-line Multi-Point Locking Adaptor W/o projection
A0243.AW0430 Two Point Locking Adaptor W/o projection

The Benefits of Multi-point Latching
Many industrial cabinets are made of low gauge sheet metal. These often flex under their own weight and can
be forced outward due to pressure from the cabinet’s internal environment (i.e. air pressure). While a gasket
or seal will improve performance, all round consistent sealing is often not achieved because only a single
point locking latch is used - to achieve optimum all round sealing a multi-point latching system is required.
What is multi-point latching

For larger cabinets the use of Wixroyd rods and rod guides provide a multi-point latching system locking at
two, three or more points on the cabinet - often these points are at the top, bottom and middle of the cabinet.
How does multi-point With each multi-point latching system there will be an
latching work? actuating cam latch, lock or swing handle -
attached to these, inside of the cabinet, are a cam
and two latching rods.
When the latch is actuated to close, the cam engages
with the door frame to provide the first point of locking,
while at the same time one of the latching rods moves
upwards, while the other down and engages with the
top and bottom of the cabinet frame respectively, to
provide the second and third points of locking.
Multi-point latching systems can be installed both
inside and outside of the cabinet gasket.
Wixroyd multi-point latching systems provide flexible
options for locking at several points of a cabinet;
increasing security, improving environmental control
within a cabinet, and greater stability of tall cabinets.
Different approaches to
multi-point latching
ov-benefits-multi-point-latching - Updated - 12-01-2017
1. In conjunction with a standard 2. In conjunction with a standard 3. We have a range of swing handles
cam latch, lock or swing handle, cam latch, lock or swing handle, and flush T-handle cam latches
use a multi-point cam (A0240) use a two point locking adapator with integrated rod control
and a latching rod set (A0303, A0243 and a latching rod set systems. These integrated
A0321, A0325) to achieve three (A0303, A0321, A0325) to systems make attachment of
points of locking. achieve two points of locking. latching rod sets far simpler and
far more robust. Together they
achieve three points of locking.

Calculating the Length of Multi-point Latching Rods
Example of Rod
Latch Application
bend height N
dm
dm
l1
ts
l1
door frame
height height
M F
rod drive
drive
mechanism
mechanism
a
a
c b
enclosure door enclosure frame
centre of
rotation line
d
door centre door return

line height Y
b
l2
door frame
width width
W U
dm l2
dm drive by cam
enclosure door enclosure frame
drive by bar
door return
width X
Integrated rod control mechanism 3 point cam and rods Enclosure structure
Calculation of rod lengths from centreline of rotation: Calculate the length of

f the rod
l1 = - a + (dm - 2)
2 dm = rod stroke (distance rod
moves when latch is actuated)
f f = door frame height
l2 = - b + (dm - 2)
2
Calculation of rod lengths from centerline of door used:

f d
l1 = - [a + ( )] + (dm - 2)
2 2-c
f d
l2 = - [b + ( )] + (dm - 2)
oov-calculating-length-multi-point-latching-rods - Updated - 12-01-2017
2 2-c
Important Note: The effective length of a connecting piece should be deducted if used. This
calculation method is applicable for those rods mounted inside gaskets.
wixroyd.com
Multi-Point Latching Set A0303
round rod - for cam latches and swing handles
Material
Rod: steel, zinc plated. With Nylon
or PA6 rollers.
Rod Guides One to Four: polyamide,
PA6.
Rod Adaptor and Roller Adaptor: die
cast zinc, zinc plated.
Technical Notes
For use with cam latches & locks,
making a full 3-point latching
system.
Distance between base of rod and
inside of door depends upon
height of rod guide selected, see
dimension h1.
Rod guides: fixed via counter sunk
screw or weld-on stud.
Rod adaptor: fits to any length of
rod. If rod of different length is
required, simply cut oversized
length with a saw.
Cams: see two point cams A0240 to
achieve 3-point locking.
Important Notes
Order No. Type Lenght l h1 h2 Weld screw Please order rods, rod guides and
rod adaptors separately.
A0303.AW0861 Guide One - 24 32 M 6 x 16
A0303.AW0862 Guide One - 30 38 M 6 x 20 Referral
A0303.AW0863 Guide One - 34 42 M 6 x 20 Other sizes subj. to min. qty.
A0303.AW0881 Guide Two - 7 - -
A0303.AW0882 Guide Three - 18 - -
A0303.AW0883 Guide Four - 22 - -
A0303.AW0900 Rod Adaptor - - - -
A0303.AW0910 Roller Adaptor - - - -
A0303.AW1060 Rod One 600 - - -
A0303.AW1080 Rod One 800 - - -
A0303.AW1100 Rod One 1000 - -
A0303.AW2060 Rod Two 600 - - -
A0303.AW2080 Rod Two 800 - - -
A0303.AW2100 Rod Two 1000 - - -
A0303.AW3060 Rod Three 600 - - -
A0303.AW3080 Rod Three 800 - -
A0303.AW3100 Rod Three 1000 - - -

Product Selection for Multi-point Latching Set A0303
Applications inside the gasket
INSIDE
GASKET
integrated rod control system
two point cam
rod adpator
A0303.AW09xx
rod guide
A0303.AW08xx
Round rod type Rod one Rod two Rod three Round rod and
Part no. A0303 compatible with: .AW1xxx .AW2xxx .AW3xxx accessories
Two point cam (A0240)    compatability
Integrated rod control systems   
Required accessories:
Rod guide A0303.AW08xx   

ov-a0303-multi-point-latching-set - Updated - 20-04-2017
Rod adaptor A0303.AW0900   
Roller adaptor A0303.AW0910   
Note: Use of rod guide is essential for all applications.
To suit a single enclosure door, where h1 (height between base of rod and inside of door) = 24mm. Ordering example for
1 x A0303.AW2100 - round rod (pkt of 2).
complete rod set
1 x A0303.AW0861 - rod guide (pkt of 2), h1 = 24mm.
1 x A0303.AW0900 - rod adaptor (pkt of 2).
wixroyd.com
flat rod - for cam latches and swing handles
Material
Rod: steel, zinc plated. With nylon
or PA6 rollers.
Rod guides One and Two:
polyamide, PA6.
Technical Notes
system. Distance between base of
rod and inside of door depends
upon height of rod guide selected,
see dimension h1.
Important Notes
Please order rods and guides
separately.
Order No. Type Length a h1 Weld screw

A0321.AW1118 Rod One 1000 18,5 - -
A0321.AW1122 Rod One 1000 22,5 - -
A0321.AW1127 Rod One 1000 27,5 - -
A0321.AW1135 Rod One 1000 35,0 - -
A0321.AW0800 Guide One - - 3,6 M 6x16
A0321.AW0820 Guide Two - - 3,6 M 6x16

Product Selection for Multi-point Latching Set A0321
Applications inside the gasket
INSIDE
GASKET
integrated rod control system
rod guide A0321.AW08xx
Round rod type Rod one Round rod and

Part no. A0321 compatible with: .AW01xx accessories
Two point cam (A0240)  compatibility
Integrated rod control systems 
Required accessories:
Rod guide A0321.AW08xx 
Note: Use of rod guide is essential for all applications.
To suit a single enclosure door, where h1 (height between base of rod and inside of door) = 3,6mm. Ordering example for
1 x A0321.AW0118 - flat rod (pkt of 2). complete rod set
1 x A0321.AW0800 - rod guide (pkt of 2), h1 = 3,6mm.
wixroyd.com
flat rod with locking pins - for cam latches and swing handles
Material
Rod: steel, zinc plated.
Rod Guides One: polyamide, PA6.
Rod Catcher: die cast zinc, black.
Technical Notes
system. Distance between base of
rod and inside of door depends
upon height of rod guide selected,
see dimension h1.
Important Notes
Please order rods, rod guides and
rod catcher separately.
Order No. Type Length l h1

A0325.AW1070 Rod One 760 -
A0325.AW0800 Rod Guide - 3,6
A0325.AW0900 Rod Catcher - -

The Benefits of Multi-point Latching
Many industrial cabinets are made of low gauge sheet metal. These often flex under their own weight and can
be forced outward due to pressure from the cabinet’s internal environment (i.e. air pressure). While a gasket
or seal will improve performance, all round consistent sealing is often not achieved because only a single
point locking latch is used - to achieve optimum all round sealing a multi-point latching system is required.
What is multi-point latching

For larger cabinets the use of Wixroyd rods and rod guides provide a multi-point latching system locking at
two, three or more points on the cabinet - often these points are at the top, bottom and middle of the cabinet.
How does multi-point With each multi-point latching system there will be an
latching work? actuating cam latch, lock or swing handle -
attached to these, inside of the cabinet, are a cam
and two latching rods.
When the latch is actuated to close, the cam engages
with the door frame to provide the first point of locking,
while at the same time one of the latching rods moves
upwards, while the other down and engages with the
top and bottom of the cabinet frame respectively, to
provide the second and third points of locking.
Multi-point latching systems can be installed both
inside and outside of the cabinet gasket.
Wixroyd multi-point latching systems provide flexible
options for locking at several points of a cabinet;
increasing security, improving environmental control
within a cabinet, and greater stability of tall cabinets.
Different approaches to
multi-point latching
1. In conjunction with a standard 2. In conjunction with a standard 3. We have a range of swing handles
cam latch, lock or swing handle, cam latch, lock or swing handle, and flush T-handle cam latches
use a multi-point cam (A0240) use a two point locking adapator with integrated rod control
and a latching rod set (A0303, A0243 and a latching rod set systems. These integrated
A0321, A0325) to achieve three (A0303, A0321, A0325) to systems make attachment of
points of locking. achieve two points of locking. latching rod sets far simpler and
far more robust. Together they
achieve three points of locking.

Finger Pulls A0352
for flexi-system cam latches and locks
Material
Body: polyamide DIN-EN ISO 1043-1
PA 6 GFR 30, black.
Technical Notes
Suitable for all Flexi-System latches
with cut-out of 22,2 dia. / 20,2
square. Please order cam latch/lock
separately, see parts A1002 to
A1252.
Tips
Note when finger pull used the
cam latch useful body length 'lh'
is reduced by 2mm. This is
important in relation to selection
of suitable cam.
Important Notes
Order No. To suit flexi-system fastener

A0352.AW0028 22,2 Dia Installation Cut Out

Dust Cap A0360
for flexi-system cam latches and locks
Material
Body: polyamide, black.
Technical Notes
Fits all Flexi-System cam latches &
locks, and other fasteners with a
standard installation cut out of 22,2
dia / 20,2 square.
Tips
Note when dust cap used the cam
latch useful body length 'lh' is
reduced by 2mm. This is important
in relation to selection of suitable
cam.
Important Notes
Order No. Type

A0360.AW0010 Polyamide

Recessed Spacer - for Isolation Panels and Covers A0420
for flexi-system cam latches and locks - steel
Material
Body: steel, zinc plated.
Technical Notes
For use on isolation panels and
other thick doors, enables near
flush fitting of cam latch or lock
through recessed fixing of the cam
body.
Tips
Suitable for all our Flexi-System cam
latches and locks with a 22,2 dia.
installation cut out.
Especially suited to our extended
body latch no. A1250.
Order No. To Suit flexi-system latch Important Notes
A0420.AW0022 22,2 Dia. Installation Cut Out Sold subject to pack quantity.

Padlock Converter A0440
for flexi-system cam latches and locks - stainless steel
Material
Steel, black coated or stainless AISI
304.
Technical Notes
Prevents access to the fastener. Can
be locked with a suitable padlock
(max shakle dia. 11mm).
Alternatively use 2 fasteners and a
steel bar to prevent actuation of
lock.
Tips
For use with flexi-system cut out.
Installs under the latch. Note when
converter used the cam latch useful
body length "lh" is reduced by
2mm. This is important in relation
to selection of suitable cam.
Order No. Material

A0440.AW0010 Steel - Black Coated
A0440.AW0020 Stainless Steel

s
le
snd
he al ha
tc n s
le
la ctio he
ab
m
s
r ire tc ck s am
ba i-d la lo ay
gr
ro
un sh dle st ng
h
tc s s ps
s
Cam Latches - Insert Driver

la
he pu an et si ck che che s
s
aw e
tc s l-h ch lo
dr tch lo lat lat ay
la ck s y r at c rs
le ca
l f d sion ded st s
le e lo sta es
ab le
e
se p
st k
dd ndl ing tch ches
ju nuc
ad k m es
an res g loa lid inge
pa ha pen la lat s s a ng s omp rin ks f h trol
g t o rn ck e m d hi he c s sp loc lea con es s
in sof tu ry lo d ca e off
sw s and nda li ed rqu lift hes
tc es che e es am tch e
s la tch el lat ndl tch cks c la atch
ay ft co
st li se e pp to s latc esb m le la s ste ha l la ial lo eticm l cks
g cks w st d o dl
e
ch
lo
es a n kn an at ca dd inles h t- ntro ys rad agn ca r lo
ng r e h rh l
e
an
dl s a
hi d tch ry u s ge de pa sta s o sta m es de s s
fin sli flu d c sing n- hing lin ock
h ge s
se
ay lo a s pla t
c
of he ro
no set i cy r l rs
tc n e
o
la hi h
ro
es
to cl
ro es atc s de ive ts s ft
dl he
in in
t p ch le l ay h r tc
so
st s uc ne la
m lin t dr un es
us nd sat
an tc
or e c to or d
d ve
rc
ha ch
e l h ip l la cy ser mo tch
gr a
n a le n m s do g ti c an
le g t in ce la s
in la
s y
io ab tio a rfa od tay s
ay n
in
iw
m ct st ec i c ne
hi mag ches
su d b e s ce s l
ro
f
in
m ca un adju dir in nt
st
s h e
de ea at tch ing
s f s -
bi m en rel n c w la unt co
et es d
he ge es ng xt
A1002 Selecting the Correct Cam Latch or Lock
-A4540
When selecting a Wixroyd Cam Latch for your application, you need to answer these questions:
1. Which installation cut out? 3. Which locking key? 5. Which cam type and size?
2. Which body style? 4. Which accessories?
Step 1: Cut out
,2
All our Flexi-System cam latches use a standard
22
Which installation
cut out? installation cut out 22,2 dia, 20,2 square, for 20,2
maximum flexibility. We also provide a number of
alternative cut out dimensions for legacy/historical
installations. flexi-system
cut out
Step 2: Material and finish Number of latching points in application

Which body style? Select from our variety of die cast zinc, polyamide Typically single point latching is required, but the
plastic and stainless versions. Wixroyd Flexi-System also provides multi-point
latching (typically 3 point - at lock point, top and
bottom of cabinet).
Die-cast Die-cast Polyamide Stainless

zinc chrome zinc black black steel
plate coated
Actuation and locking method Single point Two point Multi-point

Standard insert driver type, cylinder lock or wing
handle type.
Insert driver Cylinder lock Wing handle
Step 3: Standard insert Cylinder locking

Which locking key? driver keys Our cam locks with
Our range of insert cylinder locks are
driver cam latches supplied with two keys
require a per lock. Available as
simple key to actuate. keyed alike or keyed to
Refer to part A0102 and differ locks.
A0103 for correct keys.
ov-a1002-a4540-selecting-correct-cam-latch-or-lock - Updated - 20-04-2017
Step 4: • Multi-point latching: use our rod set A0303 to A0325 for suitable rods and rod guides.
Which accessories? • Finger pulls: easily installed with any of our flexi-system cam bodies, finger pull no. A0352 is a simple, cost
effective handle for your cabinets.
• Dust Cap: to reduce material ingress.

Selecting the Correct Cam Latch or Lock
With or without “Projection” Step 5:

Different cam bodies require cams either with or without projection. Which cam type and size?
Wixroyd cams are available
in a number of different
materials; zinc plated steel,
฀฀ ฀ ฀฀ ฀
stainless steel (AISI 304)
and black plastic.
-ve cam off-set -ve cam off-set
cl cl
zero cam 4 zero cam 4

off-set ch off-set ch
฀ve cam off-set with pro฀ection ฀ve cam off-set without pro฀ection
With projection cams prevent turning of the cam over Number of Latching Points
45°, but is not suited to all cam bodies. For correct Single point cams are suitable where just single point
projection type please see individual cam body latching is required. Multi-point cams are for
technical pages. applications requiring 2 or 3 latching points.
Cam off-set (dimension ch) Use formula to calculate ch (required cam off-set), Calculation of correct
To ensure your cam fully and correctly engages with and refer to the cam selction chart. cam off-set
the frame of your door the correct cam off-set must This is the most important
ch = h - lh where;
be selected. A cam off-set can be either negative aspect of the selection process.
ch = the required cam off-set/height
(-ve) or positive (+ve).
h = grip length (distance between inside of latch
Cam length (dimension cl) face and front of cam).
This impacts the reach of the cam to door frame lh = body length of cam latch/lock to be used
and hence impacts positioning of cam body for (see example below)
installation. Cam length is measured from the
centre of the cam fixing hole to the cam’s leading -ve cam off-set
lh
edge. Most typically cams are 45 mm in length. h
zero cam off-set
ch
+ve cam off-set
cl
Example one Example two Example of calculation

Cam body A1003.AW0010 has been selected for the Cam body A1003.AW0010 has been selected for the of correct cam off-set
application. If we refer to the data sheet for this application. If we refer to the data sheet for this
part, suitable cams are parts A0203, A0210 or part, suitable cams are parts A0203, A0210 or
A0240 - “without projection”. A0240 - “without projection”.
Known application information: h = 26 lh = 18 Known application information: h = 14 lh = 18
Therefore; ch = 26 - 18 = +8 Therefore; ch = 14 - 18 = - 4
Cam off set of +8 is required The required cam off set is negative, - 4 as the
application’s door frame is effectively shorter/lower than
Using the data tables for cams A0203, A0210,
the length of the cam body
and A0240 we can select the following cams
without projection with an off set of + 8; A0203. Using the data tables for cams A0203, A0210 and
A0240 we can select the following cam without
ov-selecting-correct-cam-latch-or-lock-a - Updated - 20-04-2017
AW5408 (steel), A0210.AW0428 (stainless) or

A0240.AW0108 (three point cam). projection with an off set of - 4; A0203.AW6404
(steel).
lh lh
h (grip)
h (grip)
ch -ve
ch +ve
wixroyd.com
Wixroyd Cam Latches
general information
Dimensions of our
cam latch housings Ø28 Ø28 Ø28
Dimensions apply to our 6 5 4
standard range of flexi-system
cam latches.
M22 x 1.5 M22 x 1.5 M22 x 1.5
die cast zinc models plastic/polymide stainless steel models

(Chrome or black coated) models (AISI 304)
M22 x 1.5
,2
22
20,2
a/f 27 5
flexi-system cut out
Available insert drivers for flexi-system latches

Available materials 3mm double bit 4mm double bit 6mm square 7mm square 8mm square
Ø3 Ø4 6 7 8
Die Cast Zinc Models

(Chrome or black coated)
      
7mm triangle 8mm triangle 9mm triangle Slotted Square 8mm with slot
7 8 9 8
Plastic/Polymide Models
       

10mm hex 8mm hex 8mm hex security pin 13mm eastern european Tubular
Stainless Steel Models
(AISI 304) 10 8 8
ov-cam-latches-general-information - Updated - 20-04-2017
         

Available as part of our standard range
Available subject to a minimum order quantity

Flexi-System
at the core of all your cam latch requirements
All our flexi-system cam latches use a standard cut out dimension of 22,2 Ø and 20,2 square which
accomodates many industry standards. Flexi-System parts are fully interchangeable, providing a
completely flexible hardware system including two or three point latching systems.
Flexi-system
insert driver cam latches padlockable cam latches wing handle cam latches extended grip cam latches
,2
22
20,2
flexi-system cut out

ov-flexi-system-cam-latch-requirements - Updated - 20-04-2017
cam locks t-handle locks l-handle locks compression latches
wixroyd.com
Cam Latch Installation
Flexi-system cut out

Our flexi-system is based on a standard installation cut out 22,2 Ø and 20,2 sq.
,2
22
20,2
Option 1:
Installation when sealing washer
cam body
fully assembled
cut out
22,2 Ø and 20,2 sq.
fixing nut
When cam latch grip (h) is 9mm or more this method is possible
1. With the cam body and cam fully assembled, attach the sealing washer to cam body.
2. Tilt the latch 45° and pass it, cam first, through the installation cut out in the panel.
3. When in place attach the fixing nut to the cam body to secure. Tighten to 10 Nm max.
Option 2:
Installation cam body
unassembled
sealing washer cut out 22,2 Ø sealing
washer
and 20,2 sq.
fixing nut
cam
cam screw
When cam latch grip (h) is less than 9mm this method is suitable
ov-cam-latch-installation - Updated - 12-01-2017
1. Prior to commencing ensure that the cam body, cam, cam screw, fixing nut and sealing washer are
completely unassembled.
2. Attach sealing washer to the cam body and pass through installation cut out in panel.
3. Attach the fixing nut to the cam body to secure. Tighten to 10 Nm max.
4. Attach the cam to the cam body. Once you have ensured the cam has the correct orientation toward the
panel frame, secure with cam screw and tighten to 4 Nm.

Wixroyd Cam Latches
technical specification and advice
cam screw cam body insert
o-ring
fixing nut
sealing washer/flat gasket return spring
cam
Physical and chemical characteristics of polyamide Materials

Physical condition solid (at 20°C) RoHS Compliance
Density > 1,0 g/cm3 Our Cam Latches are RoHS RoHS
COMPLIANT
Yield Point 220°C Compliant.
Smell No particular smell
Dissolvability in water Undissolvable
Segregation temperature > 350°C
Fire Point >390°C
Auto ignition temperature > 400°C
Zinc Plastic - Polyamide

Zinc Alloy is the most fundamental material for the Many of our products are made of injection moulded
Wixroyd product range. Housings, inserts, handles, plastic, normally polyamide. When needed, we add
spacers, keys, hinges etc, are all die cast products. fibreglass to the material, in order to optimise
The zinc used is a zinc alloy with the following qualities of the product. Examples of products made
contents (except zinc): Al 4,03% Cu 0,83% as well as out of polyamide: handles, housings, rod guides etc.
minor contents of Mg, Fe, Pb, Cd, Sn and Ni.
Degrees of sealing protection

A product classified to an IP rating has either been IP 65: Dust Tight and Jetting Secure. IP ratings
IP65
tested in an independent laboratory, or due to the RATED Through the application of an o-ring and a
resemblance of its structure to a tested product, flat gasket, this higher classification can
classified as IP. be achieved.
IP54
RATED IP 54: Dust and Splash Protected. This is
Important note: We can only guarantee the standard classification for our products.
our products correspond to the indicated Equivalent to NEMA3.
classification when assembled and
used correctly.
Character Value Standard Pressure deformation test Flat gaskets/

Density 1,35 g/cm3 DIN 53479 Time/temp. Type of test Standard Result Sealing Washer
Hardness 65 Shore A DIN 53505 22h/100°C DVR DIN 53517 A 9%
ov-cam-latches-technical-specification-advice - Updated - 12-01-2017
Breaking Strain 5 N/mm2 DIN 53504 70h/100°C DVR DIN 53517 A 12%
Expansion 200% DIN 53504
Heat & cold max. 70°C,
The flat gasket is made out of a mixture of NBR
resistance min. -35°C (Nitrile Rubber) and SBR (Styrolbutadiene Rubber).
This gives the gasket a satisfactory chemical
Through the application of a flat gasket between the resistance and a good constancy to oil.
lock and the door, class IP 65 or NEMA 4 is achieved.
Character Value Standard For all O-rings, an NBR material with the following O Rings
Density 1,240 g/cm3 DIN 53479
technical characteristics is used.
Hardness 71 Shore A DIN 53505
Breaking strain 14 N/mm2 DIN 53504
Expansion 280% DIN 53504
Recoil elasticity 32% DIN 53512
Heat & cold max. 120°C,
resistance min. -40°C
wixroyd.com
Wixroyd Cam and Compression Latches
flexi-system cut out product selection charts
Actuation Body Finishes Cam Actuation Body Finishes Cam

Method Type Method Type
,2
Body length (mm)
Body length (mm)

Polyamide Plastic
Polyamide Plastic
22
With Projection
With Projection
W/O Projection
W/O Projection
Chrome Plated
Chrome Plated
20,2
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Cylinder Lock
Cylinder Lock
Die-Cast Zinc
Die-Cast Zinc
Black Coated
Black Coated
Manual/Grip
Manual/Grip
Insert Driver
Insert Driver
IP Rating
IP Rating
flexi-system
Natural
Natural
cut out
A1003 - Cam Latch - Fixed Grip A1203 - Cam Latch - Finger Handle - Fixed Grip
Various
3 18 3 3 3 3 54 3 3 3 3 3
Cams: A0203, A0224, A0240 - Keys: A0102 Cams: A0203, A0224, A0240 - Keys: N/A
A1021 - Cam Latch - Fixed Grip A1210 - Cam Latch - Tamper Evident
3 18 3 3 3 54 3 20 3 3 3
Cams: A0203, A0224, A0240 - Keys: A0102 Cams: A0203, A0224, A0240 - Keys: N/A
A1041 - Cam Latch - Push-to-Close - Fixed Grip A1241 - Cam Latch - Stepped Grip
Various
3 18 3 3 3 3 3 65
Cams: Supplied - Keys: A0102 Cams: Supplied - Keys: A0102

A1103 - Cam Latch - Fixed Grip A1251 - Cam Latch - Fixed Extended Body
Various
3 18 3 3 3 54 3 3 3 3 54
Cams: A0210 - Keys: A0102 Cams: A0203, A0224, A0240 - Keys: A0102
A1161 - Cam Latch - Padlockable - Fixed Grip A1580 - Compression Latch - Fixed Grip
3 18 3 3 3 3 3 18 3 3
Cams: A0203, A0224, A0240 - Keys: Padlockable Cams: N/A - Keys: A0102
A1168 - Cam Latch - Dust Proof Cap - Fixed Grip A1601 - Compression Latch - Fixed Grip
3 18 3 3 3 54 3 31 3 3 3 3 54
ov-cam-compression-latches-product-selection-chart-a - Updated - 12-01-2017
Cams: A0203, A0224, A0240 - Keys: A0102 Cams: A0203, A0224 - Keys: A0102
A1181 - Cam Latch - Wing Handle - Fixed Grip A1603 - Compression Latch - Fixed Grip
3 18,5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 38 3 3 3 54
Cams: A0203, A0224, A0240 - Keys: N/A Cams: A0231, A0233 - Keys: A0102

flexi-system cut out product selection charts

Method Type Method Type
,2
Body length (mm)
Body length (mm)

Polyamide Plastic
Polyamide Plastic
22
With Projection
With Projection
W/O Projection
W/O Projection
Chrome Plated
Chrome Plated
20,2
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Cylinder Lock
Cylinder Lock
Die-Cast Zinc
Die-Cast Zinc
Black Coated
Black Coated
Manual/Grip
Manual/Grip
Insert Driver
Insert Driver
IP Rating
IP Rating
flexi-system
Natural
Natural
cut out
A1611 - Compression Latch - Adjustable Grip A2203 - Cam Lock - Wing Handle - Fixed Grip
3 31 3 3 3 3 54 3 18 3 3 3 3 3 54
Cams: A0231, A0233 - Keys: A0102 Cams: A0203, A0224, A0240 - Keys: Supplied
A1620 - Compression Latch - Fixed Grip A2503 - Cam Lock - T-handle - Fixed Grip
3 32 3 3 3 54 3 18 3 3 3 3 65
Cams: A0203, A0224 - Keys: A0102 Cams: A0203, A0224 - Keys: Supplied
A1630 - Compression Latch - Adjustable Grip A2504 - Cam Lock - T-handle - Fixed Grip
Various
3 32 3 3 3 54 3 3 3 3
Cams: A0231, A0233 - Keys: A0102 A0203, A0224, A0240 - Keys: Supplied
A1801 - Compression Lock - T-handle - Fixed Grip A2523 - Cam Lock - L-handle - Fixed Grip
3 18 3 3 3 3 18 3 3 3 54
Cams: A0203, A0224 - Keys: Supplied Cams: A0203, A0224 - Keys: Supplied
A1810 - Compression Lock - T-handle - Adjustable Grip A2526 - Cam Lock - L-handle - Padlockable
3 18 3 3 3 3 18 3 3 3 3 3 54
Cams: A0231, A0233 - Keys: Supplied Cams: A0203, A0224, A0240 - Keys: Padlockable
A2001 - Cam Lock - Fixed Grip A2528 - Cam Lock - L-handle - Padlockable
3 18 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 3 3 3 54
ov-cam-compression-latches-product-selection-chart-b - Updated - 12-01-2017
Cams: A0203, A0224, A0240 - Keys: Supplied Cams: A0203, A0224, A0240 - Keys: Padlockable
wixroyd.com
product selection charts

Method Type Ø19 Method Type
16,2
Body length (mm)
Body length (mm)

Polyamide Plastic
Polyamide Plastic
With Projection
With Projection
W/O Projection
W/O Projection
Chrome Plated
Chrome Plated
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Cylinder Lock
Cylinder Lock
Die-Cast Zinc
Die-Cast Zinc
13,5
Black Coated
Black Coated
Manual/Grip
Manual/Grip
Insert Driver
Insert Driver
IP Rating
IP Rating
Natural
Natural
cut out 16
cut out
A1661 - Mini Compression Latch - Fixed Grip A2326 - Mini Cam Lock - Fixed Grip
 22,5    54  16,5   
Cams: A0234 - Keys: A0102 Cams: Supplied - Keys: Supplied

A1667 - Mini Compression Latch - Wing Handle - Fixed Grip A2328 - Mini Cam Lock - Fixed Grip
 22,5    54  15   
Cams: A0234 - Keys: N/A Cams: N/A - Keys: Supplied

A2330 - Mini Cam Lock - Fixed Grip
 11   
Actuation Body Finishes Cam
Method Type
Body length (mm)
Polyamide Plastic
,2
Cams: Supplied - Keys: Supplied

16
With Projection
W/O Projection
Chrome Plated
Stainless Steel

Cylinder Lock
14,2
Die-Cast Zinc
Black Coated
Manual/Grip
Insert Driver
IP Rating
 16   
Natural
cut out
A1261 - Mini Cam Latch - Fixed Grip A2342 - Mini Cam Lock - Fixed Grip - Radial Key
 12,5        13   
Cams: A0261 - Keys: A0102 Cams: Supplied - Keys: Supplied

A1281 - Mini Cam Latch - Wing Handle - Fixed Grip A2393 - Mini Cam Lock - Wing Handle - Fixed Grip
 12,5      11    
Cams: A0261 - Keys: N/A Cams: Supplied - Keys: Supplied

A2390 - Mini Cam Lock - Wing Handle - Fixed Grip
 13    
Ø18.5
Actuation Body Finishes Cam
Method Type
Body length (mm)
Polyamide Plastic
Cams: A0261 - Keys: Supplied

With Projection
W/O Projection
Chrome Plated
Stainless Steel
Cylinder Lock
Die-Cast Zinc
Black Coated
Manual/Grip
Insert Driver
IP Rating
Natural
ov-cam-compression-latches-product-selection-chart-c - Updated - 20-04-2017
16.5
cut out

Various
   
Cams: A0203, A0224, A0240 - Keys: Supplied

 15   

A2392 - Mini Cam Lock - Wing Handle - Fixed Grip
 24   
Cams: A0203, A0224, A0240 - Keys: Supplied


ut Method Type Method Type
ut
Body length (mm)
Body length (mm)

to
to
Polyamide Plastic
Polyamide Plastic
Cu
Cu
With Projection
With Projection
W/O Projection
W/O Projection
Chrome Plated
Chrome Plated
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
s
s
Cylinder Lock
Cylinder Lock
Die-Cast Zinc
Die-Cast Zinc
Black Coated
Black Coated
ou
ou
Manual/Grip
Manual/Grip
Insert Driver
Insert Driver
ne
ne
lla
lla
IP Rating
IP Rating
ce
ce
Natural
Natural
is
is
M
M
A1192 - Mini Cam Latch - Wing Handle - Fixed Grip A4241 - Cam Latch - with Rod Control - Extended Cover
 10       40
Cams: Supplied - Keys: N/A Cams: A0203, A0224, A0240 - Keys: A0102
A1506 - Panel Latches - Fixed Grip A4260 - Cam Lock - with Rod Control - Wing Handle - Extended Cover
 25   54     54
Cams: Supplied - Keys: A0102 Cams: A0203, A0224, A0240 - Keys: A0102
A1520 - Cam Lock - Fixed Grip A4221 - Cam Latch - with Rod Control - with Cover
Various
 18      
Cams: Supplied - Keys: A0102 Cams: A0203, A0224 - Keys: A0102

A1546 - Panel Latch - Uncovered
  
Cams: Supplied - Keys: N/A

A1561 - Panel Latch - with Cover
 22,5  
Cams: Supplied - Keys: N/A

A1701 - Compression Latch - Lever Latch - Flush Trigger
  
ov-cam-compression-latches-product-selection-chart-d - Updated - 20-04-2017
Cams: N/A - Keys: Supplied

A1707 - Compression Latch - Lever Latch - Raised Trigger
 19  

A1751 - Compression Latch - Lever Latch
  
wixroyd.com
Cam Latches - Flexi-System A1003
insert driver - fixed grip - zinc
Material
Body & insert: die cast zinc.
Finished in chrome plate or black
powder coating.
Insert fitted with O'ring to achieve
IP54 rating. Internal spring
provides 1,5mm torsion.
Supplied with: Nut: steel, zinc
plated.
Sealing washer: PU and rubber.
Not supplied: CAM nor KEY - order
separately.
Technical Notes
Cams: see suitable cam A0203,
A0224 and A0240. Select "without
projection" cam type.
Dimensions ch and cl relate to cam.
cam selection chart;
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
Keys: see A0102.
Rods & Guides: to achieve 3-point
Order No. Order No. latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Insert drivers a b lh
Chrome Plated Black Coated Important Notes
A1003.AW0010 A1003.AW0310 Square 7 28 6 18 Extended body version - A1251.
A1003.AW0020 A1003.AW0320 Square 8 28 6 18 Sold subject to pack quantity.
A1003.AW0040 A1003.AW0340 Triangle 7 28 6 18 Referral
A1003.AW0050 A1003.AW0350 Triangle 8 28 6 18 Dust caps - A0360.
A1003.AW0060 A1003.AW0360 3mm Double Bit 28 6 18 Gaskets - Z0550 to Z1002.
A1003.AW0070 A1003.AW0370 4mm Double Bit 28 6 18 Other insert types subj. to min. qty.
A1003.AW0080 A1003.AW0380 Slotted (2x4) 28 6 18

Cam Latches - Snap in - Flexi-System A1004
Fixed grip, polyamide
Material
Body: PA plastic.
Insert: Die cast zinc.
plated.
Sealing washer: PU and rubber.
Not supplied: Cam nor key - order
separately.
Technical Notes
A0224 and A0240. Select "with
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
Suitable for panel thickness
0,8-1,5mm.
Keys: see A0102.
Tips
Easy snap on fix mounting. Make cut
Order No. Insert drivers a b t lh
out in panel as shown, and simply
A1004.AW0020 Square 8 Ø30 7,5 0,8-1,5 18 push in handle, snap on clips will
A1004.AW0075 5mm Double Bit Ø30 7,5 0,8-1,5 18 spring back to securely mount
handle.
Referral
Dust caps - A0360.

Cam Latches - Snap on A1010
sq8, 4mm DB
Material
Body: Black plastic (PA6).
Insert: Zinc.
Not supplied: Cam - order
separately.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
0,8-2mm.
Keys: see A0102.
Order No. Insert drivers a b t lh

A1010.AW0020 8mm Square 43 7,5 0,8-2 17,8
A1010.AW0070 5mm Double Bit 43 7,5 0,8-2 17,8

insert driver - fixed grip - plastic
Material
Body: polyamide plastic, black.
Insert: zinc alloy, black coated.
Fitted with O'ring to achieve IP54
rating. Internal spring provides
1,5mm torsion.
plated.
Sealing washer: PU & Rubber.
separately.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
Keys: see A0102.
latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Order No. Insert drivers a b lh
Important Notes
A1021.AW0010 Square 7 28 6 18 An inexpensive alternative to
A1021.AW0020 Square 8 28 6 18 stainless steel, where water or other
A1021.AW0040 Triangle 7 28 6 18 solutions may cause corrosion.
A1021.AW0050 Triangle 8 28 6 18 Sold subject to pack quantity.
A1021.AW0060 3mm Double Bit 28 6 18 Referral
A1021.AW0070 4mm Double Bit 28 6 18 Dust caps - A0360.
A1021.AW0080 Slotted (2x4) 28 6 18 Gaskets - Z0550 to Z1002.
Other insert types subj. to min. qty.

hygienic - stainless steel
Material
Body, inset and screw: stainless
steel AISI 316.
Fitted with sealing gasket to achieve
IP65 rating.
Sealing washer: silicone.
separately.
Technical Notes
Order cam key separately.
No need for key. Designed for use
with spanner.
Cams: see suitable cam A0203
(steel), A0210 (stainless). Select
"without projection" cam type.
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
Order No. Extruded driver a b c lh
A1030.AW0010 Stadium 28 8 4 18

insert driver - push to close - fixed grip - zinc
Material
Body & Insert: die cast zinc, bright
chrome plated.
Supplied with: Cam: die cast zinc,
bright chrome plated - fixed off-set
of 4mm.
Not supplied: KEY - order
separately.
Technical Notes
Order key separately.
Keys: see A0102.
Tips
Spring loaded cam provides
depress-to-lock action. See
application drawings for operation.
Quarter turn opening or closing.
Right hand type for panel with
hinges on right side, left hand type
for panels with hinges on left side.
Grip length of cam fixed at 22mm
(lh + 4mm).
Important Notes
Referral
Dust caps - A0360.
Gaskets - Z0550 to Z1002.
Finger pull - A0352
Order No. Type Insert drivers a b lh h

A1041.AW0020 Right Square 8 28 4 18 22
A1041.AW0050 Right Triangle 8 28 4 18 22
A1041.AW0070 Right 4mm Double Bit 28 4 18 22
A1041.AW0080 Right Slotted (2x4) 28 4 18 22
A1041.AW0520 Left Square 8 28 4 18 22
A1041.AW0550 Left Triangle 8 28 4 18 22
A1041.AW0570 Left 4mm Double Bit 28 4 18 22
A1041.AW0580 Left Slotted (2x4) 28 4 18 22

insert driver - fixed grip - stainless steel
Material
Body & Insert: stainless steel, AISI
304. Insert fitted with O'ring to
achieve IP54 rating. Internal spring
provides 1,5mm torsion.
Supplied with: Nut: stainless steel.
separately.
Technical Notes
Cams: see suitable cam A0210.
Select "without projection" cam
type.
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
Keys: see A0102.
latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Referral
Order No. Insert drivers a b lh Dust caps - A0360.
A1103.AW0020 Square 8 28 6 18 Gaskets - Z0550 to Z1002.
A1103.AW0040 Triangle 7 28 6 18
A1103.AW0050 Triangle 8 28 6 18
A1103.AW0060 3mm Double Bit 28 6 18
A1103.AW0070 4mm Double Bit 28 6 18

padlock wing handle - fixed grip - zinc
Material
Body & Handle: die cast zinc,
pocked black powder or chrome
plated.
Not supplied: CAM - order
separately.
Technical Notes
Order cam separately.
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Tips
Order No. Type a b c lh The wing knob can be locked by two
sizes of padlock max. shackle dia.
A1161.AW0310 Black Coated 33 19 21 18
7.5mm or 10mm. See technical
diagram (padlock not supplied).
Panel thickness (ts) is 1 to 6mm
max.
Important Notes
Referral

Material
chrome plated. Insert fitted with
O'ring to achieve IP54 rating.
Supplied with:
Cap: dust-proof.
separately.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
Keys: see A0102.
latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Tips
Quater turn opening or closing.
Order No. Insert driver a b lh Referral
A1168.AW0007 Square 7 29 6,5 18 Dust caps - A0360.
A1168.AW0008 Square 8 29 6,5 18
A1168.AW0017 Triangle 7 29 6,5 18
A1168.AW0018 Triangle 8 29 6,5 18
A1168.AW0103 3mm Double Bit 29 6,5 18
A1168.AW0104 4mm Double Bit 29 6,5 18
A1168.AW0124 Slotted (2x4) 29 6,5 18

fixed grip - wing handle - ergonomic
Material
Body: die cast zinc.
Handle: black plastic (PA6).
separately.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Tips
Wing actuates lock, and also acts as
a knob/handle. Quarter-turn
opening or closing.
Order No. Body Finish Handle a b lh Important Notes
A1181.AW0110 Chrome Plated Black Plastic 28 20 18 Sold subject to pack quantity.
A1181.AW0210 Black Coated Black Plastic 28 20 18 Referral
A1181.AW0510 Black Plastic Black Plastic 28 20 18 Also available in extended body
version (lh = 28, 36, 62mm), subject
to min. qty.

Panel Latches - Snap in A1185
Fixed grip, wing handle, finger grip
Material
Body and Handle: Black plastic
(PA6).
separately.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
0,8-2mm
Keys: see A0102.
Tips
push in handle, snap on clips will
spring back to securely mount
handle.
Wing handle enables easy actuation

Order No. Handle a b t lh
without the need for a key.
A1185.AW0010 Wing Handle 43 22,5 0,8-2 18,5
A1185.AW0020 Finger Grip 43 24 0,8-2 18,5

Mini Cam Latches - Wing Handle A1192
fixed grip - zinc
Material
Body & Handle: die cast zinc, bright
chrome plated.
Supplied with: Cam.
Technical Notes
Suitable for max. panel thickness
1-2mm. Can be fixed to panel either
via spring clip fix, or M12 nut.
Tips
Quarter-turn opening or closing.
Wing actuates lock and also acts as
knob/handle.
Order No. Type a b lh ts

A1192.AW0175 Clip Fixing 17,5 16,5 10 1-2mm
A1192.AW1175 Nut Fixing 17,5 16,5 10 1-2mm

Cam Latches - Snap in - Flexi-System A1195
Wing handle, fixed grip, zinc
Material
Body and Handle: Black plastic
(PA6).
separately.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
0,8-1.5mm
Keys: see A0102.
Tips
handle.
Order No. Handle a b t lh
Wing handle enables easy actuation
A1195.AW0020 Wing Handle Ø30 7,5 0,8-1,5 18 without the need for a key.
A1195.AW0010 Finger Grip Ø30 7,5 0,8-1,5 18

fixed grip - finger handle
Material
Type one: Body: die cast zinc, black
powder coated.
Handle: polyamide, black.
Type two: Body & handle:
polyamide, black.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Tips
Finger knob actuates lock, and also
acts as a handle.
Important Notes
Referral
Order No. Type a b lh
A1203.AW0318 One Zinc 28 18 18
A1203.AW0328 One Zinc 28 18 28
A1203.AW0362 One Zinc 28 18 62
A1203.AW0518 Two Polyamide 28 18 18
A1203.AW0536 Two Polyamide 28 18 36

grip handle zinc and polyamide
Material
Body: black powder coated zinc or
polyamide.
Handle: polyamide, black.
Fitted with sealing gasket to achieve
IP54 rating.
Sealing washer: rubber.
separately.
Technical Notes
Cams: see suitable cam A0203
(steel), A0210 (stainless). Select
"without projection" cam type.
ch = h - lh where;
Order No. Material a b lh
A1205.AW0018 Zinc Body, PA Handle 27 18 18 inside of latch face and front of
A1205.AW0028 Zinc Body, PA Handle 27 28 18 cam).
A1205.AW0036 Zinc Body, PA Handle 27 36 18 lh = body length of cam latch/lock
A1205.AW0062 Zinc Body, PA Handle 27 62 18 to be used (see product table
A1205.AW1018 PA Body & Handle 27 18 18 below).
Suitable for panel thickness 1-6mm.
A1205.AW1028 PA Body & Handle 27 28 18

tamper evident - for wire or cable tie - zinc
Material
chrome plated.
Supplied With: Nut: steel.
separately.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
Order No. a b lh cam).
A1210.AW0028 28 6,5 20 lh = body length of cam latch/lock
below).
Keys: see A0102.
latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Tips
Quarter-turn opening or closing.
Referral
Dust caps - A0360.

Wixroyd Extended Body Cam Latch
exploded view and assembly
Stepped cam:
insert driver, die-cast zinc A1241
o’ring (IP65)
adapter for extended body
spring
housing (Ø 32), die-cast zinc,

extended body
sealing washer
nut, die-cast zinc

(M22 x 1.5, 27 A/F)
stepped cam
washer
screw M6 (AKB)
Extended body cam latch:

insert driver, die-cast zinc A1251
o’ring (IP65)
adapter for extended body
spring
ov-extended-body-cam-latch-exploded-view-assembly - Updated - 12-01-2017
housing (Ø 28), die-cast zinc,

extended body
sealing washer
nut, die-cast zinc (M22 x 1.5, 27 A/F)
cam, steel washer
screw M6 (AKB)
wixroyd.com
insert driver - stepped cam - extended body - zinc
Material
Body: die cast zinc, chrome plated.
Insert fitted with O'ring to achieve
IP54 rating.
plated.
Sealing washer: PU & rubber.
Stepped cam: die cast zinc, 9mm
step over 270°rotation, 60mm dia.
separately.
Technical Notes
Order keys separately. Suitable keys
- A0102.
Tips
Stepped cam ideal for air
conditioning units, sound proof or
isolation doors. Very tight closure of
door possible, due to stepped cam
over a 270°rotation.
Important Notes
Referral
Gaskets - see Z0550 to Z1002.
dt max. door
Order No. Insert driver lh a b
thickness
A1241.AW0311 Square 7 40 30 32 6
A1241.AW0411 Square 7 50 40 32 6

insert driver - extended body - zinc
Material
Body & insert: die cast zinc, chrome
plated. Insert fitted with O'ring to
achieve IP54 rating.
Supplied With: Nut: steel, zinc
plated.
separately.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
Order No. Insert driver lh dt a b ch = required cam off-set/height.
A1251.AW0011 Square 7 28 20 28 4
A1251.AW0021 Square 8 28 20 28 4 cam).
A1251.AW0041 Triangle 7 28 20 28 4 lh = body length of cam latch/lock
A1251.AW0051 Triangle 8 28 20 28 4 to be used (see product table
A1251.AW0061 3mm Double Bit 28 20 28 4 below).
A1251.AW0071 4mm Double Bit 28 20 28 4 Keys: see A0102.
A1251.AW0081 Slotted (2x4) 28 20 28 4 Rods & Guides: to achieve 3-point
A1251.AW0311 Square 7 36 30 28 4 latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
A1251.AW0321 Square 8 36 30 28 4 Tips
A1251.AW0341 Triangle 7 36 30 28 4 Ideal for air conditioning units,
A1251.AW0351 Triangle 8 36 30 28 4 sound-proof or isolation doors, as
A1251.AW0361 3mm Double Bit 36 30 28 4 well as wooden panels. Insert
A1251.AW0371 4mm Double Bit 36 30 28 4 quarter-turn opening or closing.
A1251.AW0381 Slotted (2x4) 36 30 28 4 Slotted insert driver does not
require a key. Simply use a flat head
A1251.AW0511 Square 7 62 50 28 4
screwdriver to actuate.
A1251.AW0521 Square 8 62 50 28 4
A1251.AW0541 Triangle 7 62 50 28 4 Important Notes
A1251.AW0551 Triangle 8 62 50 28 4 Sold subject to pack quantity.
A1251.AW0561 3mm Double Bit 62 50 28 4 Referral
A1251.AW0571 4mm Double Bit 62 50 28 4 Dust caps - A0360.
A1251.AW0581 Slotted (2x4) 62 50 28 4 Gaskets - Z0550 to Z1002.

Wixroyd Mini Cam Latch
exploded view and assembly
Die-cast zinc:
A1261, A1281
insert driver, die-cast zinc
wing handle, die-cast zinc

spring
housing (Ø 20), die-cast zinc
nut, die-cast zinc (M16, 20 A/F)
cam, steel
screw
ov-mini-cam-latch-exploded-view-assembly - Updated - 12-01-2017

Mini Cam Latches A1261
insert driver - fixed grip
Material
Type one: Body & insert: die cast
zinc, chrome plated or black powder
coated.
Supplied with: Keys: two per lock.
separately.
Technical Notes
Select "with projection" cam type
to prevent cam rotating over 45º.
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
Keys: see A0102.
Tips
Mini cam latches for any
application; securing doors,
Order No. Order No. cabinets etc. Quarter-turn opening
Insert driver a b lh
Chrome Plated Black Coated or closing.
A1261.AW0006 A1261.AW0306 Square 6 20 4 12,5 Important Notes
A1261.AW0078 A1261.AW0378 Slot (2x4) 20 4 12,5 Sold subject to pack quantity.
Referral

Mini Cam Latches A1281
wing handle - fixed grip - zinc
Material
plated or black powder coated.
Handle: black plastic, PA6.
separately.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
Tips
Order no. Handle Body a b Ih Wing knob actuates lock, and also
A1281.AW0110 Black Plastic Chrome Plated 20 4 12,5 acts as knob/handle.
A1281.AW0120 Black Plastic Black Powder 20 4 12,5
Important Notes
Referral

Panel Latches - Stainless Steel A1506
insert driver - fixed grip
Material
Housing & insert: stainless steel,
304 mirror polished. Sealed to
achieve IP54 rating.
Supplied with: Cam: die cast zinc.
separately.
Technical Notes
Order key separately. Suitable keys -
A0102.
Fixed grip length (h)=20,9.
Order No. Insert a1 a2 b h

A1506.AW0036 3mm Double Bit 36 32 7 20,9

Panel Latches - Plastic A1520
insert driver - low profile
Material
Housing, insert and nut: plastic.
Supplied with:CAM
separately.
Technical Notes
Order key separately. Suitable key -
A0102.
Order No. Insert type a1 a2 b lh

A1520.AW0010 3mm Double Bit 39,5 26,5 4,6 18

Panel Latches A1546
uncovered - square driver - steel
Order No. Type Insert Type a b c d e

A1546.AW0012 Type One Square 7 12 3,0 2,0 10,4 65,0 Material
A1546.AW0015 Type Two Square 8 15 3,5 2,5 15,1 76,2 Body & insert: Q235 steel, zinc
plated.
Supplied with: Cam: stainless steel.
Technical Notes
Can be used with a square 7 or 8
square bar for handle/key opening.
Fix internally to panels or
enclosures via rivets, or M 5 screws
(not supplied).

Panel Latches A1561
plastic cover - hexagon driver
Material
Body & cam: steel, white zinc
plated.
Cover: plastic, PA.
Supplied with: CAM: steel, white
zinc plated.
Not supplied: KEY. Use standard
6mm allen/hex key to actuate latch.
Technical Notes
For use on electrical panels and
machinery covers. Lock for use
inside of panel gasket. Standard
cam supplied achieves grip length
of 22,5mm.
Order No. Type Grip length

A1561.AW0024 Right Hand Lock 22,5mm
A1561.AW0224 Left Hand Lock 22,5mm

s
le
s nd
he al
WIXR OYD.COM
ha
Compression Latches - Insert Driver

tc ion s
le
ab
a t e
r l irec tch cks s
m
DISCOVER
m
ba i-d la lo ay
ra
og
un sh dle st ng
tc
h pr
s la s
pu an et si
s s
he ck
aw e
s he che s
l-h ch lo
tc
tc s dr tch t
ay la lo
at c rs
la
la ck s y r
le ca
l f st ed on
le e lo sta es
ab le
e si d
se p
st k s ad
dd ndl ing tch ches
ju nuc
ad k m es
ge
in
lid lo es
pr an
pa a pen la lat
g
es
h s a ng ol fh ks rin m s
g t o rn ck m d hi
o
he c s sp loc lea con es s
tr
in of tu y lo
s ca e ff id u o s tc es che e es am tch e
sw s and nda
sl
r
ed rq ift he la tch el lat ndl tch cks c la atch
ay ft co p
to s l tc s
st li se
g locks s w st
ep
d o b e
dl tc
l a
hem le la s ste ha l la ial lo eticm l cks
a n ca dd inles h t- ntro ys rad agn ca r lo
e an k an la
dr
e
dl
ng
s h
an
hi e he y s h er e pa sta s o sta m es de s s
tc ar u id
g n- ing lin ock ip
h ge s
ay los la t s p sf
i n
sl
flu d c si
ng
of
y th
r l gr no
tc n e
c
ro he e
o
la hi h
ic ro
tc ch les
to cl
ro s s e
de
se
s ft
he
bl in in
ay h r tc
ts
t p ch la
at d
e so
st s uc ne la
l lin sta un es
an
e
tc
m
us at l
nd n
or e c to or d
rc
la cy ju mo tch
ha sio l h grip al
d ve ad ce la s
le g s
in re
s y
ay n
in
iw p
ct st ec i c ne
hi mag ches
su d b e s ce s l
ro
f
in m
m co un adju dir in nt
st
s h e
de ea at tch ing
s s f -
et es d
he ge es ng xt
Wixroyd Compression Latches and Locks
a wide range of solutions
A wide range of different cutouts

Flexi-system cutout -
fixed grip
,2
22
20,2
flexi-system
cut out
A1580 - Compression A1601 - Compression A1603 - Compression A1620 - Compression A1801 - Compression
Latch - Fixed Grip Latch - Fixed Grip Latch - Fixed Grip - Latch - Square Face - Lock - T-handle -
Stainless Fixed Grip Fixed Grip
Flexi-system cutout -
adjustable grip
,2
22
20,2
flexi-system
cut out A1611 - Compression A1630 - Compression A1810 - Compression
Latch - Adjustable Lock - Square Face - Lock - T-handle -
Grip Adjustable Adjustable Grip
16,2 x 13,5 cutout -

adjustable grip
16,2
13,5
cut out
A1661 - Mini A1667 - Mini
Compression Latch - Compression Latch
Fixed Grip - Wing Handle -
Adjustable Grip
Other cut outs
A1701 - Compression A1707 - Compression A1751 - Compression

Latch - Lever Latch Latch - Lever Latch Latch - Lever Latch
ov-compression-latches-locks-range-of-solutions - Updated - 12-01-2017

Compression Latch - Flexi System A1580
Material
Body: die cast zinc, bright chrome
plated.
Insert: steel.
separately.
Technical Notes
Order key separately.
Keys: see A0102.AW0060.
Insert driver compression latch
enabling tight securing of enclosure
door. Via welding a fastening nut (M
8) to the enclosure frame the
fastening stud can be engaged and
turned until the enclosure door is
adequately tightened and secured
(use triangle 7 key A0102.AW0060
to activate driver).
Tips
Security cover type can be secured
with wire or cable tie for tamper
evident security.
h = grip length.
Order No. Insert Type Lock type a b l1 l2 lh h

A1580.AW0023 Triangle 7 W/o Security Cover 28 4 40 2,5 18 23
A1580.AW0223 Triangle 7 With Security Cover 29 13 40 2,5 18 23

A1601 Wixroyd Compression Latches
-A1630 overview
Compression latches provide sealing of enclosures to reduce vibration and provide noise isolation. Their action
provides up to 7 mm of compression which is ideal for achieving a tight fitting gasket.
Easy action 7mm compression in final 90°
First 90° turn - from latch unlocked position, the first 90° Final 90° turn - full 180° position - the final 90° engages
turn moves the cam behind the enclosure frame. The the compression of the latch and draws the door to the
door is latched against the frame. frame, compressing any seal or gasket into the locked
position. Up to 7 mm of compression is provided.
Fixed or adjustable grip
ov-a1601-a1630-compression-latches-overview - Updated - 12-01-2017
Fixed grip - fixed body length whose grip range can be Adjustable grip - extended stem which can be cut in
varied via different sized cams. length to best suit your application.
Wide range of drivers 8mm 7mm 8mm 2 x 4mm 8mm

Available in die-cast zinc square triangle triangle slotted hexagon
chrome plate and die-cast zinc 8 7 8 8
black powder.
For use in electrical cabinets,
railway and machine tools.

Compression Latches - Flexi-System A1601
Material
Body & insert: die cast zinc, finished
in chrome plate or black powder
coating. Insert fitted with O'ring to
provide IP54 rating.
Handle: polyamide.
separately.
Technical Notes
Cams: see suitable cam A0203 and
A0224. Select "without projection"
cam type.
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
Order No. Order No. to be used (see product table
Insert driver a b lh below).
Chrome Plated Black Coated
Keys: see A0102.
A1601.AW0020 A1601.AW0320 Square 8 28 5,5 31
A1601.AW0040 A1601.AW0340 Triangle 7 28 5,5 31 Tips
A1601.AW0050 A1601.AW0350 Triangle 8 28 5,5 31 Compression locks provide sealing
of enclosures to reduce vibration
A1601.AW0080 A1601.AW0380 Slot (2x4) 28 5,5 31
and to provide noise isolation.
A1601.AW0085 A1601.AW0385 Hexagon 8 28 5,5 31
Action:
From unlocked position, first 90°
turn moves the cam to the locking
position. Turn lock 180°to engage
compression, cam moves to final
fixing position.
Provides a 7mm compression
stroke.
Referral
Adj. grip compression latch -
A1611.
Dust caps - A0360.

insert driver - fixed grip - stainless steel
Material
Body & insert: stainless steel, AISI
304. Insert fitted with O'ring to
Shaft: steel, white zinc plated.
separately.
Technical Notes
cam type.
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
Keys: see A0102.
Tips
Compression locks provide sealing
Action:
Order No. Insert driver Type a b lh position. Turn lock 180°to engage
A1603.AW0020 Square 8 Fixed Grip 28 5 38 compression, cam moves to final
A1603.AW0050 Triangle 8 Fixed Grip 28 5 38 fixing position.
stroke.
Referral
Dust caps - A0360.

insert driver - adjustable grip - zinc
Material
plate or black coated finish. Insert
fitted with O'ring to provide IP54
rating.
Handle: polyamide.
separately.
Technical Notes
cam type.
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
Keys: see A0102.
Tips
Order No. Order No. l2 useful Compression locks provide sealing
Insert driver a b lh l1
Chrome Plated Black Coated thread of enclosures to reduce vibration
A1611.AW0020 A1611.AW0320 Square 8 28 4,5 32 64,5 15 and to provide noise isolation.
Adjustable grip type has an
A1611.AW0040 A1611.AW0340 Triangle 7 28 4,5 32 64,5 15
extended stem which can be cut in
A1611.AW0050 A1611.AW0350 Triangle 8 28 4,5 32 64,5 15
length to best suit your application.
A1611.AW0080 A1611.AW0380 Slot (2x4) 28 4,5 32 64,5 15 Action:
A1611.AW0085 A1611.AW0385 Hexagon 8 28 4,5 32 64,5 15 From unlocked position, first 90°
fixing position.
stroke.
Important Notes
Cam: quarter turn to open or close.
Locking function.
Referral
Fixed grip compression latch -
A1601. Mini compression latch
A1611.
Dust caps - A0360.
Other insert types subject to min.
qty.

square face - fixed grip - zinc
Material
Body & insert: die cast zinc, black
powder coated. Fitted with O'ring to
separately.
Technical Notes
cam type.
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
Keys: see A0102.
Order No. Type Insert Driver a b lh

A1620.AW0020 Fixed Square 8 34 5 32
A1620.AW0040 Fixed Triangle 7 34 5 32
A1620.AW0050 Fixed Triangle 8 34 5 32
A1620.AW0080 Fixed Slot (2x4) 34 5 32
A1620.AW0085 Fixed Hexagon 8 34 5 32

square face - adjustable grip - zinc
Material
powder coated. Fitted with O'ring to
separately.
Technical Notes
cam type.
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
Keys: see A0102.
l2 useful
Order No. Type Insert Driver a b lh l1
thread
A1630.AW0020 Adjustable Square 8 34 5 64 38 15
A1630.AW0040 Adjustable Triangle 7 34 5 64 38 15
A1630.AW0050 Adjustable Triangle 8 34 5 64 38 15
A1630.AW0080 Adjustable Slot (2x4) 34 5 64 38 15
A1630.AW0085 Adjustable Hexagon 8 34 5 64 38 15

Mini Compression Latches A1661
insert driver - adjustable grip - zinc
Material
paint coated.
Insert fitted with O'ring to provide
IP54 rating.
Not supplied: CAM nor KEY: order
separately.
Technical Notes
Suitable for material thickness
1-10mm.
Order keys separately.
Cam: see suitable cam A0234.
type.
Dimensions ch & cl relate to cam.
ch = h - lh where;
l2 useful inside of lock face and front of
Order No. Insert driver a b lh l1 cam).
thread
A1661.AW0006 Square 6 20,8 6 22,5 38 15 to be used.
A1661.AW0080 Slotted (2x4) 20,8 6 22,5 38 15 Keys: see A0102. For part
A16661.AW0006 (Square 6) use key
A0102.AW0306 only.
Tips
Action:
fixing position.
stroke.

Mini Compression Latches A1667
adjustable grip - wing handle - zinc
Material
paint coated. Fitted with O'ring to
Technical Notes
Suitable for material thickness
1-10mm.
Cam: see suitable cam A0234.
type.
ch = h - lh where;
inside of lock face and front of
cam).
lh = body length of cam latch/lock.
Keys: see A0102.
Tips
l2 useful Compression locks provide sealing
Order No. Actuation Type a b lh l1
thread of enclosures to reduce vibration
A1667.AW0010 Wing Handle Fixed 25,5 12 22,5 38 15 and to provide noise isolation.
Action:
fixing position.
stroke.

s
le
s nd
he al
WIXR OYD.COM
Compression Latches - Lift and Turn

ha
tc ion s
le
ab
a t e
r l irec tch cks s
m
DISCOVER
m
ba i-d la lo ay
ra
og
un sh dle st ng
tc
h pr
s la s
pu an et si
s s
he ck
aw e
s he che s
l-h ch lo
tc
tc s dr tch t
ay la lo
at c rs
la
la ck s y r
le ca
l f st ed on
le e lo sta es
ab le
e si d
se p
st k s ad
dd ndl ing tch ches
ju nuc
ad k m es
ge
in
lid lo es
pr an
pa a pen la lat
g
es
h s a ng ol fh ks rin m s
g t o rn ck m d hi
o
tr
in of tu y lo
s ca e ff id u o s tc es che e es am tch e
sw s and nda
sl
r
ed rq ift he la tch el lat ndl tch cks c la atch
ay ft co p
to s l tc s
st li se
g locks s w st
ep
d o b e
dl tc
l a
hem le la s ste ha l la ial lo eticm l cks
a n ca dd inles h t- ntro ys rad agn ca r lo
e an k an la
dr
e
dl
ng
s h
an
hi e he y s h er e pa sta s o sta m es de s s
tc ar u id
g n- ing lin ock ip
h ge s
ay los la t s p f
i n
sl
flu d c si
ng
of
y th
r l gr no
tc n e
c
ro he
o
la hi h
ic ro
ro es atc hes les
to cl
s e
de
se
s ft
he
bl in in
ay h r tc
ts
t p ch
so
tc d
l
st s uc ne la
lin sta un es
la an
e
tc
m
us at
nd
l
or e c to or d
rc
la cy ju mo tch
ha rn l h grip al
d ve ad ce la s
le u
in d t
s g y
ay n
in
iw n
a ct st ec i c ne
hi mag ches
su d b e s ce s l
ro
f
in
m lift un adju dir in nt
st
s h e
de ea at tch ing
s s f -
et es d
he ge es ng xt
Compression Locks A1701
lever latch - adjustable grip - flush trigger - zinc
Material
Body and handle and button: die
cast zinc, black power coated.
Cylinder lock: die cast zinc.
Screw: steel, white zinc plated.
Supplied with: KEY.
Technical Notes
Grip length can be adjusted via M5
clamping screw to suit your
application. Suitable for panel
thickness 20-35mm. For installation
cut out see diagram.
ts
Order No. Finish Lock Type Tips
Grip adj.
Quick-open, easy assembling, by
A1701.AW0310 Black Coated Std. Cylinder 20-35 adjusting screw meets the needs of
distance control.

lever latch - adjustable grip - raised trigger - zinc
Material
ts Body and handle and button: die
Order No. Finish Lock type a
Grip adj. cast zinc, black power coated.
A1707.AW0710 Black Coated Std. Cylinder with Keyed Alike 1-20 29 Cylinder lock: die cast zinc.
A1707.AW0720 Black Coated Blank - No Lock 1-20 29 Screw: steel, white zinc plated.
Supplied with: KEY.
A1707.AW0910 Black Coated Std. Cylinder with Keyed Alike 17-40 50
A1707.AW0920 Black Coated Blank - No Lock 17-40 50 Technical Notes
Grip length can be adjusted via
screw between 1 and 20mm.
1-20mm.

lever latch - adjustable grip - zinc
Material
Body and handle: die cast zinc,
black power coated.
Cylinder lock: die cast zinc.
Supplied with: KEY.
Technical Notes
Grip adjustment 31-48mm.
Tips
Quick-open, easy assembling. Grip
length can be adjusted via clamping
ts
Order No. Finish Lock Type screw to suit your application.
Grip adj.
A1751.AW0310 Black Coated Std. Cylinder 31-48

Compression Lock - T-handle - Flexi-System A1801
T-handle - fixed grip - zinc
Material
Body & handle: die cast zinc,
nanometer coated.
Supplied with: Key.
separately.
Technical Notes
cam type.
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
Keys: see A0102.
Tips
Order No. Lock Type a b lh and to provide noise isolation.
A1801.AW0032 Std. Cylinder 32 46 18 Action:
A1801.AW0132 Blank - No Lock 32 46 18 210°handle rotation, 90°cam
rotation.
Referral
Adj. grip compression lock - A1810.

Compression Lock - T-handle A1810
T-handle - adjustable grip - zinc
Material
Body & handle: die cast zinc,
nanometer coated.
Shaft: steel, white zinc plated.
Supplied with: Key.
separately.
Technical Notes
cam type.
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
Keys: see A0102.
Tips
Order No. Lock Type a b lh extended stem which can be cut in
A1810.AW0032 Std. Cylinder 32 46 18 length to best suit your application.
Action:
A1810.AW0132 Blank - No Lock 32 46 18
210°handle rotation, 90°cam
rotation.
stroke.
Referral
Fixed grip compression lock -
A1800.

le mp s c ks ad
ea
do
le
he
d ve er on r la s
or latc ga r d ev sta ota cka b
i
pi
ba s id nt r bl ub
c s y e
he
lo k
c
co en to b
vo hi
s k
DISCOVER
p
th n
in g te kin an e nn t l rqu ca cam le g
ge es ca
s
w ns g d el
i
ex re io ra mo n
t i ec atc e h tc la
t he in he tc
as
te re n w l un g s ge s he ket
WIXR OYD.COM
ro tc
nd le ca atc tin s s
m dc h
m
c
ed ase th he g
ag on e
st fu ad bi-d min
y n
su b s ce s f
hi
ne tro s in lin c jus ire i c
iw
in
ay
rfa od tay s
y
de tio tab ctio a
s
in
do tic l c an
le g r
s n a le n m
ra ce la s
ng
l gr a
ve ha lo
or to or d
cy dia mo tch d c h ip l la nd rc
l at
uc ne la ks us
m
st tc e
an
lin l lo un es
es
so
t p ch
ts
ay h r tc
in in
he dl
s ft
de ck ro es latc
se
s to
cl
es
ro ic
la hi h ro he
c
tc n e
y rl s os no th
of
f t s lo
a p i la
h ge s sl ay
s flu d c ing n- ing lin ock
pa sta s o sta m es de s an
hi se d tch ry us nge ide
dl s a
e
ng r e h rh l
lo
ca dd inles h t- ntro ys rad agn ca r lo es a n kn an at
dl
g cks w st d o e
ch
m le la s ste ha l la ial lo eticm l cks st li se ep t b
la tch el lat ndl tch cks c la atch ay ft co s p or s l latch es
tc es che e es am tch e sw s and nda li ed qu ift es
o tr
g t o rn ck e m d hi
s m rin ks fh ol
g
pa ha pen la lat s s a ng
pr in ad k m es
es lo ge ju nuc
dd ndl ing tch ches
an lid
ad s st k
se p
d si le e lo sta es
y ab le r l
on ed st f
a er
le ca
la ck s
lo la la ay
t dr tch
tc s
tc
l-h tch clo s
aw e
s
Cam Locks - Cylinder Locks

ck he che s
he
s s
pu an et si
s s la
tc
pr h
un sh dle st ng
og
ba i-d la lo ay
ir t c s
Wixroyd Cam Locks
a wide range of solutions
A wide range of different cutouts

Flexi-system
,2
22
20,2
A2001 - Cam A2203 - Cam Lock flexi-system

Lock - Fixed Grip - Wing Handle -
Fixed Grip cut out
16,2 x 13,5 cutout

16,2
13,5
A2324 - Cam cut out

Lock - Clip Fix -
Fixed Grip
18,5 x 16,5 cutout

Ø18.5
A2333 - Mini Cam A2340 - Mini Cam A2393 - Mini

16.5
Lock - Fixed Grip Lock - Fixed Grip Cam Lock -
cut out
Wing Handle
19,0 x 16,0 cutout

Ø19
A2326 - Mini Cam A2328 - Mini Cam A2330 - Mini Cam A2331 - Mini Cam A2342 - Mini Cam A2393 - Mini
16
Lock - Fixed Grip Lock - Fixed Grip Lock - Fixed Grip Lock - Fixed Grip Lock - Radial Key Cam Lock -
cut out
Wing Handle
16,2 x 14,2 cutout

,2
16
14,2
cut out
A2390 - Mini
Cam Lock -
Wing Handle
ov-cam-locks-range-of-solutions - Updated - 12-01-2017
wixroyd.com
Cam Locks - Flexi-System A2001
fixed grip - zinc
Material
Type one & Two: Body: die cast zinc,
finished in chrome plate or black
powder coating.
Cylinder lock: die cast zinc, chrome
plated.
Type Three: Body: polyamide.
plated.
Order No. Type Body Finish Key type a b lh separately.
A2001.AW0010 One Chrome Plated Keyed Alike 28,0 6 20
Technical Notes
A2001.AW0310 Two Black Coated Keyed Alike 28,0 6 18
A2001.AW0320 Two Black Coated Keyed to Differ 28,0 6 18 Cams: see suitable cam A0203,
A2001.AW0330 Two Black Coated Euro 30,0 6 18 A0224 and A0240. Select "without
A2001.AW0510 Three Plastic, Black Keyed Alike 28,0 6 18 projection" cam type.
A2001.AW0520 Three Plastic, Black Keyed to Differ 28,0 6 18 Dimensions ch and cl relate to cam.
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Tips
Universal left and right application.
Important Notes
Referral
Dust caps - A0360.

Cam Locks - Snap in - Flexi-System A2003
cylinder lock, fixed grip, plastic
Material
plated.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
0,8-1,5mm
Keys: see A0102.
Tips
handle.
Order No. Key a b t lh
A2003.AW0010 Keyed Alike 30,0 7,5 0,8-1,5 18
A2003.AW0030 Euro Key 30,0 7,5 0,8-1,5 18

Cam Locks - Snap on A2005
cylinder lock - keyed alike, euro key
Material
plated.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
Sutiable for panel thickness
0,8-2mm
Keys: see A0102.
Order No. Key Type a b t lh Tips
A2005.AW0010 Keyed Alike 43,0 7,5 0,8-2 17,8 Easy snap on fix mounting. Make cut
A2005.AW0030 Euro Key 43,0 7,5 0,8-2 17,8
handle.

Cam Locks - Wing Handle A2203
flexi-system - fixed grip - zinc
Material
Body & insert: die cast zinc, finished
in chrome plate or black powder
coating. Fitted with O'ring to
plated. With dust cap to prevent
material ingress.
separately.
Technical Notes
Order No. Body Finish Key type a b lh Use formula to calculate ch
A2203.AW0010 Chrome Keyed Alike 30,5 23,6 18 (required cam off-set), and refer to
A2203.AW0020 Chrome Keyed to Differ 30,5 23,6 18 cam selection chart;
A2203.AW0310 Black Coated Keyed Alike 30,5 23,6 18 ch = h - lh where;
A2203.AW0320 Black Coated Keyed to Differ 30,5 23,6 18
cam).
below).
latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Tips
Wings act as actuation handle.
Universal left and right.
Important Notes
Referral

Cam Lock - Clip Fixing A2324
fixed grip - zinc
Material
Body & insert: die cast zinc, pocked
black powder coated.
Cam: zinc plated steel.
Technical Notes
For panel thickness 1.5-5mm.
ch = h - lh where;
ch = required cam off-set/ height.
cam).
below).
ts
Order No. Key type a b lh
Max. panel
A2324.AW0010 Keyed Alike 19,5 3,5 11,5 1,5 - 5

Mini Cam Lock A2326
fixed grip - plastic/stainless
Material
Body & inset: plastic.
Cap: stainless steel, mirror
polished.
Nut: die cast zinc, white zinc plated.
Supplied with:
Keys: two per lock.
Technical Notes
Suitable for use with cam
A2326.AW0999
Tips
Lock has inner positioning device
which can be manipulated to give
either 90°or 180°lock rotation,
and to can change direction of
rotation.
Referral
Order No. Key type Rotation a b lh

A2326.AW0010 Keyed Alike 90 22,8 5,8 16,5
A2326.AW0020 Keyed Alike 180 22,8 5,8 16,5
A2326.AW0999 Cam - - - -

Mini Cam Lock A2328
fixed grip - zinc - extending cam
Material
Body & insert: zinc die cast, black
painted.
Supplied with: Cam: steel, white
zinc plated.
Keys: two supplied per lock.
Tips
Actuation of lock by turning key
180°. The cam extends to lock and
retracts to open. Cam has effective
stroke of 8,8mm.

A2328.AW0010 Keyed Alike 21,6 4 15

Mini Cam Lock A2330
hooked cam - fixed grip - zinc
Material
Body: zinc die cast, bright chrome
plated.
zinc plated. Keys: supplied two per
lock.
Technical Notes
Hooked cam allows locking by
rotation on to fixed point on frame.

A2330.AW0010 Keyed Alike 24,0 7,2 11
A2330.AW0020 Keyed to Differ 24,0 7,2 11

Mini Cam Locks A2331
fixed grip - zinc
Material
Body: zinc die cast, white zinc
plated.
Supplied with: Cam: steel.
Keys: two per lock.
Tips
Ideal for use in metal cabinets,
drawers and machinery covers etc.
Due to compact size of cam and lock
body there is no need to remove
cam during installation.
Keyed to differ model has a max.
100 key combinations.

A2331.AW0010 Keyed Alike 23,0 6 16
A2331.AW0020 Keyed to Differ 23,0 6 16

Mini Cam Lock A2333
fixed grip - zinc
Material
Body & insert: zinc die cast, bright
chrome plated.
zinc plated.
Keys: two per lock.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Tips
Order No. Key type a b lh Referral
A2333.AW0010 Keyed Alike 22,5 3 16 Gaskets - Z0550 to Z1002.
A2333.AW0110 Keyed Alike 22,5 3 20
A2333.AW0210 Keyed Alike 22,5 3 30

Mini Cam Lock A2340
fixed grip - zinc
Material
chrome plated.
zinc plated. Keys: two per lock.
Tips

A2340.AW0010 Keyed Alike 22,0 6 15

Cam Lock - Radial Key A2342
fixed grip - zinc
Material
chrome plated.
zinc plated. Keys: two per lock.
Tips
180°rotation opening and closing.
Radial key offers extra security.
Order No. Key Type a b lh h

A2342.AW0022 Radial Key 22,0 7,5 13 19

Mini Cam Lock A2383
cam lock - fixed grip
Material
Body & insert: die cast zinc, bright
chrome plated.
Fixed grip: zinc.
Supplied with: Nuts, Cam and Keys:
two per lock.
Tips
Keyed to differ model has a max.
100 key combinations.
Type Three - 90°key rotation, key
non-removable when in unlocked
position.
Quarter-turn opening. Locks have
dust cover.
Order No. a b lh
A2383.AW0010 22,0 5,5 15,5

Material
Black painted ZDC housing and
handle, white zinc plated cam.
Nut - steel, zinc plated.
separately.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
Order No. Type Body Finish Key Type b lh
Important Notes
A2390.AW0010 Type One Chrome Plated Keyed Alike 14,5 13,0 Sold subject to pack quantity.
A2390.AW0020 Type Two Black Coated Keyed Alike 14,5 13,0
Referral

Material
Body & handle: die cast zinc, black
coated.
Supplied With: Keys: two per lock.
Not supplied: Cam: order
separately.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Referral
Order No. Body finish Key type a b lh

A2392.AW0010 Chrome Plated Keyed Alike 25,0 13 24
A2392.AW0020 Black Coated Keyed Alike 25,0 13 24

Mini Cam Lock A2393
wing handle - fixed grip - short cam
Material
Housing and insert: die cast zinc.
Cam: steel.
Supplied With: cam and keys.
Tips
Quarter-turn opeining or closing.
Wing knob acts as grip/handle.
Important Notes
Sold subject to pack qty.
Order No. Body finish a1 a2 b lh

A2393.AW0010 Chrome Plated 17 29,5 11 11
A2393.AW0020 Black Coated 17 29,5 11 11

le mp s c ks ad
ea
do e
le
he
d ve er on r la s
i
pi
ba s id nt r bl ub
lo k c s co en to y e b
c
vo hi he
k
DISCOVER
p
th n
g s
in te kin an e nn t l rqu ca cam le g
ge es ca
s
w ns g d el
i
ex re io ra mo n
t he in he tc
as
WIXR OYD.COM
ro tc
nd le ca atc tin s
bi ms
m dc h
t f a -
ed ase th he g
ag on e
st
m -h un dju dir in
in
su b s ce s f
hi
ne tro s iw n
a ct st ec i c
in
io a t
ay
rfa od tay s
y s
do tic l c an
g
in dle n ble ion am
le a
ng s
l-h ce la s ve
or to or d
cy an mo tch d ha lo l h grip al
c la nd rc
l at
uc ne la us
m
st tc e
an ks
lin dl un es
es
so
ay h r tc t p ch
in in
he dl
s la hi h de e l ts
ft s es
to
ro es latc
ro clo n set i c r oc
tc n e
c
ro of he
s lo
a p f i
sl t la ay
h ge s
s flu d c sing on- hing ylin lock ks
dl s a
e
ng r e h rh l
lo
ca dd inles h t- ntro ys rad agn ca r lo es a n kn an at
dl
g cks w st d o e
ch
m le la s ste ha l la ial lo eticm l cks st li se ep t b
la tch el lat ndl tch cks c la atch ay ft co s p or s l latch es
tc es che e es am tch e sw s and nda li ed qu ift es
o tr
r s m in ks fh ol
g
pr in ad k m es
es lo ge ju nuc
dd ndl ing tch ches
an lid
ad s st k
se p
d si le e lo sta es
y ab le r l
on ed st f
a er
le ca
la ck s
lo la la ay
t dr tch
tc s
tc
l-h tch clo s
aw e
he che s s
ck he
Cam Locks - T and L Handle

s s
pu an et si
s s la
tc
pr h
un sh dle st ng
og
ba i-d la lo ay
ir t c s
Cam Locks - Flexi-System A2503
T-handle - fixed grip
Material
Type one & two: Body: die cast zinc.
Finished in chrome plate or black
powder coating.
plated. IP65/NEMA 4 rated.
plated.
Keys: two per lock.
separately.
Technical Notes
Cams: see suitable cam A0203, and
A0240. Select "with projection"
cam type to prevent cam rotating
over 45º.
ch = h - lh where;
Order No. Body finish Key type lh a b cam).
A2503.AW0110 Chrome Plated Keyed Alike 18 78 37 to be used (see product table
A2503.AW0120 Chrome Plated Keyed to Differ 18 78 37 below).
A2503.AW0310 Black Coated Keyed Alike 18 78 37 Rods & Guides: to achieve 3-point
A2503.AW0320 Black Coated Keyed to Differ 18 78 37 latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Referral
T-handle without lock: A2504.

Cam Lock - Long Body A2504
T-handle - fixed grip
Material
Body: die cast zinc, black powder
coated.
Fitted with O'ring to achieve IP54
rating.
Not Supplied Cam: steel, white
zinc-plated.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Referral
T-handle with lock: A2502.
Order No. Key Type a b lh

A2504.AW0318 Blank - No Lock 60 30 18
A2504.AW0328 Blank - No Lock 60 30 28
A2504.AW0336 Blank - No Lock 60 30 36
A2504.AW0362 Blank - No Lock 60 30 62

Cam Lock - Flexi System A2523
L-handle - fixed grip
Material
Body: die cast zinc, finished in
chrome plate or black powder
coating.
plated.
Supplied With: Nut: steel, zinc
plated. Keys: two per lock.
Not Supplied: Cam: order
separately.
Technical Notes
over 45º.
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
Order No. Body finish Key type a lh latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
A2523.AW0110 Chrome Plated Keyed Alike 32 18 Tips
A2523.AW0120 Chrome Plated Keyed to Differ 32 18 Disc tumbler cylinder locks with
A2523.AW0310 Black Coated Keyed Alike 32 18 stainless dust cap, to prevent
A2523.AW0320 Black Coated Keyed to Differ 32 18 material ingress. Universal left and
A2523.AW4110 Stainless Steel Keyed Alike 32 18 right.
Referral

Cam Locks - Flexi System A2526
L-handle - padlockable - zinc
Material
Type One: Body & handle: die cast
zinc, black coated. Fitted with
O'ring to achieve IP54 rating.
Type Two: Body & handle: stainless
steel.
Not Supplied: CAM - order
separately.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
Order No. Body Finish Type a b lh ch = required cam off-set/height.
A2526.AW0010 Black Coated Padlockable 32 36 18
A2526.AW0020 Stainless Steel Padlockable 32 36 18
cam).
below).
latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Tips
Quarter-turn opening or closing,
padlockable. Reversible housing
allows for left or right hand turning
of handle.
Referral
Dust caps - A0360.

Cam Lock - Flexi-System A2528
L-handle - padlockable - zinc
Material
coated.
Handle & lock panel: aluminium,
Not Supplied: Cam: order
separately.
Technical Notes
over 45º.
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
Order No. Body finish Type a b lh latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
A2528.AW0018 Black Coated Padlockable 32 35 18 Tips
Suitable for padlocks with max.
13mm dia. shackle.
L- handle padlockable to fixed plate
on enclosure for extra security.
Referral

ea le mp s c ks ad
do e
le
he
d ve er on r la s
i
pi
ba s id nt r bl ub
c
vo hi he
k
DISCOVER
p
th n
g s
ge es ca
s
w ns g d el
i
ex re io ra mo n
t he in he tc
as
WIXR OYD.COM
ro tc
nd le ca atc tin s
bi m s
m dc h
r f a -
ed ase th he g
ag on e
st
m od un dju dir in
in
f
su b s ce s c e i
hi
ne tro s
in
ay
rfa od tay s
i w co tio sta ct ca
bl io
y s s
in n n e
do
c
tic l c an
le g t a g
ng s r na m
m e lat
or to or d
cy ul mo ch d ve ha ol l h rip l la
nd rc
l at
uc ne la us
m
st tc e
la an
lin ti- un es
es
l
tc d
so
ay h r tc t p ch
in in
he
s la hi h de po ts
ft to
s ro es atc he les
ro clo n set i c r in
tc n e
c
of he s ro
t
i
h ge s ay los la s p f sl
s flu d c sing on- hing ylin lock t tc ar
us ng id
y
hi e he h er e
dl
ng
s h
e
dr
ca dd inles h t- ntro ys rad agn ca r lo e an k n a an la
g locks s d dl tc
o e
st w
m le la s ste ha l la ial lo eticm l cks st li se ep b l a
to he
la tch el lat ndl tch cks c la atch ay ft co
rq p ed
s l tc s
ift he
r
sw s and nda
sl
tc es che e es am tch e in of tu y lo s u id
ca e ff o s
h c s s loc le con es s g t o rn ck
tr p
h m d hin
es om pri k af
n h ol c
s a
p s
es
g i
pa a en la lat ge
n t ad k m s
ju nuc
an res loa lid nge dd dl ing ch hes s
e e st k
p
ab le
le lo sta s r el e
d sion ded st s la ck ys le ca
at f c rs
lo lat lat ay tc s dr tch
l-h ch lo
aw e
Cam Latches - Rod Control

s
ck che che s he
s s
pu an et si
s s la
tc
pr h
un sh dle st ng
og
ba i-d la lo ay
ri t c s
Cam Latches - with Rod Control A4221
cover - fixed grip - 25 x 50 cut out - logo recess
Material
Panel: black PA.
Insert: die cast zinc, bright
chrome-plated
Cam and rod: white zinc plated
steel. Type one: rod control system.
Type two: cam control.
Not Supplied: CAM nor Key: order
separately.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
ts inside of latch face and front of
Order No. Insert driver Type l w lh
max. cam).
A4221.AW0010 4mm Double Bit Rod Control 57,5 30 23 2 lh = body length of cam latch/lock
A4221.AW0020 Triangle 8 Rod Control 57,5 30 23 2
below).
A4221.AW0030 Square 7 Rod Control 57,5 30 23 2 Keys: see A0102.
A4221.AW0310 4mm Double Bit Cam Control 57,5 30 16 2 Rods & Guides: to achieve 3-point
A4221.AW0320 Triangle 8 Cam Control 57,5 30 16 2 latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
A4221.AW0330 Square 7 Cam Control 57,5 30 16 2
Tips
A4221.AW0340 Square 8 Cam Control 57,5 30 16 2
Ideal for electrical cabinets &
enclosures with max. panel
thickness of 2mm.
Referral

extended cover - fixed grip - 2 off 25 x 50 cut out
Material
Panel: black PA.
Cam and Rod: steel.
Insert: die cast zinc, chrome-plated
Type one: rod control system.
Type two: cam control.
Not Supplied: Cam nor Key: order
separately.
Technical Notes
Order No. Insert Driver Type l w lh Use formula to calculate ch
A4241.AW0010 3mm Double Bit Rod Control 157,5 30 23 cam selection chart;
A4241.AW0020 Triangle 8 Rod Control 157,5 30 23 ch = h - lh where;
A4241.AW0030 Square 7 Rod Control 157,5 30 23 ch = required cam off-set/height.
A4241.AW0040 Square 8 Rod Control 157,5 30 23 h = grip length (distance between
A4241.AW0310 3mm Double Bit Cam Control 157,5 30 16 inside of latch face and front of
A4241.AW0320 Triangle 8 Cam Control 157,5 30 16 cam).
A4241.AW0330 Square 7 Cam Control 157,5 30 16
A4241.AW0340 Square 8 Cam Control 157,5 30 16
below).
Keys: see A0102.
latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Tips
Insert quarter turn combines with
rod latch system to open or close.
Suitable for panel thicknesses of
2mm.
Referral

extended cover - fixed grip - 2 off 25 x 50 cut out
Material
Body: polyamide. Unique integral
polyurethane gasket, to achieve
IP54 rating.
Rod control mechanism: die cast
zinc.
Driver Insert: die cast zinc, chrome
plated.
Not supplied: Key: order
separately.
Technical Notes
Order No. Insert Driver l w lh projection" cam type.
A4260.AW0010 3mm Double Bit 157,4 32,4 22 Use formula to calculate ch
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
Keys: see A0102.
latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Referral

ov-swing-handles-and-paddle-latches - Updated - 12-01-2017
Swing Handles &
Paddle Latches
Swing Handles
a complete multi-point latching system
Wixroyd swing handles are a complete multi-point latching system with an ergonomic and stylish design,
making them ideal for securing enclosures in applications as varied as telecoms, IT, electrical cabinets, special
purpose machines, vending and gaming machines.
Swing handles
Standard profile Euro profile 40mm
Standard cylinder High security Standard High security

radial pin radial pin
Single point Double point Rod control
Easy Action - Upon unlocking, the handle lever springs forward and can be turned 90° to unfasten the cam
and open the panel.
With many models supplied with easy to use mounting Installation

brackets, Wixroyd swing handles can be installed with
minimum fuss.
Follow these guides:
1. Prior to commencing ensure the swing handle body,
mounting bracket plate and cam are unassembled.
Due to their unique integral foam gasket Wixroyd
swing handle latches do not require a separate gasket.
2. Present handle body to the installation cut out
in the panel.
3. Position mounting bracket, and attach with
the screws supplied.
4. Attach cam to swing handle body, ensuring its
correct orientation to the panel frame.
wixroyd.com
Selecting the Correct Swing Handle
When selecting a Wixroyd Swing Handle for your application, you need to answer these questions:
1. Which installation cut out? 5. Which locking and activation method?
2. How many latching points are required? 6. Which accessories?
3. Variety of material? 7. Which cam type and size?
4. Gasketting and sealing?
Step 1: Wixroyd Swing Handles are available in one of seven different cut out sizes, please refer
to individual product details for availability. 25
Which installation
cut out? If your application has a pre-existing cut out, then you need to select a replacement
swing handle with a matching installation cut out. 50
100
50
Step 2: 1, 2, 3 or more
How many latching Wixroyd Swing Handles provide a completely
points? flexible multi-point latching system, for either one,
two, three or more points of securing a cabinet or
enclosure, when used in conjunction with our latching
rod sets A0303 to A0325.
• Single point latching – Standard swing handle and
single point cam.
• Double point latching – Swing handle with rod
control mechanism (no cam).
• Three point or more latching – Swing handle with
rod control mechanism and multi-point cam.
Single point Double point Three point or

Latching latching more latching
Step 3:
Variety of materials
Plastic PA6 Die-cast zinc
Step 4: Inside or outside the gasket

INSIDE OUTSIDE It is also important to consider whether the swing handle will be mounted inside or outside of the gasket.
Gasketting and sealing GASKET GASKET Refer to individual products for suitability.
Application sealing protection
The unique design feature of a foam gasket incorporated into the housing of most of our swing handle
IP65 latches, provides additional sealing in the application andcontributes toward the IP65 (NEMA) rating of our
RATED
swing handle latches.

We offer a range of locking solutions with differing levels of security and anti-vandalism. Please refer to Step 5:
individual product table for availability. Which locking and
The all brass construction and anti-drill centre of our high security radial pin locks provide excellent actuation method?
resistance to lock picking and vandalism.
With hundreds of thousands of possible key combinations the problem associated with duplicate keys is
virtually eliminated.
Standard cylinder High security radial pin 40mm Euro lock
Padlock hasps Step 6:

On selected swing handle models we are able to offer Which accessories?
the following additional features (please refer to
individual product tables for availability).
Gasketing
Wixroyd have a wide range of gaskets which can be
used on enclosures, machine panels, doors etc. Refer
to our products Z0550 through Z1002.
Multi-point latching
Use parts A0303 to A0325 for suitable rod latching
sets and rod guides.
Lock cover Padlock hasp Lock cover plus A0325 Gaskets

padlock hasp
wixroyd.com
Step 7: With or without “Projection”

Which cam type and size? Different swing handles require cams either with or without projection.
Wixroyd cams are available
in a number of different
materials; zinc plated steel,
stainless steel (AISI 304) and 1 8 1 8
black plastic.
-ve cam off-set -ve cam off-set
cl cl
zero cam 4 zero cam 4

off-set ch off-set ch
+ve cam off-set with pro ection +ve cam off-set without pro ection
With projection cams prevent turning of the cam over 45°, but is not suited to all swing handles. For correct
projection type please see individual swing handle technical pages.
Calculation of correct
Cam off-set (dimension ch) Use formula to calculate ch (required cam off-set),
cam off-set
To ensure your cam fully and correctly engages with and refer to the cam selction chart.
This is the most important
the frame of your door the correct cam off-set must ch = h - lh where;
aspect of the selection
process. be selected. A cam off-set can be either negative
ch = the required cam off-set/height
(-ve) or positive (+ve).
h = grip length (distance between inside of latch
Cam length (dimension cl) face and front of cam).
This impacts the reach of the cam to door frame lh = body length of swing handle to be used
and hence impacts positioning of swing handle (see example below)
for installation. Cam length is measured from the cl
+ve cam off-set
centre of the cam fixing hole to the cam’s leading
edge. ch
zero cam
Most typically cams are 45 mm in length. off-set h
lh
-ve cam off-set
Example of calculation Example one Example two

of correct cam off-set Cam body B1082.AW0010 has been selected for the Cam body B1082.AW0010 has been selected for
application. If we refer to the data sheet for this the application. If we refer to the data sheet for
part, suitable cams are parts A0203, A0210 or this part, suitable cams are parts A0203, A0210 or
A0240 - “without projection”. A0240 - “without projection”.
Known application information: h = 26, lh = 18 Known application information: h = 14. lh = 18.
Therefore; ch = 26 - 18 = +8 Therefore; ch = 14 - 18 = -4
Cam off set of +8 is required The required cam off set is negative, -4 as the
application’s door frame is effectively shorter/lower than
Using the data tables for cams A0203, A0210
the length of the cam body
and A0240 we can select the following cams
without projection with an off set of +8; A0203. Using the data tables for cams A0203, A0210 and
AW5408 (steel), A0210.AW0428 (stainless) or A0240 we can select the following cam without
A0240.AW1408 (three point cam). projection with an off set of - 4;
A0203.AW6404 (steel) .
ch +ve ch -ve
h (grip)
lh h (grip) lh

Wixroyd Swing Handles
Cylinder Body Locking Use Cam Cylinder Body Locking Use Cam
25
Profile System Type Profile System Type
Outside Gasketing
Outside Gasketing
Std. Cylinder Lock
Std. Cylinder Lock

Polyamide Plastic
Polyamide Plastic
50
Inside Gasketing
Inside Gasketing
With Projection
With Projection
W/O Projection
W/O Projection
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Die-Cast Zinc
Die-Cast Zinc
100
Insert Driver
Insert Driver
Padlockable
Padlockable
40mm Euro
40mm Euro
Aluminium
Aluminium
50
IP Rating
IP Rating
1-point
2-point
3-point
1-point
2-point
3-point
Steel
Steel
cut out
B1082 - Swing Handle - Padlockable B2082 - Swing Handle - With Rod Control - Dust Proof Cover
   65         54     
Cams: A0203, A0224, A0240 - Keys: Supplied Cams: A0215 - Keys: Supplied
B1086 - Swing Handle - Dust Proof Cover B2084 - Swing Handle - With Rod Control - Magnetic Key
   65        54     
B1088 - Swing Handle - Padlockable B2086 - Swing Handle - With Rod Control - Dust Proof Cover
   65        54     
B1091 - Swing Handle - Dust Cover B2088 - Swing Handle - With Rod Control - Padlockable
  65        65     
B1092 - Swing Handle - Dust Proof Cover B2091 - Swing Handle - With Rod Control - Dust Proof Cover
  65             
B1281 - Swing Handle - Short B2181 - Swing Handle - With Rod Control
  54            
B1285 - Swing Handle - Padlockable B2285 - Swing Handle - With Rod Control
  54        65     
B1380 - Swing Handle - Short Version B2380 - Swing Handle - with Rod Control
  54        54    
wixroyd.com
Wixroyd Cam Latches
ut Profile System Type Profile System Type
Outside Gasketing
Outside Gasketing
to
Std. Cylinder Lock
Std. Cylinder Lock

Polyamide Plastic
Polyamide Plastic
Inside Gasketing
Inside Gasketing
Cu
With Projection
With Projection
W/O Projection
W/O Projection
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
s
Die-Cast Zinc
Die-Cast Zinc
ou
Insert Driver
Insert Driver
Padlockable
Padlockable
40mm Euro
40mm Euro
ne
Aluminium
Aluminium
lla
IP Rating
IP Rating
ce
1-point
2-point
3-point
1-point
2-point
3-point
is
M
Steel
Steel
B1450 - Swing Handles - Cam Control - Sliding Cover B4754 - Push-to-Close Paddle Latch - Pull-to-Open
         
Cams: A0203, A0224, A0240 - Keys: Supplied Cams: N/A - Keys: Supplied
B2450 - Swing Handles - Rod Control - Sliding Cover B4756 - Push-to-Close Paddle Latch - Pull-to-Open
          
Cams: N/A - Keys: Supplied Cams: N/A - Keys: Supplied

B4604 - Cam Latch - Concealed T-handle, Vertical B4758 - Push-to-Close Paddle Latch - Pull-to-Open
  65     
Cams: Supplied - Keys: Padlockable Cams: N/A - Keys: Supplied

B4703 - Push-to-Close Paddle Latch - Pull-to-Open B4800 - Twist-to-Close Paddle Latch - Snap-On
       
Cams: N/A - Keys: Supplied Cams: N/A - Keys: Supplied

B4713 - Push-to-Close Paddle Latch - Pull-to-Open
   

   

   

   

25 Profile System Type Profile System Type
Outside Gasketing
Outside Gasketing
Std. Cylinder Lock
Std. Cylinder Lock

Polyamide Plastic
Polyamide Plastic
Inside Gasketing
Inside Gasketing
With Projection
With Projection
W/O Projection
W/O Projection
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
80
Die-Cast Zinc
Die-Cast Zinc
100
Insert Driver
Insert Driver
Padlockable
Padlockable
40mm Euro
40mm Euro
Aluminium
Aluminium
IP Rating
IP Rating
1-point
2-point
3-point
1-point
2-point
3-point
100
Steel
Steel
cut out
cut out
B1180 - Swing Handle B4590 - Cam Latch - Flush T-handle - Heavy Duty
  54          
Cams: A0203, A0224, A0240 - Keys: Supplied Cams: Supplied - Keys: Supplied
Cylinder Body Locking Use Cam

15 Profile System Type
Outside Gasketing
Std. Cylinder Lock
Polyamide Plastic
Inside Gasketing
With Projection
W/O Projection
Stainless Steel
Die-Cast Zinc
100
Insert Driver
Padlockable
40mm Euro
Aluminium
IP Rating
1-point
2-point
3-point
Steel
cut out
B4584 - Cam Latch - Flush T-handle, Vertical - Heavy Duty
    

    

    
wixroyd.com
cam control
Swing Handles -
latch shaft
Cam Control
Dimensional details for our
cam control mechanism used +ve cam 8
in many of our Swing Handles off-set
B1082 through B1450.
lh
zero cam h
off-set rod latch
ch
-ve cam 8 suitable for

off-set cam with 8mm
cl square fitting hole
Ø22
please order
cam separately
2-Ø5.2
cam
7 38 54
90°
28
Swing Handles -
Cam Control - Universal a b
method 1:
Swing Handles with cam
control are for universal left cam
latch shaft 90°
or right hand use. Use one
of the following two methods
to switch the cam control
rotate unattached cam
mechanism from left or right,
control unit 180° then
to suit you application. The
re-attach to swing handle
descriptions below are for 90°
changing a cam control from
left to right, to switch from b a
right to left follow a
RH, open with right LH, open from left
reverse process.
rotation of handle rotation with handle
Method One: with the cam
control elements unattached
from the swing handle body, method 2: a a a
simply rotate the cam control
elements 180° degrees then cam
re-attach to the swing latch shaft 90°
handle body.
Method Two: this method can
be used with the cam control
elements already attached to
the swing handle body. Firstly 90°
rotate the cam 90°, the cam
control shaft will also rotate b b b
90°. Secondly, remove the RH, open from right with cam control unit attached LH, open from left
cam and re-attach on the right rotation with handle to swing handle, first rotate shaft rotation with handle
hand side. 90° degrees, then remove cam and
assemble on the right side of unit

Swing Handles - Cam Control B1082
40mm euro cylinder lock - padlockable - dust cover - zinc or polyamide
Material
Type One: Body & Handle: die cast
zinc, black powder coated.
Type Two: Body: Polyamide PA6,
black. Handle: die cast zinc, black
powder coated.
plated.
separately.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
Padlocka lh = body length of cam latch/lock
Order No. Type Body Handle Lock Type Key Type l w lh to be used (see product table
ble
below).
B1082.AW0010 One Zinc Zinc 40 Euro Keyed Alike No 160 34 19 Rods & Guides: to achieve 3-point
B1082.AW0020 One Zinc Zinc 40 Euro Keyed Alike Yes 160 34 19 latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
B1082.AW0310 Two Polyamide Zinc 40 Euro Keyed Alike No 160 34 19
Tips
B1082.AW0320 Two Polyamide Zinc 40 Euro Keyed Alike Yes 160 34 19
90°degree handle rotation
combines with rod latch to open or
close. All die cast metal
construction provides higher
strength than standard models.
Ideal for electrical cabinets,
telecom racks or enclosures max.
panel thickness of 1 to 4mm. For use
inside of cabinet gasket. Universal
left/right.
Referral
Rod control model - B2082.
Also availble with radial pin lock,
subject to min. order quantity

standard cylinder lock - with dust proof cover - zinc or polyamide
Material
powder coated.
plated.
Foaming seal to achieve IP54 rating.
separately.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
Order No. Type Body Handle Key Type l w lh h = grip length (distance between
B1086.AW0010 One Zinc Zinc Keyed Alike 160 34 19 inside of latch face and front of
B1086.AW0310 Two Polyamide Zinc Keyed Alike 160 34 19 cam).
below).
latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Tips
panel thickness of 2mm. For use
left/right.
Referral

40mm euro cylinder lock - padlockable - zinc or polyamide
Material
powder coated.
plated.
separately.
Technical Notes
Padlocka A0224 and A0240. Select "without
Order No. Type Body Handle Lock Type Key Type l w lh projection" cam type.
ble
B1088.AW0010 One Zinc Zinc 40 Euro Keyed Alike No 160 34 19 Use formula to calculate ch
B1088.AW0310 Two Polyamide Zinc 40 Euro Keyed Alike No 160 34 19 (required cam off-set), and refer to
B1088.AW0020 One Zinc Zinc 40 Euro Keyed Alike Yes 160 34 19 cam selection chart;
B1088.AW0320 Two Polyamide Zinc 40 Euro Keyed Alike Yes 160 34 19 ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Tips
90 degree handle rotation combines
with rod latch to open or close. All
die cast metal construction provides
higher strength than standard
models. Ideal for electrical
cabinets, telecom racks or
enclosures max. panel thickness of
1 to 4mm. For use inside of cabinet
gasket. Universal left/right.
Referral
Also available with radial pin lock,
subject to min. order quantity.

40mm euro cylinder lock - dust cover - polyamide
Material
Body & Handle: polyamide, PA6,
black. Cylinder lock: die cast zinc,
chrome plated.
separately.
separately.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
Order No. Finish Lock Type Key Type l w lh to be used (see product table
below).
B1091.AW0020 Black, Plastic 40 Euro Keyed Alike 160 35 16 Rods & Guides: to achieve 3-point
latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Tips
left/right.
Referral

40mm euro cylinder lock - dust proof cover - plastic
Material
Body & Handle: polyamide, PA6,
black. Cylinder lock: die cast zinc,
chrome plated.
separately.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
Order No. Finish Lock Type Key Type l w lh below).
B1092.AW0010 Black, Plastic 40 Euro Keyed Alike 165 35 16 latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Tips
left/right.

standard cylinder lock - zinc
Material
Body & Handle: die cast zinc,
pocked black power coated.
Polyurethane gasket: to achieve
IP65 rating.
plated.
separately.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
Order No. Finish Lock Type Key Type l w lh cam).
B1180.AW0010 Black Coated Std. Cylinder Keyed Alike 160 36 20 lh = body length of cam latch/lock
below).
latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Referral

standard cylinder - polyamide
Material
Body & Handle: polyamide PA6,
black.
plated.
separately.
Technical Notes
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
Order No. Finish Lock Type Key Type l w lh
B1281.AW0010 Black, Plastic Std. Cylinder Keyed Alike 160 35 16 below).
latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Tips
For use in electrical cabinets,
telecom racks or enclosures. Max.
left/right.
Referral

standard cylinder lock - padlockable - zinc
Material
Body & Handle: die cast zinc, black
powder coated.
plated.
Not supplied: Cam: please order
separately.
Technical Notes
Padlockabl Use formula to calculate ch
Order No. Type Lock Type Key Type l w lh (required cam off-set), and refer to
e
B1285.AW0010 With Button No Std. Cylinder Keyed Alike 158 34 19 ch = h - lh where;
B1285.AW0020 With Button Yes Std. Cylinder Keyed Alike 158 34 19 ch = required cam off-set/height.
B1285.AW0030 W/o Button No Std. Cylinder Keyed Alike 158 34 19 h = grip length (distance between
B1285.AW0040 W/o Button Yes Std. Cylinder Keyed Alike 158 34 19 inside of latch face and front of
cam).
below).
latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Referral

Swing Handles - Cam Control - Short B1380
standard cylinder - push button - zinc
Material
painted.
plated.
Supplied with: Key: two per lock.
Not supplied: Cam: please order
separately.
Technical Notes
Order No. Type Lock Type Key Type l w lh Use formula to calculate ch
B1380.AW0010 With Button Std. Cylinder Keyed Alike 133 36 19 cam selection chart;
B1380.AW0020 W/o Button Std. Cylinder Keyed Alike 133 36 19 ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Referral

40mm euro cylinder - sliding cover - polyamide
Material
powder coated.
plated.
separately.
Technical Notes
Order No. Finish Lock Type Key Type l lh w Use formula to calculate ch
B1450.AW0010 Black Coated 40 Euro Keyed Alike 215,5 20 36 cam selection chart;
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Referral

s
le
s nd
he al ha
tc ion s
le
ab
a t e
r l irec tch cks s
m
am
ba i-d la lo ay
gr
ro
un sh dle st ng
Swing Handles - Rod Control

h
tc s s ps
s la
pu an et si
he he he
he
s
aw e tc tc tc s
tc s l-h ch lo
dr tch la la la ay
la ck s y r at c rs
le ca
l f le ion ed st
le e lo sta es
ab le
e dd ss oad id
se p
st k es
dd ndl ing tch ches
ju nuc pa pre g l l ing
ad k m es
pa a pen la lat
s
s a ng
es
d m r i n k h ol
h an co p c af
g t o rn ck m d hi
s tr
o l e n s
in of tu y lo ca e ff id
s l co e s
le es che e
s
s u o s es am tch he
sw s and nda
sl
r
ed rq ift he nd ch lat dl h c
s l tc s
t la tc
ay ft co
s
p ha a el c
to
n t ck
st li se ep he
a l e lo tic la ks
b l st a a
w
l
st
g
g locks s d n o e
dl tc
in dle ss t-h ol al
di ne m oc
e a an k an la
r
dr
e
dl
e
s sw d inl h t r a g ca r l
ng he
h s
an
hi e y s h er e pa sta s on tay a s e s s
tc ar u id flu d c ing s n-m inge lind ock
g
ay los sl h ge s
n
la t s p sf
i
c
of ro he k
ro clos no set h i cy r l tc n e
ro es latc loc les la hi h
to
s ol ts
de s ft
he
in in
ay h r tc
tr
t p ch
so
d
st s uc ne la
lin on un es
e an
e
tc
m
us at
nd d
l l
or e c to or d
rc
d ve ha n l h rip l la cy d c mo tch
a
do g ti c an
na m
ro ce la s
le
s
in
g h n a e
g
bl io
i w ing tio sta ct ca
s y
rfa od tay s
n
ay
in
ne
hi mag ches
su d b e s ce s l
c e i ro
f
in
m sw un adju dir in nt
st
s h e
de ea at tch ing
s s f -
et es d
he ge es ng xt
rod control
Swing Handles -
Rod Control
1.5
Dimensional details for our 4-Ø6
rod control mechanism used dm 8
in many of our Swing Handles
B2082 through B2450. 25
90° handle rotation offers

rod stroke (dm) of 15mm
h
a
22
2-Ø6
38 54 7
7 suitable for
27 cam with 7mm
please order square fitting hole
cam separately
25
dm 8
14

Swing Handles - with Rod Control B2082
40mm euro cylinder lock - dust cover - zinc or polyamide
Material
powder coated.
plated.
Rod Control Mechanism: die cast
zinc.
separately.
Technical Notes
Latching Padlock dm All locks are keyed alike.
Order No. Type Body Handle lh l w a b Order cam separately.
Type able Stroke
Three point latching model utilises
B2082.AW0010 One Zinc Zinc 2 point No 23 160 34 122 196 15 rod control plus a cam.
B2082.AW0020 One Zinc Zinc 2 point Yes 23 160 34 196 122 15 Two point latching model cannot
B2082.AW0110 One Zinc Zinc 3 point No 23 160 34 122 196 15 accomodate a cam.
B2082.AW0120 One Zinc Zinc 3 point Yes 23 160 34 196 122 15 Cams: see suitable cam A0215.
B2082.AW0310 Two Polyamide Zinc 3 point No 23 160 34 196 122 15 Select "without projection" cam
type.
B2082.AW0320 Two Polyamide Zinc 3 point Yes 23 160 34 196 122 15
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Tips
close. Panel thickness 1-4mm. All
the cast metal construction provides
higher strength.
Referral
Cam control model - B1082.

magnetic key - zinc
Material
Body & Handle: die cast zinc, block
powder coated.
zinc.
Supplied with: Cam: steel, zinc
plated. Key: magnetic key.
Technical Notes
type.
dm (required cam off-set), and refer to
Order No. Finish Lock Type Key Type w lh a b cam selection chart;
Stroke
ch = h - lh where;
B2084.AW0010 Black Coated Magnetic Magnetic Security 34 23 122 196 15 ch = required cam off-set/height.
cam).
below).
latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Tips
Universal left or right hand locking
achievable
Suitable for panel thickness 1 -
4mm.
Important Notes
Place magnetic key over magnetic
lock to release handle. Lift and turn
handle to release cam and rod
controls to open panel. Magnetic
lock system ensures lock mechanism
is never exposed, giving less risk of
dust or other external ingress.

standard cylinder lock - dust proof cover - zinc or polyamide
Material
powder coated.
plated.
zinc.
separately.
Technical Notes
Order No. Type Body Handle Lock Type Key Type l w lh a Order cam separately.
B2086.AW0010 One Zinc Zinc Std. Cylinder Keyed Alike 160 34 23 122 Select "without projection" cam
B2086.AW0310 Two Polyamide Zinc Std. Cylinder Keyed Alike 160 34 23 122 type.
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Tips
close. Suitable for panel thickness
1-4mm. For use inside of cabinet
gasket.
Referral

40mm euro cylinder lock - padlockable - zinc or polyamide
Material
powder coated.
plated.
zinc.
separately.
Technical Notes
Padloc dm Order cam separately.
Order No. Body Handle Lock Type Key Type l w lh a b Cams: see suitable cam A0215.
kabe Stroke
B2088.AW0010 Zinc Zinc 40 Euro Keyed Alike No 160 34 23 122 196 15 type.
B2088.AW0310 Polyamide Zinc 40 Euro Keyed Alike No 160 34 23 122 196 15 Dimensions ch and cl relate to cam.
B2088.AW0020 Zinc Zinc 40 Euro Keyed Alike Yes 160 34 23 122 196 15 Use formula to calculate ch
B2088.AW0320 Polyamide Zinc 40 Euro Keyed Alike Yes 160 34 23 122 196 15 (required cam off-set), and refer to
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Tips
panel thickness of 1 to 4mm. For use
left/right.
Referral
40mm euro cylinder lock - dust cover - polyamide
Material
Body & Handle: polyamide (PA),
black.
plated.
zinc.
separately.
Technical Notes
Suitable for two point latching.
Not suitable for three point
latching.
dm Tips
dm
Stro Also available with radial pin lock,
Order No. Finish Lock Type Key Type l w lh a b c d Stroke
ke subject to min. order quantity.
135°
90° Ideal for electrical cabinets,
B2091.AW0020 Black, Plastic 40 Euro Keyed Alike 160 35 23 123,5 223,5 173,5 173,5 23,5 16
left/right.
Referral
Cam control model: B1091.

Swing Handle - with Rod Control B2181
standard cylinder - polyamide
Material
Body & Handle: polyamide (PA),
black.
plated.
zinc.
Not supplied: Rods: order
separately.
Technical Notes
Suitable for two point latching.
Not suitable for three point
latching.
dm Rods & Guides: A0303, A0321,
dm A0325.
Latching Stro
Order No. Finish Key Type l w lh a b c d Stroke
Type ke Tips
135°
90° Suitable for panel thickness 1 -
2mm.
B2181.AW0010 Black, Plastic 2-Point Keyed Alike 160 35 22 123,5 223,5 173,5 173,5 23,5 16
Referral
Cam control model: B1181.

standard cylinder - zinc
Material
powder coated.
plated.
zinc.
separately.
Technical Notes
dm type.
Padlo Dimensions ch and cl relate to cam.
Order No. Finish Lock Type Key Type Button l lh w a b Strok
ckable Use formula to calculate ch
e
B2285.AW0010 Black Coated Std. Cylinder Keyed Alike With No 158 23 34 122 196 15 cam selection chart;
B2285.AW0020 Black Coated Std. Cylinder Keyed Alike With Yes 158 23 34 122 196 15 ch = h - lh where;
B2285.AW0050 Black Coated Std. Cylinder Keyed Alike W/o No 158 23 34 122 196 15 ch = required cam off-set/height.
B2285.AW0060 Black Coated Std. Cylinder Keyed Alike W/o Yes 158 23 34 122 196 15 h = grip length (distance between
cam).
below).
latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Padlock models: suitable for
padlock shackle max. diameter
10mm.
Tips
Suitable for panel thickness 1-3mm
Referral

standard cylinder - zinc
Material
powder coated.
plated.
zinc.
separately.
Technical Notes
Please note that the two point
latching models use a bespoke
mechanism. A cam cannot be fitted
Latchi to it to create a three point
dm latching.
Order No. Finish ng Key type Button l lh w a b
stroke Order cam separately.
type
B2380.AW0010 Black Coated 3 Keyed Alike W/o 133 22 36 122 196 15 Select "without projection" cam
B2380.AW0020 Black Coated 3 Keyed Alike With 133 22 36 122 196 15 type.
B2380.AW0030 Black Coated 2 Keyed Alike W/o 133 22 36 122 196 15 Dimensions ch and cl relate to cam.
B2380.AW0040 Black Coated 2 Keyed Alike With 133 22 36 122 196 15 Use formula to calculate ch
ch = h - lh where;
cam).
below).
latching - A0303, A0321, A0325.
Tips
Suitable for panel thickness 1-4mm.
For indoor or outdoor use. For use
inside or outside gasket.
Referral

40mm euro cylinder lock - sliding cover - polyamide
Material
Body: polyamide plastic, black.
Handle: die cast zinc. chrome
plated.
plated.
zinc.
Technical Notes
Achieves 2 point clamping at top
and bottom of panel. Not suitable
for 3 point clamping.
Unlock handle to release, lift and
dm dm turn to activate rod control
mechanism and release panel.
Order No. Finish Lock type Key type l lh w a b stroke stroke
Sliding lock cover prevents ingress
135º 90º
of dust etc. into lock mechanism.
B2450.AW0010 Black Coated 40 Euro Keyed Alike 347 20 36 113,8 233,2 23,5 16,0
Tips
Suitable for panel thickness 1 to
2mm.
Referral

ea le mp s c ks ad
do e
le
he
d ve er on r la s
i
pi
ba s id nt r bl ub
c
vo hi he
k
DISCOVER
p
th n
g s
ge es ca
s
w ns g d el
i
ex re io ra mo n
t he in he tc
as
WIXR OYD.COM
ro tc
nd le ca atc tin s
bi ms
m dc h
f a -
ed ase th he g
ag on e
st
m flu un dju dir in
f
su b s ce s in s
hi
ne tro s iw h
ct st ec i c
in
ay
rfa od tay s io ab tio a
s
do tic l c an
g
in t-h
co ce y la s le
s n a le n m
ng
l gr a
ve
or to or d ha an
cy nceale mo tch d nd dl h ip l la rc
l at
uc ne la us
m
e
st tc e
an
lin d t-h un es
es
so an
h r tc
ts
t p ch l d
ay
in in
he
s la hi h
ft
de dl to
s ro es latc ock les
he ro
c
tc n e
ro clos no set h i cy r l e loc of
h ge s ay los la s ps f
i
sl t
s flu d c ing s n-m inge lind ock ks hi e tc ar
us ng id
y er e
pa sta s on tay a s e s an h
s
he
dl
ng h
sw d inl h
e t r a g ca r l e
s
dr
r e k an la
an a
in dle ss t-h ol di ne m oc g locks s d n dl tc
al
o e
g
st
l
w
st a a b l
e
l lo tic la ks a
st li se ep he
n t ck
to
ha a el c p
s
ay ft co
t d la tc
s l tc s
nd ch lat l h c
ift he
rq
c
ed
e e am tc he r
sw s and nda
sl
s o s
s
u
c
le es he
s
s l he s in of tu y lo ca e ff id
s o le on s g t o rn ck
a tr p
m d hin
an co p c h
c
s a
pa a en la lat
es
n t
ge
d mp ring ks f hi ol ad k m s
pa re l o l i ng ju nuc
dd dl ing ch hes s
e e st k
p
dd ss ad d es le lo sta s r ab le
el e
le ion ed st la ck ys le ca
at f c rs
la la la ay tc s l-h ch lo
dr tch
tc tc tc s aw e
s
he
he he he
pu an et si
s la
Cam Latches - Flush T-Handle

s s ps tc
h
un sh dle st ng
ro
g
ba i-d la lo ay
i t c s
r
Cam Latches
flush T-handle
Models available
Cam Latch - Flush T-Handle Cam Latch - Flush T-Handle

with rod control for multi-point latching for single point latching
Cam Latch - Flush T-Handle Cam Latch - Concealed T-Handle

with adjustable grip for electricity panels
Variety of materials Actuation/locking method Features

• Steel. • Blank, without lock.
• Stainless steel. • Standard cylinder Lock.
• Aluminium. • Padlockable T-Handle actuation.
• Polyamide.
• Heating & ventilation. • Electric panels. Applications
• Generators. • Off-road equipment.
• Compressors. • Industrial transport.
• Machine covers. • Special equipment cases.
wixroyd.com
Cabinet Lock - Snap in B4510
Recessed handle, cylinder lock, polyamide
Material
Handle: Zinc.
Supplied: Cam and key.
Technical Notes
For plain/flush mounted doors, as
well as electrical panels and covers.
Tips
handle.
Order No. Key type a b t cl lh

B4510.AW0020 Keyed Alike 84 3,3 0,8-2 72 21

Cabinet Lock - Snap In B4520
PA plastic, zinc handle, no lock
Material
Handle: Zinc, black coated.
Supplied: Cam.
Technical Notes
Tips
handle.
Order No. Lock type a b t cl lh

B4520.AW0120 No lock 85 3,3 0,8-2 72 21

Cam Latch - Flush T-handle - Rod Control B4584
vertical - heavy duty- fixed grip - standard cylinder lock - stainless
Material
Body: stainless steel, AISI 303.
Handle: die cast zinc, chrome
plated.
plated.
Technical Notes
Hole fixing type requires 4 off M 6
screws (not supplied) for front
mounting.
Stud fixing type has 4 off M 6
welding studs for rear mounting
with M 6 nuts (not supplied).
Use with multi-point latching rods
(e.g A0303), with 8mm Ø rods, to
achieve two point latching of larger
enclosure panels.
Tips
Ideal for electricity sub-stations,
HGVs and other road side vehicles.
T-handle is in the vertical position
when locked. Universal left/right.
For use inside of cabinet gasket.
Order No. Mounting Type Lock type Key Type

B4584.AW0010 Hole Fixing Std. Cylinder Keyed Alike
B4584.AW0020 Stud Fixing Std. Cylinder Keyed Alike

Cam Latch - Flush T-handle B4586
vertical - heavy duty - fixed grip - standard cylinder lock - stainless
Material
plated.
plated.
Cam: stainless steel, AISI 303.
Technical Notes
screws (not supplied), for front
mounting.
welded studs for near mounting
Tips
when locked. Universal left/right.
Can be used with cam range A0203.
Order No. Mounting Type Lock Type Key Type lh

B4586.AW0010 Hole Fixing Std. Cylinder Keyed Alike 25
B4586.AW0020 Stud Fixing Std. Cylinder Keyed Alike 25

Cam Latch - Flush T-handle B4588
vertical - heavy duty - adjustable grip - standard cylinder lock - stainless
Material
plated.
plated.
Technical Notes
screws (not supplied), for front
mounting.
welded studs for near mounting
Tips
when locked.
Order No. Mounting type Lock Type Key Type h grip range
B4588.AW0010 Hole Fixing Std. Cylinder Keyed Alike 48 - 58
B4588.AW0020 Stud Fixing Std. Cylinder Keyed Alike 48 - 58

Cam Latches - Flush T-Handle B4590
no lock option - adjustable grip - stainless steel
Material
plated.
plated.
Technical Notes
Mounting via 4 off M 6 screws (not
supplied) for front mounting.
With lock version has standard
cylinder lock to prevent
unauthorised opening.
h
Order No. Mounting type Lock Type l w
grip range
B4590.AW0010 Hole fixing Std. Cylinder 105 120 50~ 60
B4590.AW0020 Hole fixing Blank - No Lock 105 120 50~ 60

Cam Latch - Concealed T-Handle B4604
aluminium - rod control - padlock shackle
Material
Body and Cover: aluminium, grey
powder coated.
Technical Notes
Designed for medium voltage
Order No. Body h l
electricity panels.
B4604.AW0010 Aluminium 178 87 T-handle is in the vertical position
when locked. For added security has
padlock shackle to prevent
lifting/turning of T-handle to suit
max. padlock shackle of 9mm dia
(not supplied).
Use with multi-point latching rods
(A0303) with 8mm Ø rods, to
achieve two point latching of larger
enclosure panels. Handle secured to
frame via mounting brackets
(supplied).

s
le
snd
he al ha
tc n s
le
la ctio he
ab
m
s
r ire tc ck s am
ba i-d la lo ay
gr
Push-to-Close Paddle Latches

ro
un sh dle st ng
h
tc s s ps
s la
pu an et si
he he he
he
s
aw e tc tc tc s
tc s l-h ch lo
dr tch la la la ay
la ck s y r at c rs
le ca
l f le ion ed st
le e lo sta es
ab le
e dd ss oad id
se p
st k es
dd ndl ing tch ches
ju nuc pa pre g l l ing
ad k m es
pa ha pen la lat s s a ng ks
ol fh rin m nd
a co sp c o l e a r
nt s
s l co e s
le es che e
s
sw s and nda li ed rqu lift hes nd ch lat dl es am tch he
s
h c
la tc
pp to s latc es
t
ay ft co
c s
ha a el n t ck
st li se lo tic la ks
l e
e b st a a
w ch
l
st d
g
g cks o dl
e in dle ss t-h ol al
di ne m oc
lo
es a n kn an at r
ng r e
e
sw d inl h a
ca r l
h rh l
e
s a
dl
t s
r g
an
hi d tch ry s ge de
pa sta s on tay a s e s s
u fin sli
flu d c ing s n-m inge lind ck
h ge s
se
ay lo a s pla t o
c
of he ro
no set h i cy r l se ro ft clos tc n e
es la hi h
to
ro es atc s de clo ts s
dl he
in in
t p ch le l es ay h r tc
so
st s uc ne la
m lin to un es
us nd h
at
an tc
or e c to or d
rc
la cy sh mo tch
ha atc l h grip al
d ve
do g ti c an
pu ce la s
sle g
in le
l n a le n m
io ab tio a s y
rfa od tay s
n
ay
in
iw d
ct st ec i c ne
hi mag ches
su d b e s ce s l
in d ro
f
m pa un adju dir in nt
st
s h e
de ea at tch ing
s f s -
et es d
he ge es ng xt
Push To Close Paddle Latches B4703
pull to open - slam action - standard cylinder lock - steel
Material
Body and Handle: steel, black
powder coated.
Cylinder lock: die cast zinc, zinc
plated.
Not Supplied: Catch plate: please
order separately.
Technical Notes
Spring loaded, slam action handle.
Installation via 72x56mm cut out.
Order No. Lock type

B4703.AW0010 Std. Cylinder
B4703.AW0020 Blank - No Lock
B4713.AW0310 Catch Plate

Material
powder coated.
plated.
order separately.
Technical Notes
welded studs for rear mounting with
M 6 nuts (not supplied).
Universal left/right. For use inside
of cabinet gasket.
Tips
Fully integrated lock, latch and
flush fitting paddle handle, ideal for
generators, compressors, electric
panels and doors.
Referral
Gaskets -Z0550 to Z1002.
Order No. Type h Lock type

B4713.AW0010 Latch 31,5 Std. Cylinder
B4713.AW0040 Latch 31,5 Blank - No Lock
B4713.AW0310 Catch Plate - -

Material
powder coated.
plated.
order separately.
Technical Notes
welded studs for rear mounting with
M 6 nuts (not supplied).
Tips
panels and doors.
Order No. Type Lock Type h l w

B4733.AW0010 Latch Std. Cylinder 30,5 127 101,5
B4733.AW0040 Latch Blank - No Lock 30,5 127 101,5
B4733.AW0050 Latch Blank - No Lock 43,0 127 101,5
B4713.AW0310 Catch Plate - - - -

pull to open - slam action -standard cylinder lock - stainless
Material
Body and Handle: stainless steel,
AISI 304.
plated.
order separately.
Technical Notes
mounting.
of cabinet gasket.
Tips
panels and doors.
Order No. Type l w h

B4750.AW0010 With Lock 140 90 22
B4750.AW0020 Blank - No Lock 140 90 22
B4713.AW0310 Catch Plate - - -

pull to open - slam action - stainless steel
Material
AISI 304.
Technical Notes
Fitting via mounting bracket.
Without secondary lock, for easy
access.
of cabinet gasket.
Catch plate B4752.AW0310
available as separate order item.
Tips
panels and doors.
Order No. w l h
B4752.AW0010 42 56 5

pull to open - slam action - standard cylinder lock - steel or stainless
Material
AISI 304, or zinc plated steel.
plated.
order separately.
Technical Notes
mounting.
of cabinet gasket.
Tips
panels and doors.
Referral
Order No. Material Lock type Key type l w h

B4756.AW0010 Steel Std. Cylinder Keyed Alike 120 92,5 22
B4756.AW0020 Stainless Steel Std. Cylinder - 120 92,5 22
B4713.AW0310 Catch Plate - - - - -

pull to open - standard cylinder lock - stainless steel
Material
AISI 303.
plated.
order separately.
Technical Notes
screws ( not supplied) for front
fixing.
of cabinet gasket.
Tips
panels and doors.
Referral
Order No. Type Lock type Key type l1 w1 l2 w2 d

B4758.AW0010 Latch Std. Cylinder Keyed Alike 140 108 95 97 5,5
B4758.AW0020 Latch Std. Cylinder Keyed Alike 146 146 130 68 5,0
B4713.AW0310 Catch Plate - - - - - - -

Twist-to-Close Paddle Latches - Snap-on B4800
recessed handle - standard cylinder lock - polyamide
Material
Body and Handle: Polyamide plastic
(PA), black.
plated.
Technical Notes
handle.
Attach multi-point latching rods
(A0303) to achieve two-point
latching of cupboards, cabinets or
enclosures.
Suitable for panel thickness 1 -
1.5mm.
Order No. Lock Type Key Type l w

B4800.AW0010 Std. Cylinder Keyed Alike 88,5 88,5

Functional Handles and Locks B8100
#####
-B8900
Wixroyd’s functional handles B8100 - B8900 provide the ideal combination of ergonomics, productivity and
safety for machine guards, enclosures or wherever there is a machine/operator interface.
Wixroyd functional handles incorporate switching, control and monitoring functions exactly at the point
they are required - namely the enclosure handle. Functional handles are mounted on the moveable part of
the door/enclosure, while the additional solenoid interlock, part no. B8900, which enables locking and
monitoring of the door condition, is mounted on the static part of the door/enclosure. All models in the series
have been designed on the same basic principles and can incorporate the following functions:
• Simple operation; all buttons and controls on • Modular design; handle B8320 has been
the handles are simply activated with the thumb designed on a modular basis allowing for
allowing for control and opening of the guard in individual programming of handle functions for
just one movement. your own application
• Deactivation of the dead lock; each handle has • Electromechanical locking; in combination with
a button to deactivate and unlock the dead lock, our solenoid interlocking devices B8900 our
two LED’s indicate whether the door is locked functional handles provide an electromechanical
or unlocked. locking system for both revolving and push doors.
• Safety; machine start and stop buttons can
optionally be integrated into the handle, as well Basic non-functional handles available in same
as a machine emergency stop button. design to act as counter-handles.
Features
Programmable Functional Ergonomic Inter-locking

Robust functional Functional handle with Simple and ergonomic Solenoid interlocks can
handles with separately inbuilt emergency stop with mechanically locking be used to bolt doors or
programmable elements to 2 NC and 1 NO contacts for handles, with electrical enclosures mechanically,
suit any application. PLC systems. monitoring function; for with switching contacts
use on cabinets enabling the monitoring of
and enclosures. the lock/enclosure status.
Release button Emergency stop Start button Positioning

Activating the release Optional emergency stop Machine start buttons can The start button can be
button deactivates the dead button allows the operator be included in the handle positioned either above
lock and opens the safety to bring the entire machine to initiate the machine. the door release button or
door. Two LED’s above the to a stand still. The when no emergency stop
release button indicate to machine can then be button is used, can be
the operator whether the resumed by positioned on the top of the
door is locked or unlocked. re-setting the handle via a handle.
twist of the button.
Conforms to EN418.
wixroyd.com
B8100 Functional Handle - Electronic
B8100 Functional handle – electronic

Wixroyd part no. B8100.AC0318 B8100.AC0418
2 push buttons,
Description 2 push buttons
1 emergency stop button
Switching voltage 1-42 V AC/DC
-
– emergency stop button 100 mA
Switching voltage
24V AC/DC 1A 24V AC/DC 1A
– push buttons
Operating voltage LED 24 U DC 24 U DC
Connection type 8 pole, M12 x 1 12 pole, M12 x 1
Connector assignment
(plug side view)
Emergency stop buttons

N/A
(2 NC contacts)
Push button red

(1 changeover contact)
Push button green

(2 NC contacts)
wixroyd.com
Functional Handle - Electronic B8100
Material
Type one: Handle shank: glass
reinforced polyamide PA 6, black.
Handle tube: Ø30x5mm of
aluminium AlMgSi 0,5, black
anodised, fine ground.
Switch Functions: none, blank
handle.
Type two: Handle shank: glass
Switch functions: 2 push buttons.
Type three: Handle shank: glass
Switch functions: two push buttons,
1 emergency stop button.
Technical Notes
When used with connection cable
no. B8880, conforms to IP65 rating.
Use with door solenoid lock no.
B8900 for full electronic locking of
machine guards and panels.
Referral
Connection cable - B8880.
Solenoid lock - B8900.
Order No. Type Switch function Coupling a l Other connections and mounting
options available on request, subj.
B8100.AC0018 Type One No Switch - Blank, to Act as a Counter Handle - 220 282 to min. qty.
B8100.AC0318 Type Two 2 Push Buttons 8-pole (M12x1) 220 282
B8100.AC0418 Type Three 2 Push Buttons, 1 Emergency Stop Button 12-pole (M12x1) 220 282

B8120 Functional Handles - Electronic

Wixroyd part no. B8120.AC0102 & .AC0102 B8120.AC0105 & .AC0125
2 push buttons,
Switching voltage 1-42 V AC/DC
N/a
– emergency stop button 100 mA
Switching voltage
24V AC 1A 24V AC 1A
– push buttons
Operating voltage LED 24V DC 24 DC
(plug side view)
Emergency stop buttons

N/A
(2 NC contacts)
Push button red

(1 changeover contact)
Push button green

(2 NC contacts)
wixroyd.com
Material
Type one: Handle shank:
aluminium, vibration ground
natural colour anodized.
Handle tube: Ø35x2,0mm of
stainless steel 1.4301.
Switch functions: none, blank
handle.
Type two: Handle shank:
Switch functions: 2 push buttons.
Type three: Handle shank:
Switch functions: two push buttons,
1 emergency stop button.
Technical Notes
Order No. Order No.
Type Switch function Coupling type a l When used with connection cable
Right Left no. B8880, conforms to IP65 rating.
B8120.AC0000 B8120.AC0000 Type One No Switch - @Blank, to Act as Counter Handle. - 350 420 Use with door solenoid lock no.
B8120.AC0102 B8120.AC0122 Type Two 2 Push Buttons 8-pole (M12x1) 350 420 B8900 for full electronic locking of
B8120.AC0105 B8120.AC0125 Type Three 2 Push Buttons, @1 Emergency Stop Button 12-pole (M12x1) 350 420 machine guards and panels.
Referral


Wixroyd part no. B8320.AC0304 & .AC0337 B8320.AC0404 & .AC0437
2 push buttons,
24V DC max. 30V AC/36V DC 24V DC max. 30V AC/36V DC
Switching voltage
max. 1.5A max. 1.5A
Operating voltage LED 24V DC +/-15% 24V DC +/-15%
(plug side view)
Emergency stop buttons N/A
Push button 1 – Module 1
Push button 2 – Module 2 N/A
Push button 3 – Module 3 N/A
Module inscription N/A All three modules
wixroyd.com
configurable controls
Material
Type one: Handle shank: extruded
aluminium, AlMgSi 0,5, black
anodized with matte gloss finish.
anodised with matte gloss finish or
from stainless steel 1.4301,
precision ground.
Tube ends: reinforced polyamide PA
6, black.
Switch functions: 1 push button, 1
emergency stop button.
Type two: Handle shank: extruded
aluminium, AlMgSi 0,5, black
anodized with matte gloss finish.
Order No. Order No. aluminium AIMgSi 0,5, black
Lock type Coupling type a l
Aluminium Stainless anodised with matte gloss finish or
B8320.AC0304 B8320.AC0337 Type One 12-pole (M12x1) 300 416 from stainless steel 1.4301,
B8320.AC0404 B8320.AC0437 Type Two 12-pole (M12x1) 400 484 precision ground.
Tube ends: reinforced polyamide PA
6, black.
Switch Functions: 3 push
buttons/modules.
Technical Notes
When used with connection cable
no. B8880, conforms to IP65 rating.
Use with door solenoid lock no.
Referral
Also available in versions for use in
ASI-Bussytems or voltage
independent radio-transmission
systems, removing the need for
cabin around machine.

Wixroyd part no. B8380.AC0578

Description Type two
Switching voltage Type two
Operating voltage LED 24V DC +/- 15%
Connection type 12-pole (M23 x 1)
(plug side view)
Emergency stop button

(2 NC contacts)
Release button (no contact)
LED’s
Start button
wixroyd.com
Material
Type one: Handle shank: high
strength glass fibre reinforced
polyamide PA 6, black.
Handle tube: turned POM
(polyoxymethylene).
Switch functions: none, blank
handle.
Type two: Handle shank: high
strength glass fibre reinforced
polyamide PA 6, black.
Handle tube: turned POM
Order No. Type Switch function Coupling type a l
(polyoxymethylene).
B8380.AC0018 Type One No Switch - Blank, to - 171 225 Switch functions: 1 release button,
Act as Counter 1 start button, 1 dual channel
Handle emergency stop button (2 NC
B8380.AC0518 Type Two 1 Release Button, 1 12-pole (M23x1) 171 225 contacts).
Start Button, @1 Technical Notes
Dual Channel When used with connection cable
Emergency Stop no. B8880, conforms to IP65 rating.
Button Use with door solenoid lock no
Referral

Coupling Cable B8880
for functional handles B8100 to B8400
Cable length
Order No. Coupling Type Thread
m
B8880.AC0080 8-Pole M12x1 5
B8880.AC0082 8-Pole M12x1 10
B8880.AC0120 12-Pole M12x1 5
B8880.AC0122 12-Pole M12x1 10
B8880.AC0125 12-Pole M23x1 10
Material
Cable spot welded to coupling.
Technical Notes
Ready made cable for use with our
functional handle range B8100 to
B8380. Please review individual
handles for more suitable coupling
types.

Solenoid Interlocks B8900
for electronic functional handles B8100 to B8400
Material
Type one: Enclosure: glass fibre
reinforced plastic.
Actuator and locking bolt: stainless
steel 1.4301.
Contact material: silver.
Type two: Enclosure: glass fibre
reinforced plastic.
Actuator and Locking Bolt: zinc
plated steel/zinc die cast,
chromated.
Contact material: silver.
Technical Notes
The switching element and actuator
of the solenoid interlock are
functionally separated and are only
brought together on opening or
closing of the door/enclosure. A
latching bolt provides connection
and prevents the actuator being
disconnected from interlock.
Important Notes
Two interlock modes are available:
- Power to Unlock: spring pressure
of the latching bolt prevents the
actuator from being disconnected.
When the de-interlocking coil is
energised, the interlock is released
and the enclosure can be opened.
- Power to Lock: operation is the
reverse of the Power to Unlock
mode.
Order No. Type Components Modes of interlock

B8900.AC0105 Type One Solenoid Interlock Power to Unlock
B8900.AC0110 Type One Solenoid Interlock Power to Lock
B8900.AC0120 Type One Actuator -
B8900.AC0205 Type Two Solenoid Interlock Power to Unlock
B8900.AC0210 Type Two Solenoid Interlock Power to Lock
B8900.AC0220 Type Two Actuator -

B8900 Solenoid Interlocks
for funtional handles B8100 to b8400
Wixroyd part no. B8900.AC01xx B8900.AC02xx

IEC/EN 60947-5-1, BG-GS-ET-19, IEC IEC/EN 60947-5-1, BG-GS-ET-19, IEC
Standards
60947-5-1 60947-5-1
Enclosure Glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic Glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic
Actuator and locking bolt Stainless steel 1.4301 Zinc-plated steel/zinc diecast, chromated
Contact material Silver Silver
Protection class IP67 IP67
Termination Screw clamps Screw clamps
Cable section Max. 1.5mm2 (inc. conductor ferrules) Max. 1.5mm2 (inc. conductor ferrules)
Cable entry 4 x M16 x 1,5 4 x M20 x 1,5
Rated impulse withstand
4 kV 2.5 kV
voltage Ui
Rated insulation voltage U1 250 V 250 V
Thermal test current lthe 10 A 10 A
Rated operating
2,5 A/24 VDC 2,5 A/24 VDC
current /voltage ie/Ve
Rated control voltage Us 24 VAC/DC 24 VDC
Ambient temperature -25° C... to +60° C 0° C... to +50° C
Holding force F max. 2000 N 1750 N
Actuating head 3 actuator openings Can be repositioned by 4 x 90°
For manual unlocking by triangular key.
For manual unlocking by triangular key.
Manual release Emergency exit device and emergency
Emergency release optional available
release optional available
Power to unlock
Power to lock
ov-b8900-solenoid-interlocks - Updated - 12-01-2017
wixroyd.com
ov-catches-and-latches - Updated - 12-01-2017
Catches &
Latches
le mp s c ks ad
ea
do e
le
he
d ve er on r la s
i
pi
ba s id nt r bl ub
c
vo hi he
th n
in g s
p k
te kin an e nn t l rqu ca cam le g
ge es ca
s
w ns g d el
i
ex re io ra mo n
t he in he tc
as
ro tc
bi m
m dc h
f a -
ed ase th he g
ag on e
st
m pu un dju dir in
in
su b s ce s f
hi
ne tro s i w sh
ct st ec i c
in
ay
rfa od tay s io ab tio a
s
in k
do tic l c an
le g n
s n a le n m
ng
or to or d pu ce y la s d ve ha ob l h grip al la
cy sh mo tch nd s rc
at
uc ne la us
m
st tc an
lin l un es
a
es
so
t p ch le l
ts
ay h r tc
in in
he dl
ft
s la hi h de tc s es
to ro ro es atc
he
c
tc n e
ro clos no set h i cy r l he of
f t s lo
a p i la
h ge s sl ay
flu d c ing s n-m inge lind ock s
s s
s pa sta s o tay e
an
i n h n s a c r dl
e
ng r e
s a h rh l
lo
ca dd les t tro rad gn am lo es a n kn an at
dl
g cks w st d o e
ch
tc le la s ste -ha l la ial lo etic la cks st li se ep t b
he tc el la nd tch cks c la tc ay ft co s p or s l latch es
sw s and nda li ed qu ift es
s hes tches le l es am c tchehes in sof tu ry lo d ca e off
a s o
co le
pr
on s
ck af tr
nd m in s ol
pr g hi ad k m es
ng ju nuc
dd ndl ing tch ches
la es loa lid st k
Push-to-Close Latches
se p
ab le
le e lo sta es
tc si de s es y r a l f er
on d t la ck s le ca
la lat ay tc s dr tch
he l-h tch clo s
tc ch s aw e
s
he e s
he pu an et si
s ps
s la
tc
h
un sh dle st ng
ro
g
ba i-d la lo ay
ir t c s
Push Knobs E0300
no latch
Material
Push knob: zinc alloy, plated gold or
chrome.
Body: ABS plastic, black.
Technical Notes
Suitable for door/wall thicknesses
15 to 35mm.
When installed push knob is near
flush with surface, raised only 4mm.
Supplied with screws (M 3x20).
Tips
For surfaces 15 to 25mm thick no
counter bore is required.
For surfaces 26 to 35mm thick,
40mm dia. counter bore of depth
"h" is required.
h = door thickness - 25mm.
Referral
For other push knobs see E0800 to
E1400.
Order No. Finish X

g
E0300.AC0030 Gold 67
E0300.AC0040 Chrome 67

Push Knobs E0800
with latch - for inset doors
Material
Push knob: zinc alloy.
Body and catch plate: ABS plastic,
black.
Technical Notes
Suitable for door/wall thicknesses
15 to 30mm. For 13mm door use a
2mm plastic spacer (order
separately).
When installed the push knob is
near flush, raised only 4mm from
surface.
Supplied with screws (M 3.1x10 and
M 3.1x28), and catch plate.
Tips
To operate the push knob:
Step 1: door closed, latch is
engaged.
Step 2: depress knob to flush
position to lock.
Step 3: depress knob to the out
position to unlock latch.
For surfaces between 15 to 25mm

thick no counter bore is required.
For surfaces from 26 to 35mm thick,
40mm dia. counter bore of depth
"h" is required.
h = door thickness - 25mm.
Holding force Important Notes

Order No. Description Finish X Do not activate the latch before
Kg g closing the door, it may damage the
E0800.AC0030 Push Knob Gold 10 93 unit.
E0800.AC0040 Push Knob Chrome 10 93 Other dimensions as per E0300 . See
E0800.AC0050 Push Knob Black Nickel 10 93 diagram for mounting dimensions.
E0800.AC0720 Spacer 2mm Black - 2

Push Knobs E1400
with latch - for overlay doors
Material
Push button: brass, finished in
chrome, satin nickel, satin or
polished brass plating.
Push button base: zinc alloy.
Latch body and catch: polyamide.
Technical Notes
Suitable for door thicknesses 19 to
30mm. Supplied with stainless steel
screw (3x16, 3x20).
Important Notes
For correct positioning of push knob
from the door surface refer to
dimension "x" on installation
diagram.
"x" is calculated as:
x = door thickness + 21,5mm
Push knob supplied with two
threaded studs of 24mm and 30mm,
interchange of stud enables correct
positioning of knob to door surface,
i.e. dimension "x".
Holding force X
Order No. Finish
(Kg) g
E1400.AC0040 Chrome 20 103
E1400.AC0060 Satin Nickel 20 103
E1400.AC0070 Satin Brass 20 103
E1400.AC0080 Polished Brass 20 103

Push Lock - Spring Loaded Cam E1600
standard cylinder lock - fixed grip - zinc
Material
plated.
Lock bolt: die cast zinc.
Not Supplied: Catch Plate: order
separately.
Technical Notes
1-15mm. When installed lock is,
5mm above surface.
On closing of panel, special contour

of the spring loaded cam allows it to
be guided over the catch plate, then
springs back to lock in place. To
open panel, actuate key to release
cam, and pull. Cam has stroke of
approx, 8mm. Order catch plate
separately.
h
Order No. Type Lock type Key type a b
grip length
E1600.AW0010 Push Lock Std. Cylinder Keyed Alike 29 5 25
E1600.AW0310 Catch Plate - - - - -
E1600.AW0410 Finger Pull - - - - -

Push Lock - Spring Loaded Cam - Push Button E1602
standard cylinder lock - fixed grip - polycarbonate
Material
Body: polycarbonate, black.
Cylinder Lock: polycarbonate, black.
Not supplied: Catch plate: order
separately.
Technical Notes
Suitable for door thickness 1-16mm.
Tips
open panel, actuate key and depress
push button to release cam then
pull to open. Optional finger pull
can assist in opening (please order
separately). Cam has stroke of
approx. 8mm.
h
Order No. Type Lock type Key type a b
grip length
E1602.AW0010 Push Lock Std. Cylinder Keyed Alike 30 4 25
E1600.AW0310 Catch Plate - - - - -
E1600.AW0410 Finger Pull - - - - -

Push Lock - Spring Loaded Cam E1604
standard cylinder lock - fixed grip - zinc
Material
plated.
plated with dust cap.
Not supplied: Catch plated: order
separately.
Technical Notes
open panel, actuate key to release
cam and pull. Cam has stroke of
approx. 8 mm. Order catch plate
separately.
h
Order No. Actutation Lock type Key type a b
grip length
E1604.AW0010 Push Lock Std. Cylinder Keyed Alike 22,5 5 20
E1600.AW0310 Catch Plate - - - - -

Push Latch - Spring Loaded Cam E1670
zinc
Material
Housing & Button: die cast zinc,
nickel plated. IP54 rated.
Technical Notes
Mounted under panel surface so
only button exposed. Mount with 2
x M 3 screws.
Depress button to retract catch and
open panel. Catch has stroke of
approx. 7mm.
Order No. l1 l2 l3 l4 h1 h2 h3 h4 w1 w2 w3
E1670.AW0010 30 7 22 10 32,6 15 17,6 4 12 8 10

s
le
snd
he al ha
tc n s
le
la ctio he
ab
m
s
r ire tc ck s am
ba i-d la lo ay
gr
ro
un sh dle st ng
h
tc s ps
s la
he pu an et si
s he e s
aw e tc ch s
tc s l-h ch lo
dr tch la lat ay he
la ck s y r at c rs
le ca
l f on d t
si de s es tc
le e lo sta es
ab le
e
se p
st k es loa lid la
dd ndl ing tch ches
ju nuc ng
ad k m es hi g pr
s
ol af ck in
pr
m nd
tr
a s o le on s co
in sof tu ry lo d ca e off s hes tches le l es am c tchehes
sw s and nda li ed rqu lift hes he tc el la nd tch cks c la tc
s
Lever Catches
ay ft co
st li se e pp to s latc esb tc le la s ste -ha l la ial lo etic la cks
g cks w st d o dl
e
ch
lo
es a n kn an at ca dd nles t tro rad gn am lo
ng r e h rh l
e
an
dl s a i h n s a c r
hi d tch ry ge de
pa sta s o tay e
s s
s
s
u fin sli
flu d c ing s n-m inge lind ock s
h ge s
se
ay lo a s pla t
c
of he ro
ro clos no set h i cy r l che tc n e
es la hi h
to
ro es atc s de at ts s ft
dl he
in in
t p ch le l s ay h r tc
so
st s uc ne la
lin r c un es
an tc
m
us nd e
at
or e c to or d
rc
la cy ve mo tch
ha ch l h grip al
d ve
do g ti c an
t le ce y la s
sle g
in la n a le n m
io ab tio a s rfa od tay s
n
ay
in
iw e
ct st ec i c ne
hi mag ches
su d b e s ce s l
in d ro
f
m sli un adju dir in nt
st
s h e
de ea at tch ing
s f s -
et es d
he ge es ng xt
Lever Catches E2001
finger tip control
Material
Body: polyamide.
Counterplate: steel.
Technical Notes
Designed for use on door/ panel
without handle or knob, to provide
concealed locking of panel.
Screws not supplied.
Holding force X
Order No. Finish
Kg g
E2001.AC0010 White 20 25
E2001.AC0020 Brown 20 25

Lever Catches E2002
finger tip control - stainless steel
Material
Technical Notes
This lever catch is designed for use
on door without knob or handle, to
provide concealed latching and
securing of panel.
Holding force X
Order No. Finish
kg g
E2002.AC0530 Stainless Steel 20 85

Slide Latches - Flush E2021
snap-in installation
Material
ABS plastic resin, stainless steel
spring.
Technical Notes
Suitable for panel thickness 1.5mm
or 2mm. Ideal for small metal
machinery covers.
Pull back latch to open panel,
release and latch is returned due to
internal spring.
For panel h
Order No. Colour w l
thickness grip length
E2021.AW0010 Grey 1,5 6 28 47
E2021.AW0020 Black 1,5 6 28 47
E2021.AW0310 Grey 2,0 6 28 47
E2021.AW0320 Black 2,0 6 28 47

Slide Latches - Flush E2031
snap-in installation - release catch
Material
ABS plastic and stainless steel
spring.
Technical Notes
Ideal for small metal machinery
covers. Uniquely different from our
standard slide latch E2021 in the
addition of an internal release catch
- hence this latch does not slide
over surface in order to actuate.
Suitable for panel thickness 1 - 2
mm.
Panel thickness h
Order No. Colour Type w l
min. - max. grip length
E2031.AW0010 Grey W/o Lock 1-2 6,7 28 45
E2031.AW0020 Black W/o Lock 1-2 6,7 28 45
E2031.AW0310 Grey With Lock 1-2 6,7 28 45
E2031.AW0320 Black With Lock 1-2 6,7 28 45

Touch Latches - Flush E2034
snap-in installation - with secondary lock
Material
ABS material, black.
Supplied with: Key.
Technical Notes
Suitable for panel thickness 1.8 -
2.1mm.
Insert and turn key 90°to retract
cam and release. Cam stroke of
6,5mm.
Tips
Ideal for small metal machinery
covers.
Not included: Catch plate - designed
by user.
t
Catch
Order No. Type panel thickness l w
stroke
min. - max.
E2034.AW0010 With Lock 1,8 - 2,1 75,8 34 6,5

Touch Latches - Flush E2036
snap-in installation - with secondary lock
Material
Polyamide, plastic (PA), black
Tips
Insert key, turn 90°to release
handle, depress handle as indicated
to lift handle and release cam. Ideal
for small metal machinery covers.
Cam has stroke of 8mm.
Panel h Catch
Order No. Type l w
thickness grip length stroke
E2036.AW0010 With Lock 1,4 13,3 90,55 34 8

Knuckle Catches E2050
Material
Catch: polyacetal, white.
Strike: polyamide, white.
Technical Notes
Push in force Pull out force X

Order No.
Kg Kg g
E2050.AC0010 5,7 7,1 4,5

Rotary Catches E2070
Material
Strike and catch: polyacetal.
Roller: polyethylene.
Technical Notes
This catch has been tested to
300,000 cycles.
Push in Pull out

Order No. Finish a force force b c1 d e f X
Kg Kg g
E2070.AC0010 White 29,0 1,1 1,6 12 21,2 11,3 8 2,0 3

E2070.AC0015 Brown 31,3 2,2 3,2 14 27,2 12,6 9 2,3 4
Order No. c c c g h i j d d
2 3 4 1 2
E2070.AC0010 21,5 6,0 20,0 26 13,5 7,5 1,7 3,1x7 3,0
E2070.AC0015 24,4 7,5 23,6 32 16,5 9,0 2,0 3,1x7 3,1

Knuckle Catches E2100
with adjustable holding force
Material
Nylon.
Technical Notes
By adjusting the screw the force
required to hold the catch can be
varied. Holding force of up to 20Kg.
Push in force Push in force Pull out force Pull out force
Order No. Finish min. max. min. max. X
Kg Kg Kg Kg g
E2100.AC0010 White 13 27 8 20 42
E2100.AC0020 Black 13 27 8 20 42

s
le
s nd
he al ha
tc ion s
le
ab
a t e
r l irec tch cks s
m
m
ba i-d la lo ay
ra
og
un sh dle st ng
tc
h pr
s la s s
he pu an et si
s he e
s
aw e tc ch s
tc s l-h ch lo
dr tch he
la lat ay
la ck s y r at c rs
le ca
l f on d t
si de s s tc
le e lo sta es
ab le
e
se p
st k es loa lid nge la
dd ndl ing tch ches
ju nuc
ad k m es pr g i
pa a pen la lat
s d
s a ng
es
rin k fh olm
h d an co sp oc lea ontr s
g t o rn ck m hi
in of tu y lo
s ca e ff id u o s s hes tches le l es am c tchehes
sw s and nda
sl
r
ed rq ift he he tc el la nd tch cks c la tc
Touch Latches
ay ft co p
to s l tc s
st li se
g locks s w st
ep
d o b e
dl tc
l a
he tc le la s ste -ha l la ial lo etic la cks
a n ca dd nles t tro rad gn am lo
an k la
n
ge
dr
e
dl s ha h c r
he
s
sh er e
i n a
an in pa sta s o tay e
h y s s
s
ar lid
c u g flu d c ing s n-m nge ind ck
ay clos
e
at p fin
h ge s
fl t
l
s s
i o s
s no set h i cy r l che ro ft clos
o ro he he s tc n e
la hi h
to
ro s tc
la atc dle
s de at ts s
he
in in
t p ch ay h r tc
e so
st s uc ne la
l m lin n c un es
an
e
us at l
nd ic tc
or e c to or d
rc t la cy nsio mo tch
ha ne l h grip al
d ve
s do g ti c an
le g a te ce y la s
in ag n ble ion m
s
i w -m tio sta ct ca
rfa od tay s
ay n
in
ne
hi mag ches
su d b e s ce s l
on n ju ir i
c ro
f
in e
nt
fu ad bi-d min
st
m s h e
de ea at tch ing
s n s en rel n c w la unt co
et es d
he ge es ng xt
Touch Latches E2200
non-magnetic
Material
Body and catch: ABS Plastic.
Technical Notes
For overlay door allow 3mm gap
between door and cabinet frame for
push space.
Supplied with screws (3.1x13,
3.5x10).
Important Notes
Pulling the door with excessive
force without unlatching the unit
may damage the mechanism.
Constant loading of over 4Kgf,
either pushing or pulling, is not
recommended.
Retaining force X
Order No. Finish
Kg g
E2200.AC0010 White 8 24
E2200.AC0020 Black 8 24
E2200.AC0030 Brown 8 24

Touch Latches E2400
non-magnetic
Material
Body and catch: ABS plastic.
Technical Notes
For overlay door allow 3mm gap
between door and cabinet frame for
push space.
Supplied with screws (2.7x13,
2.4x10).
Important Notes
Pulling the door with excessive
force without unlatching the unit
may damage the mechanism.
Constant loading of over 3Kgf,
either pushing or pulling, is not
recommended.
Retaining force X
Order No. Finish
Kgf g
E2400.AC0020 Black 3 15

Touch Latches E2600
non-magnetic
Material
Body: polycarbonate.
Technical Notes
No catch plate supplied. Dimensions
shown of 'Recommended Strike
Dimensions' are for your own
fabrication of strike to best suit your
application.
Retaining force X
Order No.
Kgf g
E2600.AC0020 1 1,1

Touch Latches E2800
non-magnetic
Material
Housing: ABS plastic.
Slide: polyacetal.
Strike, arm and yoke: steel.
Technical Notes
Screws not included.
Retaining force X
Order No. Finish
Kgf g
E2800.AC0020 Black 10 16,3

Mini Touch Latches E3000
non-magnetic
Material
Body: polyacetal.
Strike: polyamide.
Technical Notes
Strikes ordered separately. Screws
not included.
Retaining force X
Order No. Type
Kgf g
E3000.AC0020 Latch 1,2 0,7
E3000.AC0022 Strike for Wood - 0,2
E3000.AC0024 Strike for Metal - 0,2

Multi-Touch Latches E3010
Material
Nylon and Polyacetal (POM)
Technical Notes
Strikes not supplied. Dimensions
shown are for your own fabrication
of strike to best sort your
application.
Suitable for panel thickness 2,0mm
Tips
Subject to minimum order quantity.
Order No. l1 h1 l2 l3 l4 h2 h3 h4
E3010.AC0010 10,9 14,9 9,2 7,9 8 2,9 2 1,5
Order No. h5 h6 w1 w2 w3 w4 w5 w6
E3010.AC0010 2,6 0,6 3,5 6,9 7 5,3 2,6 4

Material
Technical Notes
application.
Tips
Order No. l1 h1 l2 l3 l4 h2 h3 h4 h5 w1 w2 w3 w4 w5 w6
E3012.AC0010 11,08 15 9,2 7,9 8,0 3 2 2,6 0,6 4,6 6,9 7 5,3 2,6 4,0

Material
Technical Notes
application.
Tips
E3014.AC0010 11 14,8 9,17 7,9 7 2,9 2,1 2,6 0,6 6,9 3,75 8 5,2 2,5 4,2

Material
Technical Notes
application.
Tips
E3016.AC0010 10,9 14,8 8,9 7,9 7 3,05 2 2,6 0,6 6,9 2,7 8,0 4,2 2,50 5,2

Material
Technical Notes
application.
Tips
Order No. l1 h1 l2 l3 l4 h2 h3 h4 w1 w2 w3 w4
E3030.AC0010 14 20,5 11,5 10,5 10.7 4,4 2 2,6 9,7 9,8 7 3,5

Material
Technical Notes
application.
Tips
E3040.AC0010 9 10,8 7,7 6,8 7 10,8 2,1 2 3,0 6,9 2,7 6,9 3,5 4,5 2,4

Material
Technical Notes
application.
Tips
Order No. l1 h1 l2 l3 l4 l5 h2 h3 w1 w2 w3 w4 w5 w6
E3050.AC0010 14,4 21,1 17,2 12,8 12,1 4 3,0 2,2 12 9 5,15 12,9 3 1,7

Material
Technical Notes
application.
Tips
Order No. l1 h1 l2 l3 l4 h1 h2 h3 h4 h5 w1 w2 w3 w4
E3052.AC0010 6,5 14,2 2,0 2,10 6,60 14,2 9,0 2,0 1,5 1,8 5,2 5,3 4,3 4,4

Material
Catch and strike body: Polyacetal
(POM)
Strike outer spring: Steel
Technical Notes
Catch body and strike supplied as
pair.
0,8-1,6mm
Tips
Order No. l1 l2 l3 l4 h1 h2 h3 h4 h5 h6 h7
E3070.AC0010 19,7 16,7 7,2 11,0 18,0 17,2 16,2 1,8 1,5 11,3 20,0
Order No. h8 h9 h10 w1 w2 w3 w5 w6 w7 w9 w10 w11

E3070.AC0010 13,0 1,4 1,6 18,0 16,7 11,3 10,0 13,0 7,2 7 9,1 7,0

Mini Touch Latches E3200
non-magnetic
Material
Spring: stainless steel, AISI 304.
Strike: nylon.
Technical Notes
Strikes ordered separately. Screws
not included.
Retaining force X
Order No. Type
Kg g
E3200.AC0020 Latch 3,5 2,3
E3200.AC0022 Strike for Wood 3,5 0,2

Touch Latches E3400
non-magnetic
Material
Body: ABS plastic.
Strike: polyamide.
Technical Notes
Strike not supplied. Dimensions
of strike to best suit your
application.
Order No. Finish X

g
E3400.AC0020 Black 2,5

Tension Catches E4000
Material
Body: zinc alloy, chrome finish.
Ball: ball bearing stainless steel.
Push in Pulling
Order No. force force a b c d Øe1 Øe2 f X
Kgf Kgf g
E4000.AC0040 4,4 3,0 42,5 35 8,0 6,3 3,2 6,2 26,7 16

E4000.AC0050 4,1 3,3 50,0 40 10,0 8,4 4,2 8,2 29,8 26
E4000.AC0070 4,6 3,5 70,0 60 13,5 13,0 4,2 8,2 49,0 70
Order No. g h i j k l Øm1 Øm2 n p q r s

E4000.AC0040 7,5 2,5 25 16 7,5 5,5 3,2 6,2 8,8 2,5 3,7 6,5 14,0
E4000.AC0050 9,5 3,0 30 20 9,0 7,3 4,2 8,2 9,8 2,5 4,7 7,4 16,0
E4000.AC0070 13,0 4,0 42 30 10,5 11,0 4,2 8,2 14,2 3,0 8,2 11,0 21,2

stainless steel
Material
Body: stainless steel, AISI 316,
polished.
Push in Pulling
Order No. force force a b c d e1 e2 f X
Kgf Kgf g
E4100.AC0040 2,0 1,3 43 35 8 5,9 3,2 6,2 28,4 18

E4100.AC0050 2,3 1,8 50 40 10 7,5 4,2 8,2 31,5 30
E4100.AC0070 5,7 3,9 70 60 13 13,0 4,2 8,2 51,0 83
Order No. g h i j k l m1 m2 n p q r s
E4100.AC0040 7,5 2,5 25 16 7,5 4,5 3,2 6,2 8,5 2,5 2,7 6,0 13,5
E4100.AC0050 9,3 2,9 30 20 9,0 6,0 4,2 8,2 10,3 2,9 3,8 7,7 15,9
E4100.AC0070 13,0 4,0 42 30 10,5 10,0 4,2 8,2 15,0 4,0 8,0 10,5 23,0

Material
Body: zinc alloy, chrome finish.
Push in Pulling
Order No. force force a c1 c2 d e f g X
Kgf Kgf g
E4300.AC0040 3,6 2,4 28,5 20 12,5 8,3 6,5 R4,0 M3 18

E4300.AC0070 4,1 3,9 48,0 34 20,5 13,5 12,7 R6,5 M5 75
Order No. h i c3 c4 k l n t x y q
E4300.AC0040 5 24 16 3,0 8 9 5 3 3,2 6,2 15,7
E4300.AC0070 6 42 32 7,3 11 13 10 4 4,2 8,2 24,9

Tension Catches - Concealed E4500
rotary latch - steel
Material
steel, zinc plated
Technical Notes
Robust latch for doors and panels.
The rotary action of the locking jaws
provides secure fastening in a
push-to-close action. Suitable for
entry doors, engine covers, baggage
doors and access panels.
Tips
Push to close. Actuation of lever
releases lock hook to allow opening.
Max. load
Order No. h1 l1 w1 w2
N
E4500.AW0010 21 114 46 75,7 10,000

Magnetic Touch Latches E5000
for overlay doors
Material
Body: ABS plastic.
Latch and counter plate: steel,
nickel plated.
Technical Notes
For overlay doors a 4mm gap
between the door and cabinet frame
is required for the latch release
stroke.
Supplied with screws (3.1x13).
Magnetic force X
Order No. Finish
Kgf g
E5000.AC0010 White 1,2 22,5
E5000.AC0030 Brown 1,2 22,5

Magnetic Touch Latches - Double E5100
for overlay doors
Material
Body: ABS plastic.
Latch and counter plate: steel,
nickel plated.
Technical Notes
For overlay doors a 4mm gap
between the door and cabinet frame
is required for the latch release
stroke.
Supplied with screws (3.1x13).
Magnetic force X
Order No. Finish
Kgf g
E5100.AC0010 White 1,2 42
E5100.AC0030 Brown 1,2 42

for overlay doors
Material
Body: ABS plastic.
Latch and catch plate: steel, yellow
zinc chromate.
Technical Notes
Push to open/close.
For overlay doors, a 3,5mm gap
between door and cabinet frame is
required for the latch release
stroke.
Supplied with screws (2.7x13)
Magnetic force X
Order No. Finish
Kgf g
E5200.AC0010 White 1,6 22
E5200.AC0030 Brown 1,6 22
E5200.AC0020 Black 1,6 22

extended stroke - for overlay doors
Material
Body: ABS plastic.
Latch and catch plate: steel, yellow
zinc chromate.
Technical Notes
Push to open/close. For overlay
push to open/close doors, a 3,5mm
gap between door and cabinet
frame is required for push space.
Tips
E5250 has an extended/long stroke
of 40mm to ensure full and positive
movement of door upon actuation.
Magnetic force X
Order No. Finish
kgf g
E5250.AC0010 White 2,4 53
E5250.AC0030 Brown 2,4 53

s
le
s nd
he al ha
tc ion s
le
ab
a t e
r l irec tch cks s
m
m
ba i-d la lo ay
ra
og
un sh dle st ng
tc
h pr
s la s s
he pu an et si
s he e
s
aw e tc ch s
tc s l-h ch lo
dr tch he
la lat ay
la ck s y r at c rs
le ca
l f on d t
si de s s tc
le e lo sta es
ab le
e
se p
st k es loa lid nge la
dd ndl ing tch ches
ju nuc
ad k m es pr g i
pa a pen la lat
s d
s a ng
es
rin k fh olm
h d an co sp oc lea ontr s
g t o rn ck hi
Magnetic Catches
m
in of tu y lo
s ca e ff id u o s s hes tches le l es am c tchehes
sw s and nda
sl
r
ed rq ift he he tc el la nd tch cks c la tc
ay ft co p
to s l tc s
st li se
g locks s w st
ep
d o b e
dl tc
l a
he tc le la s ste -ha l la ial lo etic la cks
a n ca dd nles t tro rad gn am lo
e an k an la
dr
e
dl
ng
s h h c r
he
s
h
i n a
an pa sta s o tay
hi e y s er e s e s
s
tc ar u id flu d c ing s -m nge ind ck
g
ay los sl h ge s
n
la s p f
i n i l o
of
t no set h i cy r l hes ro ft clos tc n e
c
to
ro s ro he s
tc e s s s la hi h
la h dle
de atc ts
he
in in
t p ch ay h r tc
e so
st s uc ne la
tc m lin in c un es
an
e
us at l
nd a tc
or e c to or d
rc
d ve ha c l h rip l la cy ap- mo tch
c
do g ti c an
i na m
le
s g
in e
t n a e
g
bl io
i w gn tio sta ct ca
s sn ce y la s
rfa od tay s
n
ay
in
ne
hi mag ches
su d b e s ce s l
c e i ro
f
in
m ma un adju dir in nt
st
s h e
de ea at tch ing
s s f -
et es d
he ge es ng xt
Magnetic Catches - Hermetically Sealed E5300
for clean room and medical environments
Material
Body: polyacetal.
Magnet: neodymium.
Strike plate: stainless steel, AISI
304, specially treated for
magnetism; or sealed strike plate in
polyacetal.
Technical Notes
For clean room and medical
environment, hermetically sealed.
Magnetic force X
Order No. Type Finish
Kgf g
E5300.AC0010 Magnet White 3 21,0
E5300.AC0020 Magnet Black 3 21,0
E5300.AC0110 Strike Not Sealed - 10,0
E5300.AC0115 Strike Sealed, white - 8,5

Magnetic Catches - Hermetically Sealed E5320
slimline - for clean room and medical environments
Material
Magnet body: polyacetal.
Magnet: neodymiun.
Strike plate: stainless steel, AISI
304, specially treated for
magnetism; or sealed strike plate in
polyacetal.
Technical Notes
Ideal for clean room and medical
environments, hermetically sealed.
Magnetic force X
Kgf g
E5320.AC0010 Magnet White 3,0 9
E5300.AC0110 Strike Plate Not Sealed - 10
E5300.AC0115 Strike Plate Sealed - 9

Magnetic Catches E5400
snap-in type
Material
Body: ABS plastic, white.
Yoke: steel.
Technical Notes
Dimensions a and b are dependant
upon door thickness, see
installation table below.
Tips
Snap-in type magnet for easy
installation, especially for sheet
metal application.
Magnetic force X
Order No.
Kgf g
E5400.AC0010 6 18

snap-in type
Material
Body: ABS plastic.
Yoke: steel.
Magnet: neodymium.
Technical Notes
Dimensions a and b are dependant
upon door thickness, see
installation table below.
Magnetic force X
Order No. Finish
Kgf g
E5450.AC0010 White 4,5 9
E5450.AC0020 Black 4,5 9

Mini Magnetic Catches E5600
snap-in type
Material
Body: polyamide.
Yoke: steel.
Technical Notes
Suitable for doors 1,5 to 2mm thick.
Magnetic force X
Order No.
Kgf g
E5600.AC0010 0,25-0,50 1

Material
Body: polypropylene.
Strike: steel.
Technical Notes
Magnet and strike supplied
together.
Magnetic force X
Order No. Finish
Kgf g
E5650.AC0010 White 1,5 12
E5650.AC0015 White 3,5 12
E5650.AC0020 Black 1,5 12
E5650.AC0025 Black 3,5 12

ultra thin
Material
Base & counter strike: steel.
Magnet: neodymium.
Technical Notes
together. Only 2mm thick. Maximum
temperature 80°C. To avoid
damage, counter plate should not
hit magnet. Screw heads need to be
flush with the base plate to ensure
effective operation.
Magnetic force X
Order No. Type
Kgf g
E5670.AC0010 Magnet 2,7 7,5

ultra thin - ultra strong
Material
Body & yoke: steel, nickel plated.
Magnet: neodymium
Technical Notes
Ultra thin with extra strong
magnetic force. Max.temperature
80°C. To avoid damage,
counterplate should not hit magnet.
Magnetice force X
Order No. Type
Kgf g
E5680.AC0010 Magnet 4,0 12
E5680.AC0110 Strike Plate - 4

Material
Body: ABS plastic.
Yoke and counter plate: steel.
Magnet: ferrite.
Technical Notes
Magnet and Strike supplied
together.
Magn
etic X
Order No. Finish l1 l2 l3 l4 d1 d2 d3 p1 p2 h
force g
Kgf
E5690.AC0010 Ivory 5 64 46 42 45 24,5 21,0 24 55 30 7,0 48
E5690.AC0012 Ivory 3 53 35 31 34 23,5 20,0 23 44 20 6,2 32
E5690.AC0014 Ivory 1 43 25 20 24 17,0 13,5 17 34 13 6,0 14
E5690.AC0020 Black 5 64 46 42 45 24,5 21,0 24 55 30 7,0 48
E5690.AC0022 Black 3 53 35 31 34 23,5 20,0 23 44 20 6,2 32
E5690.AC0024 Black 1 43 25 20 24 17,0 13,5 17 34 13 6,0 14

Material
Body: aluminium alloy, browned.
Yoke and strike: steel, clear zinc
chromate.
Technical Notes
Supplied with fitting screws.
together.
Magnetic force X
Order No.
Kgf g
E5700.AC0010 0,8 17

Material
Body: aluminium alloy, natural.
Yoke and strike: steel, clear zinc
chromate.
Technical Notes
together.
Magnetic force X
Order No.
Kgf g
E5750.AC0010 1,5 28,5

adjustable
Material
Body: ABS plastic.
Yoke: steel.
Technical Notes
Position of the magnet is adjustable
by up to 5,5mm.
Supplied with screws (3,1x13).
Magnet and Strike supplied
together.
Magnetic force X
Order No. Finish
Kgf g
E5800.AC0010 Ivory 3 18
E5800.AC0020 Black 3 18

push-fit
Material
Body: polypropylene.
Yoke: steel.
Strike: steel, nickel or chrome
plated.
Technical Notes
Catches can be used with either
strike a or b, to suit your
application.
Moveable magnet enables better
positioning to ensure full surface
contact with strike, and hence full
magnetic force.
Tips
When installing magnet, use tube to
apply pressure to plastic housing
only, to avoid damage to the
magnet.
Magnetic
Order No. Type Finish force t d d1 d2 l X
Kgf g
E5850.AC0010 Magnet White 2,5 - - - - - 6,0

E5850.AC0020 Magnet Black 2,5 - - - - - 6,0
E5850.AC0703 Strike A Chrome Plated - 2,5 12 6 3 - 1,7
E5850.AC0704 Strike A Nickel Plated - 3,0 15 8 4 - 3,3
E5850.AC0713 Strike B Nickel Plated - 2,5 12 - - 12 2,0

with electronic reed switch for signalling
Material
Body: polycarbonate, black.
Magnet and counter plate: steel,
nickel plated.
Cable: UL1007 AWG#26, black. Max.
cable strength 1Kg.
Technical Notes
Magnet has the following electrical
properties:
Wattage: 10W
Voltage: 100V DC
Max. load rating: 0.5A DC
Max contact resistance (excl.
cable): 0.15 ohm.
Temperature resistance 0 to 60°C.
Tips
Type A: Reed switch closes when
counter plate and magnet are
separated.
Type B: Reed switch opens when
counter plate and magnet are
separated.
Important Notes
Magnet and Counter Strike enable
completion or breaking of electrical
circuit of the reed switch, and can
be easily incorporated into a
lighting or sensor circuit. The
magnetic field is NOT powered
on/off by any electrical current.
Movement Magnetic force X

Order No.
type Kgf g
E5900.AC0010 B - Reed Switch Open 1 28
E5900.AC0020 A - Reed Switch Closed 3 28
E5900.AC0030 B - Reed Switch Open 3 28

ov-draw-latches - Updated - 12-01-2017
Draw Latches
Draw Latches J0100
stainless steel
Material
All parts from stainless steel, AISI
304, polished.
Referral
For draw latch with lock see part
J0150 and J0170.
l3 X
Order No. l1 h1 w1 Ød1 h2 l2 w2 w3
Stroke g
J0100.AC0030 61 22 60 8 43 30 10 34,5 20 85

Draw Latches with Lock J0150
stainless steel
Material
304, polished.
Single key supplied.
l3
Order No. l1 h1 w1 d1 h2 l2 Strok l4 l5 l6 l7 w2 w3 w4 X
e g
J0150.AC0030 65 13 52 4,2 48 34,5 10 34 11 14,4 5 38 20 16 105

Mini Draw Latches J0170
stainless steel
Material
304, plain.
Technical Notes
Compact size, high strength.
Single key supplied.
Order No. l1 h1 w1 Ød1 l2 l3 l4 l5 l6 w2 w3 w4 X

g
J0170.AC0030 51 11,5 30 4,2 24 6 31~(33) 10,5 3,5 14 27,3 10 50

ea le mp s c ks ad
do e
le
he
d ve er on r la s
i
pi
ba s id nt r bl ub
c
vo hi he
th n
in g s
p k
ge es ca
s
w ns g d el
i
ex re io ra mo n
t he in he tc
as
ro tc
nd le ca atc tin s s bi m
m dc h
s f a
ed ase th he g m p
ag on e
st
un d -di in
f
ne tro s su b s ce s in in c ju re i
hi
iw g
in
ay
rfa od tay s
tio stab ct ca
y s s
in lo n
do
c
tic l c an le ion m
st le g a a
s
ai
ng
n
e lat ve
or to or d
uc n la cy les mo ch d nd d
ha de l h grip al la rc
l at
us
m
st tc e l an
lin s ste un es a
es
h er t d
so
t p ch
el ts
ay
in in
he
s ft
la h ch de la
tc
ro cl n se i c r
h to
s ro es latc tch les
he e ro
c
tc in e
d os o th y l he
of
es f l i n n
g s
pa sta us co g s -m nge in ck s i l o ay los la
tc
s p sf ari
us ng id
slt
an
hi e he hy er e
dd inle h nt tays a s c der s dl
ng
s h
e
dr
dr le ss s t-h rol rad gn am lo e an k n an la
a
g locks s d dl tc
o e
st w
la tee an la ial l eti l cks st li se ep b l a
to he
aw tc l la d tc ock c at ay ft co p s l tc s
he tch le he s c la ch rq ed ift he
r
sw s and nda
sl
s es lo s am tch es in of tu y lo s ca e ffu id o s
la co sp c le co e g t o rn ck
m rin k af ntr s p
h m d hin
c
pr g s hi ol
s a
pa a en la lat
es
n t
ge
tc es lo li ng ad k m s
ju nuc
dd dl ing ch hes s
si ad d e e st k
p
Draw Latches - Simple

on ed s es le lo sta s r ab le
el e
la lat tay le ca
he la ck ys at f c rs
tc ch s tc s l-h ch lo
dr tch
s he e aw e
s s s
he pu an et si
s la
tc
pr h
un sh dle st ng
og
ba i-d la lo ay
i t c sr
Draw Latches - with Lock J0200
zinc
Material
Housing and Strike: die cast zinc.
Bracket: stainless steel.
Not supplied: Fixing screws.
Order No. Type Finish l1 w1 h1

J0200.AW0010 With Lock Chrome Plated 76 32 21
J0200.AW0020 With Lock Black Coated 76 32 21
J0200.AW0310 Blank - No Lock Chrome Plated 76 32 21
J0200.AW0320 Blank - No Lock Black Coated 76 32 21

zinc
Material
Housing and Strike: die cast zinc,
Bracket and strike: stainless steel.
Order No. Finish l1 w1 h1

J0220.AW0010 Black Coated 92 36 25

zinc
Material
Housing and Strike: die cast zinc,
Bracket: stainless steel.
Order No. Type Material l1 w2 h2

J0240.AW0010 With Lock Chrome Plated 64,5 26,5 16,5
J0240.AW0020 With Lock Black Coated 64,5 26,5 16,5
J0240.AW0310 Blank - No Lock Chrome Plated 64,5 26,5 16,5
J0240.AW0320 Blank - No Lock Black Coated 64,5 26,5 16,5

Draw Latches - Spring Loaded J0300
stainless steel
Material
304, satin finish. Fixing screws not
included.
Load
capac w4 X
Order No. l1 h1 w1 Ød1 l2 l3 l4 l5 l6 l7 w2 w3
ity ±0,2 g
kg
J0300.AC0030 80 19,5 33 4,3 80 36,5 30 13,5 5 17 5 32 25 13 110

Draw Latches J0320
stainless steel
Material
included.
Order No. l1 h1 w1 Ød1 Ød2 l2 l3 w2 w3 X

g
J0320.AC0030 40 12 33 3,2 Ø3,2 14 12 20 16 30

Draw Latches J0340
stainless steel
Material
included.
Load
capac l3 l4 w3 X
Order No. l1 h1 w1 d1 l2 l5 l6 l7 l8 w2
ity ±0,2 ±0,5 ±0,2 g
Kg
J0340.AC0030 80 100 19,5 52,6 4,3 36,5 18 32 16,5 5 17 25 52 32 190

Draw Latches J0360
stainless steel
Material
included.
Load
l3
capac w3 X
Order No. l1 h1 w1 Ød1 l2 0
l4 l5 l6 l7 w2 w4
ity ±0,2 g
Kg -0,5
J0360.AC0030 80 82 19,5 33,6 4,3 38,5 30 13,5 5 5 52 32 13 25 111

Toggle Latches J0400
stainless steel
Material
Steel, Fe P02 + P12, UNI5866, zinc
plated. Or stainless steel AISI 304,
UNI x5crNi.
Technical Notes
Supplied with counter strike.
h w1 l4 X
Order No. Finish l1 Ø d1 Ø d2 l2 l3
±0,5 ±0,5 ±0,5 g
J0400.AC0004 Zinc Plated Steel 193,5 19 43 5,3 4 112 21,5 90 190
J0400.AC0030 Stainless Steel 193,5 19 43 5,3 4 112 21,5 90 190
Max.
l7 w2 Max. tension
Order No. l5 l6 l8 l9 w3 load
±0,5 ±0,5
N
N
J0400.AC0004 66 31,5 58,5 25,5 15 30 27 2000 4000
J0400.AC0030 66 31,5 58,5 25,5 15 30 27 2000 4000

with padlock shackle, stainless steel
Material
Steel, Fe P02 + P12, UNI5866, Zinc
UNI x5crNi.
Technical Notes
h1 w1 X
Order No. Finish l1 Ød1 Ød2 Ød3 h2 h3 l2
±0,5 ±0,5 g
J0420.AC0004 Zinc Plated Steel 193,5 19 43 5,3 4 11 30,5 20,5 112 190
J0420.AC0030 Stainless Steel 193,5 19 43 5,3 4 11 30,5 20,5 112 190
Max. Max.
l4 l7 l10 w2
Order No. l3 l5 l6 l8 l9 l11 w3 load tension
±0,5 ±0,5 ±0,5 ±0,5 N N
J0420.AC0004 21,5 90 66 31,5 58,5 25,5 15 23,5 82,5 30 27 2000 4000
J0420.AC0030 21,5 90 66 31,5 58,5 25,5 15 23,5 82,5 30 27 2000 4000

with secondary lock, stainless steel
Material
Stainless steel AISI 304, UNI x5crNi.
Technical Notes
h w1 l4 X
Order No. Finish l1 Ød1 Ød2 l2 l3 l5
±0,5 ±0,5 ±0,5 g
J0422.AC0030 Stainless Steel 193,5 19 43 5,3 4 112 21,5 90 66 190
Max.
l7 w2 Max. load
Order No. l6 l8 l9 l10 l11 w3 tension
±0,5 ±0,5
N
N
J0422.AC0030 31,5 58,5 25,5 4 55 15 30 27 2000 4000

with key lock
Material
Draw hook and pin in stainless
steel, body steel.
h1 w1 h2 l4 X
Order No. Finish l1 Ø d1 Ø d2 l2 l3
±0,5 ±0,5 ±0,5 ±0,5 g
J0424.AC0030 Delta Zinc Plated 193,5 19 43 5,3 4 27,5 112 21,5 90 190
Max
l7 l10 w2 Max. load
Order No. l5 l6 l8 l9 w3 tension
±0,5 ±0,5 ±0,5
N
N
J0424.AC0030 66 31,5 58,5 25,5 15 44 30 27 2000 4000

with click arrest, stainless steel
Material
UNI x5crNi.
Technical Notes
Features a spring pin locking
system, pin must be depressed for
the toggle latch to be released.
h w1 l4 X
Order No. Finish l1 Ød1 Ød2 l2 l3
±0,5 ±0,5 ±0,5 g
J0426.AC0004 Zinc Plated Steel 193,5 19 43 5,3 4 112 21,5 90 190
J0426.AC0030 Stainless Steel 193,5 19 43 5,3 4 112 21,5 90 190
l7 w2 Max. load Max. tension

Order No. l5 l6 l8 l9 w3
±0,5 ±0,5
N N
J0426.AC0004 66 31,5 58,5 25,5 15 30 27 2000 4000
J0426.AC0030 66 31,5 58,5 25,5 15 30 27 2000 4000

stainless steel
Material
UNI x5crNi.
Technical Notes
Order No. Finish l1 h w1 Ø d1 Ø d2 l2 l3 l4 l5 X

g
J0428.AC0004 Zinc Plated Steel 140,5 12,5 34 4,1 3 86 16 70 43 75
J0428.AC0030 Stainless Steel 140,5 12,5 34 4,1 3 86 16 70 43 75
l7 Max. load Max. tension

Order No. l6 l8 l9 l10 w2 w3
±0,5
N N
J0428.AC0004 22,5 38 20 8 11,5 23 19 1500 3000
J0428.AC0030 22,5 38 20 8 11,5 23 19 1500 3000

Material
UNI x5crNi.
Technical Notes
Supplied with counter strike. Use a
padlock of 7mm dia. or less.
Order No. Finish l1 h1 w1 Ød1 Ød2 Ød3 h2 l2 l3 X

g
J0430.AC0004 Zinc Plated Steel 140,5 12,5 34 3 4,1 7 20 86 16 80
J0430.AC0030 Stainless Steel 140,5 12,5 34 3 4,1 7 20 86 16 80
Max.
l7 Max. load
Order No. l4 l5 l6 l8 l9 l10 w2 w3 tension
±0,5
N
N
J0430.AC0004 70 43 22,5 38 20 8 11,5 23 19 1500 3000
J0430.AC0030 70 43 22,5 38 20 8 11,5 23 19 1500 3000

stainless steel
Material
UNI x5crNi.
Technical Notes
Order No. Finish l1 h w1 Ød1 Ød2 l2 l3 l4 l5 X

g
J0434.AC0004 Zinc plated steel 76,5 10,7 21 3,2 2 39,5 25 22 28 15
J0434.AC0030 Stainless steel 76,5 10,7 21 3,2 2 39,5 25 22 28 15
Max. load Max. tension

Order No. l6 l7 l8 l9 w2 w3 w4 w5
N N
J0434.AC0004 15 18 10 5 15 13 12,9 8 400 1000
J0434.AC0030 15 18 10 5 15 13 12,9 8 400 1000

stainless steel
Material
UNI x5crNi.
Technical Notes
Order No. Finish l1 h w1 Ø d1 d2 l2 l3 l4 X

g
J0440.AC0004 Zinc Plated Steel 102 11 23 3,2 2 60 16 44 30
J0440.AC0030 Stainless Steel 102 11 23 3,2 2 60 16 44 30
Max.
l7 Max. tension
Order No. l5 l6 l8 l9 w2 w3 load
±0,5
N
N
J0440.AC0004 30 12,5 34,5 12 5 16,4 13 550 1300
J0440.AC0030 30 12,5 34,5 12 5 16,4 13 350 1000

Material
UNI x5crNi.
Technical Notes
Order No. Finish l1 h1 w1 Ø d1 Ød2 Ø d3 h2 l2 l3 X

g
J0460.AC0004 Zinc Plated Steel 102 11 23 3,2 2 4 15,5 60 16 30
J0460.AC0030 Stainless Steel 102 11 23 3,2 2 4 15,5 60 16 30
Max.
l7 Max. load
Order No. l4 l5 l6 l8 l9 w2 w3 tension
±0,5
N
N
J0460.AC0004 44 30 12,5 34,5 12 5 16,4 13 550 1300
J0460.AC0030 44 30 12,5 34,5 12 5 16,4 13 350 1000

with secondary lock, stainless steel
Material
UNI x5crNi.
Technical Notes
Order No. Finish l1 h w1 Ød1 Ød2 l2 l3 l4 X

g
J0462.AC0004 Zinc Plated Steel 102 11 23 3,2 2 60 16 44 30
J0462.AC0030 Stainless Steel 102 11 23 3,2 2 60 16 44 30
Max.
l7 Max. tension
±0,5
N
N
J0462.AC0004 30 12,5 34,5 12 5 16,4 13 550 1300
J0462.AC0030 30 12,5 34,5 12 5 16,4 13 350 1000

stainless steel
Material
UNI x5crNi.
Technical Notes
h2 X
Order No. Finish l1 h1 w1 Ød1 Ød2 l2
±0,5 g
J0480.AC0004 Zinc Plated Steel 52 11 33 3,5 2 12 34 20
J0480.AC0030 Stainless Steel 52 11 33 3,5 2 12 34 20
w3 Max.
l6
Order No. l3 l4 l5 w2 -1
w4 load
±0,5 N
0
J0480.AC0004 16 18 13 28,5 28 23 15 550
J0480.AC0030 16 18 13 28,5 28 23 15 550

with padlock shackle
Material
Steel, Fe P02 + P12, UNI5866, nickel
or zinc plated.
Technical Notes
h2 X
Order No. Finish l1 h1 w1 Ød1 Ød2 Ød3 h3
±0,5 g
J0500.AC0001 Nickel Plated Steel 52 11 33 3,5 2 4 12 17,5 20
J0500.AC0004 Zinc Plated Steel 52 11 33 3,5 2 4 12 17,5 20
Max.
l6 Max. load
Order No. l2 l3 l4 l5 w2 w3 w4 tension
±0,3
N
N
J0500.AC0001 34 16 18 13 28,5 28 21 15 550 1500
J0500.AC0004 34 16 18 13 28,5 28 21 15 550 1500

ea le mp s c ks ad
do e
le
he
d ve er on r la s
i
pi
ba s id nt r bl ub
c
vo hi he
th n
in g s
p k
ge es ca
s
w ns g d el
i
ex re io ra mo n
t he in he tc
as
ro tc
m dc h
m a
ed ase th he g
ag on e
st fu ad bi-d min
f
in ju
d n c ju i r i
su b s ce s
ne tro s
hi
in
i w st
ay
rfa od tay s
tio stab ect ca
y s n s
do
c
in ab
tic l c an le ion m
se la le g a
ng s
co e ve
or to or d
uc n la cy nda mo tch d nd ra
ha le d l h grip al la rc
l at
us
m
st tc e
an
lin ry lo un es w
es
h er t d
so ck
t p ch
ts
ay
in in
he
s ft
la h ch de la
s
tc
to
ro es latc lat les
ro cl n se i c r
h
tc in e
c
he ch ro
d os o th y l he
of
es f l i n n
g s
pa sta us co g s -m nge in ck s i l o ay los la
tc
s p f ari
us ng id
slt
an
hi e he hy er e
ng
s h
e
dr
dr le ss s t-h rol rad gn am lo e an k n an la
a
g locks s d dl tc
o e
st w
to he
aw tc l la d tc ock c at ay ft co p s l tc s
he tch le he s c la ch rq ed ift he
r
sw s and nda
sl
s es lo s am tch es in of tu y lo s ca e ffu id o s
la co sp c le co e g t o rn ck
m rin k af ntr s p
h m d hin
c
pr g s hi ol
s a
pa a en la lat
es
n t
ge
tc es lo li ng ad k m s
ju nuc
dd dl ing ch hes s
si ad d e e st k
p
on ed s es le lo sta s r ab le
el e
la lat tay le ca
he la ck ys at f c rs
tc ch s tc s l-h ch lo
dr tch
Draw Latches - Adjustable

s he e aw e
s s s
he pu an et si
s la
tc
pr h
un sh dle st ng
og
ba i-d la lo ay
i t c sr
adjustable, stainless steel
Material
UNI x5crNi.
Technical Notes
Draw length adjustable through
turns of threaded draw rod, giving
12mm length of adjustment.
Order No. Finish l1 w1 h Ød1 Ød2 l2 l3 l4 X

g
J0520.AC0004 Zinc Plated Steel 138 to 150 52 18 5,2 4,1 67,5 33 35 110
J0520.AC0030 Stainless Steel 138 to 150 52 18 5,2 4,1 67,5 33 35 110

Order No. l5 l6 l7 l8 l9 w2 w3
N N
J0520.AC0004 36 10 68 to 80 15 5 36 19 1100 2500
J0520.AC0030 36 10 68 to 80 15 5 36 19 1100 2500

adjustable with secondary lock, stainless steel
Material
UNI x5crNi.
Technical Notes
Order No. Finish l1 h1 w1 Ød1 Ød2 h2 l2 l3 X

g
J0540.AC0001 Nickel plated steel 138 to 150 18 52 5,2 4,1 22 67,5 33 105
J0540.AC0030 Stainless steel 138 to 150 18 52 5,2 4,1 22 67,5 33 105
Max.
Max. load
N
N
J0540.AC0001 35 36 10 68 to 80 15 5 36 19 1100 2500
J0540.AC0030 35 36 10 68 to 80 15 5 36 19 1100 2500

stainless steel
Material
UNI x5crNi.
Technical Notes
Order No. Finish l1 h w1 Ød1 Ød2 l2 l3 l4 l5 X

g
J0550.AC0004 Zinc Planted Steel 114 17 28 4,1 3 72 31 41 36 50
J0550.AC0030 Stainless Steel 114 17 28 4,1 3 72 31 41 36 50
Max.
l10 Max. load
+0,5
N
N
J0550.AC0004 7 15,5 18,5 15,5 40,5 15 5 19 12 1000 2500
J0550.AC0030 7 15,5 18,5 15,5 40,5 15 5 19 12 1000 2500

Material
plated. Or stainless steel AISI304,
UNI x5crNi.
Technical Notes
Supplied with counter strike. Use a
padlock of 5,5mm dia. or less.
Order No. Finish l1 h1 w1 Ød1 Ød2 Ød3 h2 l2 l3 l4 X

g
J0552.AC0004 Zinc Plated Steel 114 17 28 4,1 3 5,5 14 72 17 55 55
J0552.AC0030 Stainless Steel 114 17 28 4,1 3 5,5 14 72 17 55 55
Max.
l9 Max. load
±0,5
N
N
J0552.AC0004 21 15,5 18,7 15,5 40,5 15 5 19 12 1000 2500
J0552.AC0030 21 15,5 18,7 15,5 40,5 15 5 19 12 1000 2500

Material
plated.
Technical Notes
Counter strike not supplied.
w1
Order No. Finish l1 h1 Ød1 h2 l2 l3 X
0
g
-1
J0554.AC0004 Zinc Plated Steel 81 18 30 2,5 9 49 32 18
Max. Max.
l5
Order No. l4 l6 w2 w3 w4 w5 load tension
±0,1 N N
J0554.AC0004 20 12 7 18 17 15 8,8 300 600

spring clip, stainless steel
Material
UNI x5crNi.
Technical Notes
Order No. Finish l1 h w1 Ød l2 l3 l4 X

g
J0556.AC0004 Zinc Plated Steel 90 17 17 5 54 34 30 30
J0556.AC0030 Stainless Steel 90 17 17 5 54 34 30 30
Max.
Max. tension
N
N
J0556.AC0004 26 56 11 14 13,5 10 500 900
J0556.AC0030 26 56 11 14 13,5 10 500 900

Material
plated.
Technical Notes
Order No. Finish l1 h w1 d l2 l3 l4 X

g
J0558.AC0004 Zinc Plated Steel 128,5 27 26 1,5 47,5 70 6,5 100
Max.
Max. tension
Order No. l5 l6 l7 w2 w3 w4 load
N
N
J0558.AC0004 12,5 45 17 22 16 7 750 1500

Material
UNI x5crNi.
Technical Notes
Order No. Finish l1 h w1 Ød l2 X

g
J0560.AC0004 Zinc Plated Steel 88 26 48,5 5,5 48 to 60 160
J0560.AC0030 Stainless Steel 88 26 48,5 5,5 48 to 60 160

Order No. l3 l4 l5 w2
N N
J0560.AC0004 17 31 22 26 1500 3000
J0560.AC0030 17 31 22 26 1500 3000

adjustable with padlock hasp.
Material
plated.
Technical Notes
Use padlock of 6mm dia. or less.
Order No. Finish l1 h w1 Ød1 Ød2 l2 X

g
J0562.AC0004 Zinc Plated Steel 88 26 48,5 5,5 6 48 to 60 170

Order No. l3 l4 l5 w2 w3 w4
N N
J0562.AC0004 17 31 22 26 12 1,5 1500 3000

adjustable
Material
Steel, Fe P02 + P12, UNI5866, nickel
plated.
Technical Notes

g
J0580.AC0001 Nickel plated steel 82 to 94 22 27 3,6 72 to 84 17,5 33 100

Order No. l5 l6 w2 w3 w4 w5
N N
J0580.AC0001 4 6 24 19 14 10 1000 2000

adjustable with secondary lock
Material
plated.
Technical Notes

g
J0582.AC0004 Zinc Plated Steel 82-94 22 27 3,6 72 to 84 17,5 33 90

Order No. l5 l6 w2 w3 w4 w5
N N
J0582.AC0004 4 6 24 19 14 10 1000 2000

adjustable with padlock shackle
Material
plated.
Technical Notes
Order No. Finish l1 h w1 d1 Ød2 Ød3 l2 l3 X

g
J0590.AC0008 Zinc Plated 135 to 150 23 45,5 6 6,6 7,1 115 to 130 30,7 190
Max.
Max. tension
Order No. l4 l5 l6 l7 w2 w3 w4 load
N
N
J0590.AC0008 35 131,5 114 10 40 22 22 2000 4000

Material
UNI x5crNi.
Technical Notes
Order No. Finish l1 h1 w1 Ød h2 X

g
J0600.AC0008 Zinc Plated 60 to 70 16 25,5 4,2 18 55
J0600.AC0030 Stainless Steel 60 to 70 16 25,5 4,2 18 55
Max.
Max. tension
N
N
J0600.AC0008 14 25 4 6 14 8 1000 1400
J0600.AC0030 14 25 4 6 14 8 1000 1400

adjustable with padlock shackle, stainless steel
Material
UNI x5crNi.
Technical Notes
Order No. Finish l1 h1 w1 Ød1 Ød2 h2 X

g
J0602.AC0008 Zinc Plated 60 to 70 27 25,5 4,2 6 18 55
J0602.AC0030 Stainless Steel 60 to 70 27 25,5 4,2 6 18 55
Max.
Max. tension
Order No. l l l l w w load
2 3 4 5 2 3 N
N
J0602.AC0008 14 25 4 6 14 8 1000 1400
J0602.AC0030 14 25 4 6 14 8 1000 1400

with tension springs, stainless steel
Material
UNI x5crNi.
Technical Notes
Max. Max.
Order No. Finish l1 h w1 Ø d1 l2 l3 l4 l5 w2 w3 load tension X
N N g
J0620.AC0008 Zinc Plated 60 to 63 12,5 37 3,2 38 to 41 4 10 5,5 14 15 500 1500 35

J0620.AC0030 Stainless Steel 60 to 63 12,5 37 3,2 38 to 41 4 10 5,5 14 15 500 1500 35

stainless steel
Material
UNI x5crNi.
Technical Notes
Order No. Finish l1 h1 w1 Ød1 Ød2 l2 l3 X

g
J0640.AC0008 Zinc Plated 55 12 23 3,2 2 40 15 20
J0640.AC0030 Stainless Steel 55 12 23 3,2 2 40 15 20
Max. Max.
l
Order No. l 5 l w w h load tension
4 6 2 3 2
±0,3 N N
J0640.AC0008 21 35 10 15 14 1,5 550 1000
J0640.AC0030 21 35 10 15 14 1,5 550 1000

with tension springs
Material
plated.
Technical Notes
l2 X
Order No. Finish l1 h w1 Ød
±0,3 g
J0642.AC0008 Zinc plated 23 6,5 14 3,2 18 15
Max.
Max. tension
Order No. l3 l4 l5 w2 w3 w4 load
N
N
J0642.AC0008 10 9 2,5 11,2 8 0,6 150 300

Material
plated.
Technical Notes
l2 X
Order No. Finish l1 h w1 Ød1 Ød2
±0,3 g
J0644.AC0008 Zinc Plated 23 6 16 3,2 1,4 21,5 15
Max.
Max. tension
Order No. l l l w w w load
3 4 5 2 3 4 N
N
J0644.AC0008 10 9 2,5 14 11,2 8 150 300

Over Centre Lever Latch - with Lock J0660
standard cylinder lock - zinc
Material
Housing, Handle and Strike: die cast
Pins: stainless steel.
Supplied with: Keys and counter
strike.
Order No. Type l1 w h1

J0660.AW0010 With Lock 127 18 31,5
J0660.AW0020 Blank - W/o Lock 127 18 31,5

Draw Latches J0710
flexible - T-handle
Material
Handle: black rubber, 65/70 shore
hardness.
Anchor Plate and Strike Plate: steel,
zinc plated.
Supplied with cotter pin for
assembly.
Technical Notes
Flexible handle J0710.AC0148
supplied with split cotter pin 3.2 dia
x 55 long for mounting onto anchor
plate.
Important Notes
Please order anchor plate and strike
plate separately, to best suit your
application.
Front strike plate is mounted
underneath the flexible handle.
Rear strike plate is mounted away
from the flexible handle.
Order No. Type l a b Ød1 Ød2 Ød3 c e f g

J0710.AC0148 Flexible Handle 148 53 24 20 26 4 - - - -
J0710.AC0010 Anchor Plate - 20 30 2 - 5 25 - 26 -
J0710.AC0020 Rear Strike Plate - 32 40 2 - 4 50 16 15 18
J0710.AC0022 Front Strike Plate - 32 38 2 - 4 44 16 15 18

Soft Draw Latches J0712
rubber
Material
Handle: rubber, black.
Counter strike and bracket: stainless
steel.
Not supplied: fixing screws.
Tips
Flexible rubber allows latch to
stretch over catch. Pull back and
down to lock.
Order No. l1 w1 h1
J0712.AW0010 96,5 29 20

ea le mp s c ks ad
do e
le
he
d ve er on r la s
i
pi
ba s id nt r bl ub
c
vo hi he
th n
in g s
p k
ge es ca
s
w ns g d el
i
ex re io ra mo n
t he in he tc
as
ro tc
m dc h
m
b
ed ase th he g
ag on e
st fu ad bi-d min
in
f
ar nc ju ire i
su b s ce s
ne tro s
hi
iw
in
ay
rfa od tay s
la tio stab cti ca
s
in
do tic l c an
le g
s tc na le on m
sl ce y la s
ng
ve
or to or d
uc n la cy ide mo tch d ha he l h grip al land s rc
l at
us
m
st tc an
lin ba un es
es
h er t
so t
ay t p ch e l
in in rl
he dl
ft
s la h ch de at s s es
to
ro es atc
ro cl n se i c r
h
tc in e
ch c
ro of he
s
es f l d osin on t hi yl lo
pa sta us co g s -m nge in ck
g s a p f i
sl t la lo ay
dd inle h nt tays a s c der s an
dl s a
e
ng r e h rh l
lo
dr le ss s t-h rol rad gn am lo es a n kn an at
dl
Bar Latches
g cks w st d o e
ch
la tee an la ial l eti l cks st li se ep t b
aw tc l la d tc ock c at ay ft co s p or s l latch es
he tch le he s c la ch sw s and nda li ed qu ift es
s es lo s am tch es in sof tu ry lo d ca e off
la co sp c le co e
m rin k af ntr s
pr g s hi ol
tc es lo li ng ad k m es
ju nuc
dd ndl ing tch ches
si ad d st k
se p
on ed s es le e lo sta es
y ab le r a l f er
la lat tay le ca
he la ck s
tc ch s tc s dr tch
l-h tch clo s
s he e aw e
s s s
he pu an et si
s la
tc
pr h
un sh dle st ng
og
ba i-d la lo ay
ir t c s
Bar Latches J6220
with thumb screw, stainless steel
Material
Stainless steel AISI 304, polished.
Important Notes
Latch with thumb screw on strike to
keep latch closed.
Note: J6220.AC0035 has no thumb
screw.
Order No. l w a c1 c2 c3 c4 h1 h2 Ød X
g
J6220.AC0035 35 35 10 22 28 5,0 3,5 - 4,2 3,3 19
J6220.AC0045 45 40 13 28 32 6,5 4,0 15 4,5 3,3 28
J6220.AC0055 55 46 16 35 37 8,0 4,5 19 6,0 4,0 50
J6220.AC0080 81 65 20 52 53 10,0 6,0 23 7,0 4,8 100
J6220.AC0100 100 80 25 60 66 12,5 7,0 29 8,0 5,5 200
J6220.AC0120 120 100 30 75 80 15,0 10,0 30 8,0 6,5 295

Bar Latches J6240
spring loaded - stainless steel
Material
Stainless steel AISI 304, polished.
Technical Notes
Latch snaps into spring loaded
strike to prevent accidental release,
and hence latch can be used upside
down.
Push tab on strike to release.
Order No. l w a c1 c2 c3 c4 h1 h2 Ød X
g
J6240.AC0045 48 40 13,0 23 ±3 32 6,50 - 17,0 4,5 3,2 28
J6240.AC0060 63 46 16,0 34 ±4 37 8,00 - 20,0 6,0 4,2 50
J6240.AC0080 85 65 20,0 47 ±7 53 10,00 - 22,5 7,0 5,0 100
J6240.AC0100 105 80 25,0 59 ±7 66 12,50 - 26,5 8,0 5,5 182
J6240.AC0120 127 100 28,5 56 ±10 80 6,75 15 28,0 8,0 6,2 270
J6240.AC0150 155 120 30,5 74 ±14 95 7,25 16 28,0 8,0 6,2 350

Slide Bar Latch J6260
stainless steel
Material
Stainless steel.
Not supplied: fixing screws.
Tips
Push button to adjust/move bolt.
l3* max. extension of latch bolt
stroke= 14,5mm.
Order No. l1 l2 l3* l4 h1 h2 h3 w1 w2 w3 Stroke

J6260.AW0010 65 45 85,5 16,7 31,3 15,5 10 44 32,5 18 14,5

Slide Bar Latch J6262
stainless steel
Material
Housing: stainless steel.
Bolt: steel, chrome plated.
Grip: plastic.
Tips
Push button to adjust/move bolt.
l3* max. extension of latch bolt
stroke= 14,5mm.
d1
Order No. l1 l2 l3* l4 h1 h2 w1 w2 Stroke
Ø
J6262.AW0010 7 40 25 64 9 15 7 33,5 26,5 9

Slide Bar Latches - Pull Ring J6266
steel
Material
Body: steel, zinc plated.
Technical Notes
Mounted via 2 x M5 screws (not
supplied).
Tips
Easy actuation using pull ring, catch
has stroke of 9,5mm.
l2
Order No. l1 l3 h1 h2 h3 h4 h5 w1 w2 w3 w4 Ød1
Stroke
J6266.AW0010 83 9,5 34 28 16,5 12,7 3 1,5 39 12,7 39 26,9 5,3

ov-stays - Updated - 12-01-2017
Stays
Spring Loaded Lid Stay N0020
stainless steel
Material
Arm: polyacetal
Technical Notes
Spring mechanism assists lifting of
lid, and holds lid in open position.
Mounting possible via side
mounting (right or left) or via
mounting to back panel of
lid/frame.
Tips
Suitable for light/medium duty
applications, refer to max. torque
values.
Check Max. Torque (T):
t (Max. Torque Valve of Stay Kg/cm)
=
A Door Height cm x Door Weight
Kg.
Max. torque X
Order No. Hand Mounting type Spring tension
kg/cm. g
N0020.AC0010 Right Side Soft 30 118
N0020.AC0020 Right Side Hard 40 118
N0020.AC0110 Left Side Soft 30 118
N0020.AC0120 Left Side Hard 40 118
N0020.AC0210 Non-handed Back Panel Soft 30 118
N0020.AC0220 Non-handed Back Panel Hard 40 118

stainless steel
Material
Arm: polyacetal
Technical Notes
Spring mechanism assists lifting of
lid, and holds lid in open position.
Mounting possible via side
mounting (right or left) or via
mounting to back panel of
lid/frame.
Tips
Suitable for light/medium duty
applications, refer to max. torque
values.
Check Max. Torque (T):
t (Max. Torque Valve of Stay Kg/cm)
=
Kg.

heavy duty - side mounting
Material
Arm: polyacetal.
Technical Notes
Non-handed, for mounting on left
or right panel. Can be installed
individually or in pairs.
Referral
Back panel mounting version -
N0026.
Order No. Max. torque per piece Kgf/cm. Lift assist angle
N0024.AC0090 90 10° - 80°
N0024.AC0120 120 10° - 80°

heavy duty - back panel mounting
Material
Arm: polyacetal.
Technical Notes
Non-handed, for mounting on left
or right panel. Can be installed
individually or in pairs.
Referral
Side mounting version - N0024.
Order No. Max. torque per piece Kgf/cm. Lift assist angle
N0026.AC0090 90 10° - 80°
N0026.AC0120 120 10° - 80°

s
le
s
s
nd he
he al ha tc
tc ion s
le la
ab
a t e
m
r l irec tch cks s
m ca
m e
bl
ba i-d la lo ay
ra
og ka
un sh dle st ng
tc
h ac pr
s la dl es
he pu an et si pa h
s s s
aw e s tc he he s
tc s l-h ch lo
dr tch he la latc latc ay
la ck s y r at c rs
le ca
l f tc
la dle ion ed st s
le e lo sta es
ab le
e
se p
st k
dd ndl ing tch ches
ju nuc ed n ss ad id ge
ad k m es nd ha re lo l in l
pa a pen la lat s a ng
es
h te g p ng s f h tro
g t o rn ck m d hi ex in om pri ck ea on s
in of tu y lo ca e ff id w s c es s lo s l am c che es
Soft Down Stays

s u o s
sw s and nda
sl
r
ed rq ift he he tch le he s c la ch
t s
ay ft co p
to s l tc s tc l la d tc ock c at ay
st li se
g locks s w st
ep
d o b e
dl tc
l a
he la tee an la ial l eti l cks
e a an k n an la
le ss s t-h rol rad gn am lo st
dr
e
dl
ng
s h dd inle h nt tays a s c der s
an
hi e he y h er e
ay clos a tc ar s p f
u s
i n g
sl
id pa sta us co g s -m nge in ck es
ng es
fl t f l d osin on t hi yl lo ys
o ro he ys s ro cl n se i c r sta ch hi h
to
ro s tc
la sta dle
s de s ft
at
he
in in
ay l r tc
ts ng
t p ch
e so
st s uch ne la
lin osi un es
e
g an tc
m
us at
nd
l
or e to or d
d rc n h ip l la cy ft cl mo tch
ve ha ni
al gr a
s do g tic c an
le so ce y la s
in pe n ble ion m
s g
i w t o tio sta ct ca
rfa od tay s
ay n
in
hi mag ches
l
f c e i su d b e s ce s
ne ro
f
in
m so un adju dir in nt
st
s h e
de ea at tch ing
s s f -
et es d
he ge es ng xt
N0060 Soft Down Stays
-N0460
Wixroyd soft down stays provide smooth opening and closing systems, via their integrated dampening device.
For use with relatively light weight cabinet or furniture lids.
Application must be within both the minimum and maximum load bearing value of the stay, (see specific
product information), as well as within the door weight capacity of the stay - See ‘Soft Down Stays - Door
Weight Range Tables’ on following pages.
Opening type side board

side board
mounting plate
Warning: This product
has dampening
function, and is
designed for a relatively screws keep parallel
lightweight cabinet or
furniture door. We will arm
not be liable for any keep
parallel
injuries or damage due door door
arm fixing plate arm fixing screw
to improper application
or use on a door that is
not within proper load Step 1 Step 2
Mount the arm fixing plate on the back of the door with Rotate the body to align arm into the slot of arm fixing
bearing and weight screws. Place the mounting plate on the side board, plate, and fasten with the arm fixing screw. To adjust the
range. This product is slotted oblong holes must be placed towards the opening angle of the door, loosen the screws in the slots
designed to operate bottom of the cabinet. Put the screws into the slots and of the mounting plate, and adjust the position.
fasten temporarily.
at room temperatures
between 0° and 40°C
(32° and 104°F). side board side board
speed adjustment screw
This product has a - faster, turn anti-clockwise,
spring at the elbow - slower, turn clockwise
section. Please be
careful NOT TO GET YOUR
screw
FINGERS CAUGHT in the
elbow of the product
while you are handling
the unit. Do not force door door
the door to close faster,
it can cause damage
to the product or Step 3 Speed adjustment
Upon completing step 2, fasten the remaining screws in Upon completion of installation, make sure the door
hinge(s). Dimensions the slots of the mounting plate. If hole(s) are covered by opens and closes properly. To adjust the closing speed
and specification can the unit body, open and close the door, the holes should of the door, turn the speed adjustment screws. In case
be changed with or become exposed for adjustment. 2 units (left and right) are used, the speed adjustment
screws must be turned evenly. Do not try to turn the
without notice. speed adjustment screws exceeding their limitation.
Opening angle table Application Example Hinge type used Suitable soft-down stay Opening angle
h = door height from pivot N0060
point to edge of lid (cm) Butt hinge
N0070
Downward opening lid Drop hinge 90°
w = door width (cm) Concealed hinge
N0100
h w
N0420
w
h
Butt hinge N0080 70°/105°
Top opening lid Drop hinge N0200 70°/105°
Concealed hinge N0440 70°
h Butt hinge N0080 80°/90°/100°
Upward opening lid Drop hinge N0350 80°/90°/100°
w
Concealed hinge N0460 80°

Soft Down Stays - Door Weight Range Table
Wixroyd soft down stays provide smooth opening and closing systems, via their integrated dampening device. w
Doors and lids can be closed slowly and softly, eliminating the slamming of doors or damage to fingers. h
The table below gives approximate acceptable door weight range for our soft down stays (acceptable Kg/pair
min. and max. range per stay).
The application must be within both the min. and max. door weight range, as well as within the stated door
heights, as shown in the table.
Door height (cm)
15.2 17.8 20.3 22.9 25.4 27.9 30.5 33 35.6 38.1 40.6 43.2 45.7 48.3 50.8 53.3 55.9 58.4 61 63.5 66
Kg/pair min. 1.3 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

N0060
Kg/Pair max. 3.1 2.7 2.4 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.6 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Kg/pair min. - - 6.8 6.0 5.4 4.9 4.5 4.2 3.9 3.6 3.4 3.2 3.0 2.9 2.7 2.6 2.5 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.1
N0070
Kg/pair max. - - 9.8 8.7 7.8 7.1 6.5 6.0 5.6 5.2 4.9 4.6 4.4 4.1 3.9 3.7 3.5 3.4 3.3 3.1 3.0
Kg/pair min. - - 7.9 7.1 6.4 5.8 5.3 4.9 4.5 4.2 4.0 3.7 3.5 3.4 3.2 3.0 2.9 2.8 2.6 2.5 2.4
N0080
Kg/pair max. - - 13.6 12.1 10.9 9.9 9.1 8.4 7.8 7.3 6.8 6.4 6.0 5.7 5.4 5.2 4.9 4.7 4.5 4.4 4.2
N0100/N0200/ Kg/pair min. - - 3.3 3.8 3.4 3.1 2.9 2.6 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.0 1.9 1.8 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.3
N0350 Kg/pair max. - - 13.6 12.1 10.9 9.9 9.1 8.4 7.8 7.3 6.8 6.4 6.0 5.7 5.4 5.2 4.9 4.7 4.5 4.4 4.2
N0420.AC0020/ Kg/pair min. - - 13.7 12.2 11.0 10.0 9.2 8.4 7.8 7.3 6.8 6.4 6.1 5.8 5.5 5.2 5.0 4.8 4.6 4.4 4.2
N0420.AC0120 Kg/pair max. - - 19.6 17.4 15.7 14.3 13.1 12.1 11.2 10.5 9.8 9.3 8.7 8.3 7.8 7.5 7.1 6.8 6.5 6.3 6.0
N0420.AC0025/ Kg/pair min. - - 19.6 17.4 15.7 14.3 13.1 12.1 11.2 10.5 9.8 9.3 8.7 8.3 7.8 7.5 7.1 6.8 6.5 6.3 6.0
N0420.AC0125 Kg/pair max. - - 24.5 21.8 19.6 17.8 16.3 15.1 14.0 13.1 12.2 11.5 10.9 10.3 9.8 9.3 8.9 8.5 8.2 7.8 7.5
N0420.AC0030/ Kg/pair min. - - 24.5 21.8 19.6 17.8 16.3 15.1 14.0 13.1 12.2 11.5 10.9 10.3 9.8 9.3 8.9 8.5 8.2 7.8 7.5
N0420.AC0130 Kg/pair max. - - 29.5 26.2 23.6 21.5 19.6 18.1 16.8 15.7 14.7 13.9 13.1 12.4 11.8 11.2 10.7 10.3 9.8 9.4 9.1
N0460.AC0017/ Kg/pair min. - - 13.8 12.3 11.1 10.1 9.2 8.5 7.9 7.4 6.9 6.5 6.2 5.8 5.5 5.3 5.0 4.8 4.6 4.4 4.3
N0460.AC0117
at 90° angle Kg/pair max. - - 17.6 15.6 14.1 12.8 11.7 10.8 10.0 9.4 8.8 8.3 7.8 7.4 7.0 6.7 6.4 6.1 5.9 5.6 5.4
N0460.AC0017/ Kg/pair min. - - 13.8 12.3 11.1 10.1 9.2 8.5 7.9 7.4 6.9 6.5 6.2 5.8 5.5 5.3 5.0 4.8 4.6 4.4 4.3
N0460.AC0117
N0460.AC0021/ Kg/pair min. - - 17.7 15.7 14.2 12.9 11.8 10.9 10.1 9.4 8.8 8.3 7.8 7.4 7.1 6.8 6.4 6.2 5.9 5.7 5.4
N0460.AC0121
N0460.AC0021/ Kg/pair min. - - 19.1 17.6 15.8 14.3 13.2 12.2 11.3 10.5 9.9 9.3 8.8 8.3 7.9 7.5 7.2 6.8 6.6 6.3 6.1
N0460.AC0121
N0460.AC0025/ Kg/pair min. - - 21.7 19.2 17.3 15.7 14.4 13.3 12.4 11.6 10.8 10.2 9.6 9.1 8.7 8.3 7.9 7.5 7.2 6.9 6.7
N0460.AC0125
N0460.AC0025/ Kg/pair min. - - 24.6 21.9 19.7 17.9 16.4 15.1 14.1 13.1 12.3 11.6 10.9 10.3 9.8 9.4 8.9 8.6 8.2 7.9 7.6
N0460.AC0125
N0460.AC0030/ Kg/pair min. - - 25.6 22.8 20.5 18.6 17.1 15.8 14.7 13.7 12.8 12.1 11.4 10.8 10.3 9.8 9.3 8.9 8.5 8.2 7.9
N0460.AC0130
N0460.AC0030/ Kg/pair min. - - 29.6 26.3 23.7 21.5 19.7 18.2 16.9 15.8 14.8 13.9 13.2 12.5 11.8 11.3 10.8 10.3 9.9 9.5 9.1
N0460.AC0130
Note: Door weight ranges calculated based on centre of gravity point at the middle of door/lid. For complete accuracy follow the torque calculation
information on the specific product pages.
wixroyd.com
Wixroyd Soft Down
Mounting Lid Orientation Soft Action Material Acceptable Acceptable
Downward
load bearing load bearing
Universal
Heavy
Stainless
Top (box
Opening
Single* Pair* Max Angle
Upward
Closing
Duty
(min-max) (min-max)
Right
Steel
Steel
Soft
Soft
Left
lid)
Kg.cm Kg.cm
N0060
    0,5-12 10-12 90°
N0070
    35-50 70-100 90°
N0080
     40-70 80-140 80°-100°
N0100
     16-70 32-140 90°
N0200
     20-70 40-140 70°-105°
N0350
     20-70 40-140 80°-100°
N0420
      N/A 140-300 90°
N0440
      N/A 140-300 70°
N0460
      N/A 140-350 90°
* Please note acceptable lid width and height of each stay prior to seleciton. Please refer to individual product details.
T Load Bearing Value of Stay (Kg.cm) = 1/2 Door Height (cm) x Door weight (Kg)

Short Arm Soft-Opening Stays - for Downward
Opening Lid N0060
90ºopening angle - for TV/DVD and Hi-fi Cabinets
Material
Arm: zinc alloy, steel, bright nickel
finish.
Body: plastic.
Mounting plate: zinc alloy, steel,
bright nickel finish.
Technical Notes
For use with lids which are
downward opening, with single
knuckle or drop hinges. Short arm
makes this stay suitable for low
height applications such as TV/DVD
and Hi-fi applications.
Designed to control speed at which
a suitable lid opens, for smooth
controlled motion.
Opening angle of 90º. Temperature
range 0ºto 40ºC.
"With catch" type has catch to hold
lid in closed position. "W/o catch"
type requires external catch, such
as a magnetic or touch latch, to
retain lid.
Stay has sprung elbow section
which must be released prior to
closing lid - please take care not to
catch fingers when handling.
Tips
Supplied with mounting plate.
Please order coverplate, to your
desired colour serately.
Optional cover plates available for
glass door applications, please
Acceptable load Acceptable load order separately.
Order No. Type Colour bearing single bearing pair X Important Notes
Kg/cm Min. - Max. Kg/cm Min. - Max. g For use with relatively light weight
N0060.AC0010 W/o Catch White 0,5 to 12,0 10 to 24 140 cabinet or furniture lids. Improper
application, or use on a lid not
N0060.AC0020 W/o Catch Black 0,5 to 12,0 10 to 24 140
within recommended size and load
N0060.AC0110 With Catch White 0,5 to 12,0 10 to 24 140 bearing value, may lead to stay
N0060.AC0120 With Catch Black 0,5 to 12,0 10 to 24 140 being overcome and slamming of
N0060.AC0777 Cover Plate Chrome - - 25 lid.
N0060.AC0888 Cover Plate Black - - 25 Application must be within both the
N0060.AC0999 Mounting Plate - - - 40 min. and max. load bearing value of
the stay, see above table for load
bearing capacity when using stays
as single or in pairs.
Check Load Bearing Value (T):

T ( Load Bearing Value of stay
Kg/cm) =
Kg.
Referral
For drop hinges see part S2050.

Short Arm Soft-Opening Stays - for Downward
Opening Lid N0060
90ºopening angle - for TV/DVD and Hi-fi Cabinets
Material
finish.
Body: plastic.
Technical Notes
knuckle or drop hinges. Short arm
makes this stay suitable for low
height applications such as TV/DVD
and Hi-fi applications.
controlled motion.
range 0ºto 40ºC.
"With catch" type has catch to hold
lid in closed position. "W/o catch"
type requires external catch, such
as a magnetic or touch latch, to
retain lid.
Stay has sprung elbow section
Tips
Please order coverplate, to your
desired colour serately.
order separately.
Important Notes
For use with relatively light weight
cabinet or furniture lids. Improper
bearing value, may lead to stay
being overcome and slamming of
lid.
Application must be within both the
min. and max. load bearing value of
the stay, see above table for load
bearing capacity when using stays
as single or in pairs.

Kg/cm) =
Kg.
Referral

Soft-Opening Stays - for Downward Opening Lid N0070
90ºopening angle
Material
finish.
Body: plastic.
Technical Notes
knuckle or drop hinges. Longer arm
for higher load bearing capacity
applications.
controlled motion.
range 0ºto 40ºC.
Stay has an integrated catch to hold
lid in closed position.
Stay has a sprung elbow section

Tips
Please order cover plate, to your
desired colour separately.
order separately.
Acceptable load bearing Important Notes

Order No. Type Colour single X Improper application, or use on a
g lid not within recommended size
Kg/cm Min. - Max.
and load bearing value, may lead to
N0070.AC0010 Stay White 35 to 50 167 stay being overcome and slamming
N0070.AC0020 Stay Black 35 to 50 167 of lid. Application must be within
N0060.AC0777 Cover Plate Chrome - 25 both the min. and max. load
N0060.AC0888 Cover Plate Black - 25 bearing value of the stay, see above
N0060.AC0999 Mounting Plate - - 40 table for load bearing capacity when
using stays as single or in pairs.

Kg/cm) =
Kg.
Referral

Soft-Opening Stays - for Downward Opening Lid N0070
90ºopening angle
Material
finish.
Body: plastic.
Technical Notes
knuckle or drop hinges. Longer arm
for higher load bearing capacity
applications.
controlled motion.
range 0ºto 40ºC.
Stay has an integrated catch to hold
lid in closed position.

Tips
desired colour separately.
order separately.
Important Notes
Improper application, or use on a
lid not within recommended size
stay being overcome and slamming
of lid. Application must be within
both the min. and max. load
bearing value of the stay, see above
table for load bearing capacity when

Kg/cm) =
Kg.
Referral

Soft-Closing Stays - for Top Opening Lid N0080
80° to 100° opening angle
Material
finish.
Body: plastic.
Technical Notes
For use with lids which are top
opening, with concealed, piano or
butt hinges. Longer arm for higher
load bearing capacity applications.
a suitable lid closes and hence
prevent lid slamming shut.
range 0º to 40ºC.
Stay is designed to hold lid in fully
open position.
Tips
Order mounting plate separately,
for universal left and right hand
application.
desired colour, separately.
Opening angle can be varied
between 80º to 100º via change of
mounting dimensions - see
installation dimensions below.
Acceptable load Acceptable load Important Notes

Order No. Type Colour bearing single bearing pair X Improper application, or use on a
Kg/cm Min. - Max. Kg/cm Min. - Max. g lid not within recommended size
N0080.AC0010 Stay White 40 to 70 80 to 140 165 stay being overcome and slamming
N0080.AC0020 Stay Black 40 to 70 80 to 140 165 of lid. Application must be within
N0060.AC0777 Cover Plate Chrome - - 25 both the min. and max. load
N0060.AC0888 Cover Plate Black - - 25 bearing value of the stay, see above
N0060.AC0999 Mounting plate - - - 40 table for load bearing capacity when
Check Load Bearing Value (T) :

T ( Load Bearing Value of stay Kg/
cm) =
A Door Height cm x Door Weight Kg

80° to 100° opening angle
Material
finish.
Body: plastic.
Technical Notes
opening, with concealed, piano or
butt hinges. Longer arm for higher
load bearing capacity applications.
prevent lid slamming shut.
range 0º to 40ºC.
Stay is designed to hold lid in fully
open position.
Tips
Order mounting plate separately,
for universal left and right hand
application.
desired colour, separately.
Opening angle can be varied
between 80º to 100º via change of
mounting dimensions - see
installation dimensions below.
Important Notes
bearing value of the stay, see above
table for load bearing capacity when
Check Load Bearing Value (T) :

T ( Load Bearing Value of stay Kg/
cm) =

Installation Instructions for Soft Closing Stay N0080
installation
Top opening installation

a
1 b
2
1 Top left:
a
Top opening lid with
concealed hinge
b Top right:
2
single knuckle hinge -
overlay type
c Bottom left:
3
single knuckle hinge -
inset type
d
4 Bottom right:
Mounting plate installation
Opening angle 80° 90° 100° Opening angle 80° 90° 100°
a 141,0 132,5 126,5 a 138,5 128,5 121,5
b 31,9 32,3 32,9 b 32,6 33,2 33,9
c 45 45 45 c 45 45 45
d 58,1 57,7 57,1 d 57,4 56,8 56,1
e 98,2-S 88,7-S 81,2-S e 94,1 83,1 75,2
f 103,5-S 95,0-S 88,5-S f 101 91 84
g 108,8-S 101,3-S 95,8-S g 107,9 98,9 92,8
h 197,5 189,0 182,5 h 195 185 178
i 134,8 134,8 134,8 i 134,8 134,8 134,8
*S = overlay coverage.
c
3 d
4
ov-n0080-installation-instructions-for-soft-stays - Updated - 12-01-2017
Opening Angle 80° 90° 100°

a 129,0 118,5 111,1
b 31,7 32,0 32,5
c 45 45 45
d 58,3 58,0 57,5
e 86,7 75,3 67,0
f 91,5 81,0 73,5
g 96,3 86,7 80,0
h 185,5 175,0 167,5
i 134,8 134,8 134,8
wixroyd.com
Soft-Closing Stays - for Downward Opening Lid N0100
90°opening angle
Material
Zinc alloy, steel,
Supplied with screws (3,5x15)
Technical Notes
For use lids which are downward
opening, with piano, butt or drop
hinges.

prevent lid slamming shut. Opening
angle of 90°. Temperature range -
0°to +40°C. Speed of closure
adjustable via screw located at end
of stay.
Important Notes
Acceptable Load Bearing bearing value, may lead to stay
Acceptable load bearing pair X
Order No. Type Single being overcome and slamming of
Kg/cm Min. - Max. g
Kg/cm Min. - Max. lid.
N0100.AC0010 Right 16 - 70 32 - 140 210
1) Checking Application
N0100.AC0110 Left 16 - 70 32 - 140 210
Suitability:
1) Check Lid Size:
One Stay used:
a) Max 35cm wide
AND
b) within acceptable lid width.
height combination - see chart.
If using only one stay-

Acceptable load bearing (T)
between min. 20 to max 70 Kg/cm.

Soft-Closing Stays - for Downward Opening Lid N0100
90°opening angle
Material
Zinc alloy, steel,
Technical Notes
For use lids which are downward
hinges.

angle of 90°. Temperature range -
0°to +40°C. Speed of closure
adjustable via screw located at end
of stay.
Important Notes
lid.
Suitability:
1) Check Lid Size:
One Stay used:
a) Max 35cm wide
AND
height combination - see chart.


70°- 105°opening angle
Material
Zinc alloy, steel,
Technical Notes
hinges.

angle of 70°- 105°. Temperature
range - 0°to +40°C. Speed of
closure adjustable via screw located
at end of stay.
Acceptable Load Bearing closing lid - please take care not to
Acceptable load bearing pair X catch fingers when handling.
Order No. Type Single
Kg/cm Min. - Max. g
Kg/cm Min. - Max. Important Notes
N0200.AC0010 Left 20 - 70 40 - 140 210 For use with relatively light weight
N0200.AC0110 Right 20 - 70 40 - 140 210
lid.
Suitability:
1) Check Lid Size:
One Stay used:
a) Max 35cm wide
AND
Height combination - see chart.
Two Stays used:

a)Max 120cm wide
AND
b) within acceptable lid
width/height combination - see
chart.
2) Secondly, check load bearing
value.
2) Check Load Bearing Value (T):

T (Load Bearing Value of stay
Kg/cm) = 1/2 Door Height cm x
Door Weight Kg

Created 2021-07-20 wixroyd.com Acceptable load bearing (T)
If using two stays-
Material
Zinc alloy, steel,
Technical Notes
hinges.

at end of stay.
Important Notes
lid.
Suitability:
1) Check Lid Size:
One Stay used:
a) Max 35cm wide
AND
Height combination - see chart.
Two Stays used:

a)Max 120cm wide
AND
b) within acceptable lid
width/height combination - see
chart.
2) Secondly, check load bearing
value.

Door Weight Kg

Created 2021-07-20 wixroyd.com Acceptable load bearing (T)
If using two stays-
Soft-Closing Stays - for Upward Opening Lid N0350
Material
Zinc alloy, steel,
Technical Notes
For use with lids which are upward
hinges.
at end of stay.
Important Notes
Acceptable Load Bearing being overcome and slamming of
Acceptable load bearing pair X lid.
Order No. Type Single
Kg/cm Min. - Max. g
Kg/cm Min. - Max.
1) Check Lid Size:
N0350.AC0010 Left 20 - 70 40 - 140 210 If using only one stay- max. lid
N0350.AC0110 Right 20 - 70 40 - 140 210 width 35cm AND must be within
load bearing capacity (T) of the
stay, check calculation below.
If using two stays-max. lid width
120cm AND must be within load
bearing capacity (T) of the stay,
check calculation below.

Door Weight Kg

If using two stays-

Installation Instructions for Soft Closing Stay N0350
For use with lids which are upward opening, with piano or butt hinges. Longer arm for higher load bearing
capacity applications. Designed to control speed at which a suitable lid closes and hence prevent lid slamming
shut. Opening angle of 80° to 100°. Temperature range of 0° to 40°C.
Stay has integrated catch to hold lid in open and closed position. Stay has a sprung elbow section which must
be released prior to closing lid - please take care not to catch fingers when handling.
Installation
Soft opening stay
installation
The distance for a, b, c (as

Hinge type a b1 c1 d1 b1 c2 d2
shown in the installation
Drop hinge 99 98 - S* 114 - S* 200 - S* - - - diagram above) is measured
Piano/butt hinge 93 - - - 92 108 194 from the “door edge (*)” and
“top surface of bottom board”
when drop hinges are used,
Opening angle 80° 90° 100°
and from “hinge centre (**)”
Down Middle Top and “to the surface of the
Position of plates bottom board” when piano or
Mounting plate Arm bracket Mounting plate Arm bracket Mounting plate Arm bracket
butt hinges are used.
Up
*S = overlay coverage in case
For hinge centre - - of drop hinge usage.
Down
Acceptable Lid Width and Height for Soft Down Stay N0350 Orange area of chart provides guide to Acceptable lid width
acceptable lid width and height combination.
and height
Lid height (mm)
This is a guide only, check load bearing of the lid

900
application. Chart Based on typical wooden lid of
800 20mm thickness.
700
600
500
400
ov-n0350-installation-instructions-for-soft-stays - Updated - 12-01-2017
300
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400

Lid width (mm)
Firstly check lid size is within acceptable lid width/height combination - see above chart. Secondly check load Load bearing
bearing and value. calculation
Check load bearing value (T)
T (load bearing value of stay Kg/cm) = 1/2 door height cm x door weight Kg
Important notes: For use with relatively light weight cabinet or furniture lids. Improper
application, or use on a lid not within recommended size and bearing value, may lead to stay
being overcome and slamming of lid. Application must be within both the minimum and maximum
load bearing value of the stay, (see product table for load bearing capacity when using stays as
single or in pairs), as well as within the door weight capacity of the stay - see ‘Soft Down Stays -
Door Weight Range Tables’ on previous pages.
wixroyd.com
Heavy Duty Soft-Opening Stays N0420
For downward opening lid, 90°opening angle
Material
finish.
Body: plastic.
Technical Notes
downward opening, with piano, butt
or drop hinges. Designed to hold
door in both closed and open
position. Designed to control speed
at which a suitable lid opens, for
smooth controlled motion. For use
in pairs. Opening angle of 90°.
Temperature range 0°to 40°C.
Important Notes
and load bearing
value, may lead to stay being
overcome and slamming of lid.
min. and max. load bearing value,
stays are for use in pairs see above
table.

T (Load Bearing Value of stay Kg/
cm) =
Referral
Order No. Order No. Acceptable load bearing pair X

Type
Left Right Kg/cm Min. - Max. g
N0420.AC0020 N0420.AC0120 Light Duty 140 to 200 290
N0420.AC0025 N0420.AC0125 Medium Duty 200 to 250 290
N0420.AC0030 N0420.AC0130 Heavy Duty 250 to 300 310

Installation Instructions N0420
for heavy duty soft opening stay
For use with lids which are downward opening, with piano, butt or drop hinges. Designed to control speed at
which a suitable lid opens, for smooth controlled motion. For use in pairs. Opening angle of 90°. Temperature
range 0° to 40°C. Stay has an integrated catch to hold lid in open position and a sprung elbow section which
must be released prior to closing the lid - please take care not to catch fingers when handling.
Installation
Heavy duty soft opening
stay installation
Hinge type a b c d
Drop hinge 165 35 48 - S* 174 - S*
Piano/butt hinge 159 35 42 168
The distance for a, b, c (as shown in the installation diagram above) is measured from the “door edge (*)” and “top
surface of bottom board” when drop hinges are used, and from “hinge centre (**)” and “to the surface of the bottom
board” when piano or butt hinges are used.
*S = overlay coverage in case of drop hinge usage.
Acceptable Lid Width and Height for Soft Down Stay N0420 Areas of chart provides guides to acceptable lid Acceptable lid width
width and height combination. This is a guide
and height
Lid height (mm)
900
only, check load bearing of the lid application.
800 Chart based on typical wooden lid of 20mm
thickness.
700
600
500 .AC0030 + .AC0130

.AC0025 + .AC0125
400
.AC0020 + .AC0120
300
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400

Lid width (mm)
ov-n0420-installation-instructions-heavy-duty - Updated - 12-01-2017

application, or use on a lid not within recommended size and bearing value, may lead to stay being
overcome and slamming of lid. Application must be within both the minimum and maximum load
bearing value of the stay, (see product table for load bearing capacity when using stays as single
or in pairs), as well as within the door weight capacity of the stay - see ‘Soft Down Stays - Door
Weight Range Tables’ on previous pages.
wixroyd.com
Heavy Duty Soft-Close Stays N0440
For top opening lid, 70° opening angle
Material
finish.
Body: plastic.
Technical Notes
opening, with piano, butt or
concealed hinges. Designed to hold
door in open position.
a suitable lid closes, to prevent lid
slamming shut. For use in pairs.
range 0º to 40ºC.
Important Notes
and load bearing
value, may lead to stay being
overcome and slamming of lid.
min. and max. load bearing value,
stays are for use in pairs see above
table.
Order No. Order No. Acceptable load bearing pair Check Load Bearing Value (T):
Type X t (Load Bearing Value of stay
Left Right Kg/cm Min. - Max. g Kg/cm) =
N0440.AC0020 N0440.AC0120 Light Duty 140 to 200 280 1/2 Door Height cm x Door Weight
N0440.AC0025 N0440.AC0125 Medium Duty 200 to 250 290 Kg.
N0440.AC0030 N0440.AC0130 Heavy Duty 250 to 300 310
Referral

Installation Instructions N0440
for heavy duty soft closing stay
For use with lids which are top opening, with piano, butt or drop hinges. Designed to control speed at which
a suitable lid closes and hence prevent lid slamming shut . Opening angle of 70°. Temperature range of 0°
to 40°C. Stay has integrated catch to hold lid in open position and a sprung elbow section which must be
released prior to closing the lid - please take care not to catch fingers when handling.
Installation
Heavy duty soft closing
stay installation
Hinge type a b c d c1 d1 e f
Drop hinge 198,5 45 42-S* 168-S* - - 145 283,5
Piano/butt hinge 198,5 45 - - 41 167 142,5 281,0
Hinge type a b c d e f
Drop hinge 203 45 46 172 151 286
Piano/butt hinge 190 45 33 159 138 273
The distance for a, b, c (as shown in the installation diagram above) is measured from the “door edge (*)” and “top
surface of bottom board” when drop hinges are used, and from “hinge centre (**)” and “to the surface of the bottom
board” when piano or butt hinges are used.
Acceptable Lid Width and Height for Soft Down Stay N0440 Areas of chart provides guides to acceptable lid Acceptable lid width
width and height combination. This is a guide
and height and
Lid height (mm)
900
only, check load bearing of the lid application.
800 Chart based on typical wooden lid of 20mm installation table
thickness.
700
600
500 .AC0030 + .AC0130

.AC0025 + .AC0125
400
.AC0020 + .AC0120
300
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400

ov-n0440-installation-instructions-heavy-duty - Updated - 12-01-2017
Lid width (mm)
application, or use on a lid not within recommended size and bearing value, may lead to stay being
overcome and slamming of lid. Application must be within both the minimum and maximum load
bearing value of the stay, (see product table for load bearing capacity when using stays as single
or in pairs), as well as within the door weight capacity of the stay - see ‘Soft Down Stays - Door
Weight Range Tables’ on previous pages.
wixroyd.com
For upward opening lid, 90°opening angle
Material
finish.
Body: plastic.
Technical Notes
opening, with concealed hinges.
Designed to hold door in both
closed and open position.
Opening angle up to 90°.
Important Notes
bearing value, stays are for use in
pairs see above table.
Order mounting plate separately.

Kg/cm) =
1/2 Door Height cm x Door Weight
Kg
Referral
Acceptable load Acceptable load

bearing pair bearing pair
Order No. Order No.
Type Kg/cm Min. - Kg/cm Min. -
Left Right
Max. at 90º Max. at 80º
opening angle opening angle
N0460.AC0017 N0460.AC0117 Light Duty 140 to 179 140 to 199
N0460.AC0021 N0460.AC0121 Medium Duty 180 to 219 200 to 249
N0460.AC0025 N0460.AC0125 Heavy Duty 220 to 259 250 to 299
N0460.AC0030 N0460.AC0130 Super Duty 260 to 300 300 to 350
N0460.AC0920 - Mounting Plate - 20 mm wide alu. frame - -
N0460.AC0945 - Mounting Plate - 45 mm wide wood or alu. frame

For upward opening lid, 90°opening angle
Material
finish.
Body: plastic.
Technical Notes
opening, with concealed hinges.
Designed to hold door in both
closed and open position.
Opening angle up to 90°.
Important Notes
bearing value, stays are for use in
pairs see above table.
Order mounting plate separately.

Kg/cm) =
1/2 Door Height cm x Door Weight
Kg
Referral

s
le
s
s
nd he
he al ha tc
tc n s
le la
la ctio he
ab m
ca
m
s
r ire tc ck s m e
bl
ba i-d la lo ay
ra
og ka
un sh dle st ng
tc
h ac pr
s la dl es
he pu an et si pa h
s s s
aw e s tc he he s
tc s l-h ch lo
la ck s y r at c rs
le ca
l f tc
la dle ion ed st s
le e lo sta es
ab le
e
se p
st k
dd ndl ing tch ches
pa ha pen la lat s s a ng te g p ng s f h tro
g t o rn ck e m d hi ex in om pri ck ea on s
in sof tu ry lo d ca e off w s c es s lo s l am c che es
sw s and nda li ed rqu lift hes he tch le he s c la ch
t s
ay ft co
st li se
s e pp to s latc esb
tc l la d tc ock c at
la tee an la ial l eti l cks ay
g cks w st d o dl
e
ch
dl
e
lo
es a
ng r e
s a n kn an at
h rh l
le ss s t-h rol rad gn am lo st
Lid Stays
an dd inle h nt tays a s c der s
hi d tch ry ge de
ay se a p u
la
s
fin sli
pa sta us co g s -m nge in ck es
ng es
lo s t f l d osin on t hi yl lo
c
of he ro ch hi h
ro cl n se i c r
es
to
ro es atc s s
de ys ts ft
at
dl he
in in
t p ch le l s ay l r tc so
st s uch ne la
lin ta un es
an tc
m
us nd y
at
or e to or d
rc
la cy s mo ch
ha ta l h grip al
d ve lid ce y lat s
do g tic c an
s
sle g
in et n a le n m
io ab tio a s rfa od tay s
n
ay
in
i w ch
ct st ec i c
hi mag ches
l
su d b e s ce s
ne ro
f
in
m rat un adju dir in nt
st
s h e
de ea at tch ing
s f s -
et es d
he ge es ng xt
Wixroyd Lid Stays
Mounting Lid Orientation Material
Stainless Steel
Max Load Max.
Retracted
Top (box lid)

Heavy Per Single Length
Stop Type Length Max Angle
Downward
Duty Piece Extended
Universal
mm
Upward
Right Kg.cm mm
Steel
N0020 Left
3 3 3 Spring Loaded 3 30-40 120 151 70°
N0024
3 3 Spring Loaded 3 90-120 125 158 80°
N0026
3 3 Spring Loaded 3 90-120 125 158 80°
N0500
3 3 Ratchet 3 15 148-205 195-290 75-120°
N0550
3 3 Ratchet 3 3 20-30 163-305 200-500 80°
N0600
3 3 3 Multi-stop 3 3 70 230-280 350-450 90°
N0620
ov-lid-stays-product-selection-charts - Updated - 25-09-2017
3 3 Ratchet 3 15 153 215 90°
N0640
Mechanical
3 3 3 30 133-170 195-270 90°
Lock-Pull Release
896 0845 26 66 577 info@wixroyd.com

Wixroyd Lid Stays
Stainless Steel
Max Load Max.
Retracted
Top (box lid)

Downward
Duty Piece Extended
Universal
mm
Upward
Right Kg.cm mm
Steel
Left
N0700
3 3 Multi-stop (15) 3 7 128 180 90°
N0800
3 3 Hold Open 3 30-40 150-277 150-277 90°
N0850
3 3 N/A 3 0 210-270 210-270 90°
N0855
3 3 3 Hold Open 3 134 268 90°
N0857
3 3 3 Hold Open 3 67 134 80°
N0859
3 3 Hold Open 3 248 124 90°
N0900
ov-lid-stays-product-selection-charts-b - Updated - 12-01-2017
3 3 Spring Loaded 3 7-8 172-280 100-140 90°
N0920
3 3 Ratchet 3 6 67-88 100-140 80°
wixroyd.com
Wixroyd Lid Stays
Stainless Steel
Max Load Max.
Retracted
Top (box lid)

Downward
Duty Piece Extended
Universal
mm
Upward
Right Kg.cm mm
Steel
N0924 Left
3 3 Ratchet 3 145-217 234-377 80°
N0930
Mechanical
3 3 3 15 88 140 80°
Lock-Pull Release
N0940
3 3 Ratchet 3 15 126 200 80°
N0950
3 3 3 Hook to Lock 3 15 67-146 135-292 90°
N0951
3 3 3 Hook to Lock 3 145 290 90°
N0952
3 3 3 Hook to Lock 3 3 67-146 135-292 90°
N0954
ov-lid-stays-product-selection-charts-c - Updated - 12-01-2017
3 3 3 Hook to Lock 3 67-146 135-292 90°
N0956
3 3 3 Hook to Lock 3 3 67-146 135-292 90°

Wixroyd Lid Stays
Stainless Steel
Max Load Max.
Retracted
Top (box lid)

Downward
Duty Piece Extended
Universal
mm
Upward
Right Kg.cm mm
Steel
Left
N0980
3 3 Hold Open 3 283 N/A 135°
N0982
3 3 Hold Open 3 170 N/A 135°
N0984
3 3 Hold Open 3 170 N/A 135°

ov-lid-stays-product-selection-charts-d - Updated - 12-01-2017
wixroyd.com
Lid Stays N0500
with positive stop, stainless steel
Material
Stainless steel, AISI 304, satin
finish.
Technical Notes
Universal left or right hand
application. Max. load Kg is per
stay. Only one stay required per lid.
Stay has positive stop to hold lid in
fully open position. For use with
piano or butt hinge.
Max. Stop Max.

Lid height X
Order No. opening l1 l2 l3 a b c release load
mm. g
angle stroke r. Kg.
N0500.AC0014 75° 148 121 129 133 62 195 14,5 250 - 350 15 125
N0500.AC0018 90° 185 158 166 170 100 270 14,5 320 - 500 15 150
N0500.AC0016 90° 168 141 149 153 62 215 22,0 260 - 350 15 140
N0500.AC0020 120° 205 178 186 190 100 290 22,0 340 - 500 15 160

Lid Stays N0500
with positive stop, stainless steel
Material
finish.
Technical Notes
application. Max. load Kg is per
stay. Only one stay required per lid.
Stay has positive stop to hold lid in
fully open position. For use with
piano or butt hinge.

Lid Stays N0550
heavy duty - positive stop - stainless steel
Material
finish.
Technical Notes
application. Max. load is per stay,
only one required per lid. Stay has a
positive stop to hold lid in fully
open position. For use with piano or
butt hinge.
Max
Stop release Max. load
Order No. opening l1 l2 s a b
stroke r Kgf.
angle
N0550.AC0005 80° 200 163 45 56 219 13 - 25 30
N0550.AC0010 80° 350 230 120 128 364 13 - 25 25
N0550.AC0020 80° 500 305 195 195 510 13 - 25 20

Lid Stays - Multi-Angled N0600
heavy duty - stainless steel
Material
finish.
Technical Notes
Left or right hand specific, please
refer to table. Stay has ratchet
mechanism to hold lid at multiple
angles during opening motion. See
'Stop Positions' in table.
Max. No. of Max. Stop

Order No. Type opening a b c d stop po load release X
angle sitions Kg. stroke R g
N0600.AC0010 Right 90° 350 230 120 206 4 70 15 715

N0600.AC0020 Right 90° 450 280 170 256 6 70 15 820
N0600.AC0110 Left 90° 350 230 120 206 4 70 15 715
N0600.AC0120 Left 90° 450 280 170 256 6 70 15 820

Lid Stays - Stainless Steel N0620
for dust sensitive areas & clean rooms
Material
Stainless steel, AISI 304, with
polyacetal bushing.
Technical Notes
Holds lid in fully open position.
Universal, for both right and left
applications.
Tips
Plastic bushings and end caps
minimise particle displacement
making the stay suitable for clean
room, semi-conductor and food
industry applications.
Load capacity
Order No. Type Max opening angle
Kg. each
N0620.AC0195 Universal 90° 15

Lid Stay - with Locking N0640
stainless steel
Material
Body: stainless Steel, AISI 304,
satin finish.
Locking button: polyacetal dark
grey.
Technical Notes
When fully extended stay is
mechanically locked. Pull locking
button to release the stay. Universal
for right and left hand applications.
Tips
Mechanical lock makes the stay
ideal for applications where shocks,
vibration or sudden gusts of wind
are present.
Max opening Load capacity X

Order No. l a b
angle Kg. each g
N0640.AC0195 90° 195 133 62 30 126
N0640.AC0270 90° 270 170 100 30 147

Lid Stay - with Locking N0640
stainless steel
Material
Body: stainless Steel, AISI 304,
satin finish.
Locking button: polyacetal dark
grey.
Technical Notes
mechanically locked. Pull locking
button to release the stay. Universal
for right and left hand applications.
Tips
are present.

Lid Stays - Multi-Stop N0700
stainless steel
Material
satin finish.
Technical Notes
Universal for right and left hand
application. Screws not included.
Ratchet mechanism allows lid to
stop when released during opening
motion.
Max. load X
Order No. No. of stop positions
Kg. g
N0700.AC0010 15 7 127

Lid Stays N0800
stainless steel
Material
Stainless steel, AISI 304, polished
finish.
Technical Notes
refer to table. Holds lid in open
position.
Max. load X
Order No. Type l1 l2 w1 w2 t
Kg. g
N0800.AC0010 Right 277 230 30 24 2,0 40 120
N0800.AC0020 Right 198 152 28 23 1,5 40 85
N0800.AC0030 Right 150 105 28 23 1,5 30 75
N0800.AC0110 Left 277 230 30 24 2,0 40 120
N0800.AC0120 Left 198 152 28 23 1,5 40 85
N0800.AC0130 Left 150 105 28 23 1,5 30 75

Lid Stays - Downward Opening Lid N0850
stainless steel
Material
Stainless steel, AISI 304, and
polyamide.
Technical Notes
application. For use on cabinets
with downward opening lid.
Order No. l1 l2 X
g
N0850.AC0180 210 180 80
N0850.AC0210 240 210 90
N0850.AC0240 270 240 100

Lid Stays - Upward Opening Lid N0855
steel
Material
Steel, chrome plated.
Technical Notes
Fitted with positioning spring and
steel ball at pivot point to provide
positive stop.
Important Notes
Right or left handed, please refer to
table. Ideal for screw or weld-on
mounting.
Order No. Hand l1 l2 l3 h1 h2 w1 w2

N0855.AW001 Left 268 134 36,5 14 5,8 14 9
0
N0855.AW002 Right 268 134 36,5 14 5,8 14 9
0

Lid Stays - Upward Opening Lid N0857
steel
Material
Steel, bright chrome plated.
Technical Notes
Fitted with positioning spring and
steel ball at pivot point to provide
positive stop.
Important Notes
mounting.
Order No. Hand l1 l2 l3 l4 l5 h w

N0857.AW001 Right 134 67 36,5 25,5 35 9 14
0
N0857.AW002 Left 134 67 36,5 25,5 35 9 14
0

Lid stays - Upward Opening Lid N0859
steel
Material
Steel, chrome plated.
Technical Notes
applications. Ideal for screw or
weld-on application.
Order No. l1 l2 l3 h w1 w2 w3
N0859.AW001 124 55,5 37 9,5 20,5 22 29
0

Spring Loaded Lid Stays N0900
stainless steel
Material
finish.
Important Notes
Spring mechanism assists lifting
door and holds in open position
(see installation table for suitable
lid weights).
Extended Compresse X
Order No. l1 l2 l3 s d
force Kgf. d force Kgf. g
N0900.AC0010 222 172 170 50 10 3,2 7,0 145
N0900.AC0020 335 250 238 85 20 3,8 8,5 185
N0900.AC0030 380 280 269 100 19 3,6 8,5 205

Installation Dimensions N0900
for spring loaded lid stay
Installation
Mounting example 1:
Wooden lid
Order number Max lid weight (kg) Lid opening (q°) - (a°) l1 a x y
2.5 90 17 222 68 20 233
N0900.AC0010 2.7 85 15 222 85 20 233
3.0 75 14 222 85 20 251
3.1 90 14 335 105 20 346
N0900.AC0020 3.3 85 12 335 115 20 356
3.8 75 11 335 130 20 375
Max lid weight based on lid heights of 350mm for N0900.AC0010 and 500mm for N0900.AC0020.
Mounting example 2:
Plastic lid
ov-n0900-installation-dimensions-spring-loaded-stays - Updated - 12-01-2017
Order number Max lid weight (kg) Lid opening (°) - (°) l1 a x y
2.5 90 0.5 335 295 45 38
N0900.AC0020 3.0 90 14 335 295 45 38
3.3 85 12 335 295 45 44
2.5 110 8.0 380 330 40 36
3.0 90 3.5 380 335 55 44
N0900.AC0030
4.0 90 4.0 380 320 41 59
4.3 80 7.5 380 335 56 60
wixroyd.com
Lid Stays N0920
positive stop - stainless steel
Material
polished.
Washer: polyacetal.
Technical Notes
Positive stop keeps lid opened.
Compact size. Easy fitting with M 4
screw (please order separately, see
table) or with mounting bracket set.
Mounting bracket set contains one
body bracket and one arm bracket.
Stop
Stop release Max. load X
Order No. l1 l2 s a release
stroke R Kgf. g
angle
N0920.AC0100 5,5 100 67 32 24 6,0 15° 31
N0920.AC0140 5,5 140 88 52 42 6,0 9° 38
N0920.AC0950 Mounting Bracket Set - - - - - - 20

Lid Stays - Ratchet Stops N0924
steel - positive stop
Material
Steel, zinc plated.
Technical Notes
Multiple stops keeps lid open at
various heights. To release lid
extend fully, then retact.
Load Bearing:
N0924.AW0010- 250N (25kgs)
N0924.AW0020- 600N (61kgs)
Order No Type l w No. of stop positions

N0924.AW001 One 145 29,5 5
0
N0924.AW002 Two 217 29,5 10
0

Lid Stays - Locking N0930
stainless steel
Material
Technical Notes
mechanically locked. Push locking
button in-ward to release the stay.
applications. Easy fitting with M 4
screws or with mounting bracket set
- please order separately, see table.
Mounting bracket set contains one
body bracket and one arm bracket.
Tips
are present.
Load capacity X
Order No. Type Max. opening angle
Kg. each g
N0930.AC0140 Universal 80° 15 40

Lid Stays N0940
positive stop, stainless steel
Material
Technical Notes
Positive stop keeps lid open.
Compact design. Universal for right
and left hand applications.
Load capacity Stroke for stop X

Order No. Extended length Max. opening angle
Kg/each release g
N0940.AC0200 200 15 80° 8 65

Lid Stays N0950
Material
Steel, zinc plated.
Technical Notes
refer to table. Ideal for screw or
weld-on mounting.
Referral
For stainless steel model see part
N0954.
Order No. Order No.

l
Right Left
N0950.AC0010 N0950.AC0110 292
N0950.AC0008 N0950.AC0108 202
N0950.AC0006 N0950.AC0106 135

Lid Stays N0951
stainless steel
Material
Stainless steel AISI 304.
Technical Notes
weld-on mounting.
Order No. Hand l1 l2 h w1

N0951.AW001 Left 326 290 18,2 36
0
N0951.AW002 Right 326 290 18,2 36
0

Lid Stays - Heavy Duty N0952
Material
Steel, zinc plated.
Technical Notes
mounting.
Referral
For stainless steel model see part
N0956.
Order No. Order No.

l
Right Left
N0952.AC0006 N0952.AC0106 135
N0952.AC0008 N0952.AC0108 202
N0952.AC0010 N0952.AC0110 292

Lid Stays N0954
stainless steel
Material
Technical Notes
mounting.
Referral
For zinc plated model see part
N0950.
Order No. Order No.

l
Right Left
N0954.AC0006 N0954.AC0106 135
N0954.AC0008 N0954.AC0108 202
N0954.AC0010 N0954.AC0110 292

Lid Stays - Heavy Duty N0956
stainless steel
Material
Technical Notes
mounting.
Referral
For zinc plated model see part
N0952.
Order No. Order No.

l
Right Left
N0956.AC0006 N0956.AC0106 135
N0956.AC0008 N0956.AC0108 202
N0956.AC0010 N0956.AC0110 292

Lid Stay N0982
Material
Technical Notes
Universal left or right hand. Lid stay
arm and bracket can be fixed on
either side - to suit both left and
right installation.
Order No. l1 l2 l3 h w
N0982.AW001 220 138 160 62 50
0

Lid Stay - Positive Stop N0984
variable length - steel
Material
Technical Notes
Universal left or right hand. Lid stay
arm and bracket can be fixed on
either side - to suit both left and
right installation. Stay length l1 can
be adjusted from min. 134 to max.
184mm, via use of 5 holes spaced at
10mm.
l1 l1
Order No. l2 l3 l4 h w
min. max.
N0984.AW010 134 184 127 170 146 21 27

s
le
s
s
nd he
he al ha tc
tc n s
le la
la ctio he
ab m
ca
m
s
r ire tc ck s m e
bl
ba i-d la lo ay
ra
og ka
un sh dle st ng
tc
h ac pr
s la dl es
he pu an et si pa h
s s s
aw e s tc he he s
tc s l-h ch lo
la ck s y r at c rs
le ca
l f tc
la dle ion ed st s
le e lo sta es
ab le
e
se p
st k
dd ndl ing tch ches
pa ha pen la lat s s a ng te g p ng s f h tro
g t o rn ck e m d hi ex in om pri ck ea on s
in sof tu ry lo d ca e off w s c es s lo s l am c che es
sw s and nda li ed rqu lift hes he tch le he s c la ch
t s
ay ft co
st li se
la tee an la ial l eti l cks ay
g cks w st d o dl
e
ch
kn an at st
Door Stays
lo
es a n le ss s t-h rol rad gn am lo
ng r e h rh l
e
an
dl s a dd inle h nt tays a s c der s
hi d tch ry ge de
ay se a p u
la
s
fin sli
pa sta us co g s -m nge in ck es
ng es
lo s t f l d osin on t hi yl lo ays
c
of he ro ch hi h
ro cl n se i c r st
es
to
ro es atc s de s ft
at
dl he
se in in
ay l r tc
ts
t p ch le l
so
st s uch ne la
lin lea un es
an tc
m
us nd
at
or e to or d
rc
la cy ire re mo tch
ha ys l h grip al
d ve
n a le n m s do g tic c an
le g a ce y la s
in st
s w
ay n
in
iw r
o ct st ec i c
hi mag ches
l
su d b e s ce s
ne ro
f
in
m do un adju dir in nt
st
s h e
de ea at tch ing
s f s -
et es d
he ge es ng xt
Wixroyd Door Stays
Mounting Door Opening Material
Stainless Steel
Compression
Heavy Max Door Tensile
Soft Closing
Force Max Angle
Hold Open
Muti Stop
Duty Width mm Force Kg
Universal
Kgf
Right
Steel
N2000 Left
3 3 3 600-910 90°
N2020
3 3 3 3 0,6-1,5 300 90°
N2050
3 3 3 50-60 50-60 100°
N2100
3 3 3 3 50-60 150 100°
N2120
3 3 3 30 60 100°
N2200
3 3 3 3 3 50-60 150 100°

ov-door-stays-product-selection-charts - Updated - 12-01-2017

Door Stays - Multi-Stop N2000
stainless steel
Material
Stainless steel, AISI 304, with
polyacetal (POM) latch.
Technical Notes
Holds handle open at multiple
angles. Slide lock lever to
lock/unlock stay.
For outward opening doors only.
Max. door size:
h = 2000mm
w = 600 - 910mm
t = 25 - 45mm
See installation table below.
Order No. Max. door opening angle X

g
N2000.AC0010 90° 338

Mini-Door Closer - Stainless Steel N2020
soft-closing, 90°angle
Material
Body: stainless Steel, AISI 304.
Technical Notes
Suitable for small lightweight doors
to maximum of 0.7Kg, 300mm wide.
Equipped with dampening
mechanism for soft closing.
Tips
Stay holds door in 90°open
position. When pushed to close,
stay gently pulls door closed. For
mounting in the inside top panel of
door.
Door weight Door width

Order No. Hand Opening angle
Kg max. mm.
N2020.AC0010 Right 90° 0,3 - 0,7 300
N2020.AC0020 Left 90° 0,3 - 0,7 300

Mini-Door Closer - Stainless Steel N2020
soft-closing, 90°angle
Material
Body: stainless Steel, AISI 304.
Technical Notes
Suitable for small lightweight doors
to maximum of 0.7Kg, 300mm wide.
Equipped with dampening
mechanism for soft closing.
Tips
Stay holds door in 90°open
position. When pushed to close,
stay gently pulls door closed. For
mounting in the inside top panel of
door.

Door Stays N2050
foot release - 100°opening
Material
Steel, yellow zinc chromate.
Technical Notes
Mechanically locks door when fully
open. Install at base of door for
quick foot release.
Important Notes
Check max. tensile force for load
bearing capacity.
Order No. l s a b c d e f g X
g
N2050.AC0005 200 70 15 15,9 5,5 17 20,0 33 20 205
N2050.AC0010 300 120 20 20,0 5,5 20 25,5 38 25 433
N2050.AC0020 300 120 20 20,0 9,0 20 25,5 38 25 460
Max.
Max.
tensile
Order No. h i j k m n o p q comp.
force
load Kg
Kg
N2050.AC0005 42 8 15,7 20,0 30 2,3 35 50 5,5x8,0 90 50
N2050.AC0010 50 10 17,0 22,5 35 3,2 45 60 5,5x9,5 150 60
N2050.AC0020 50 10 17,0 22,5 35 3,2 50 72 5,5x9,5 150 60

Door Stays N2050
foot release - 100°opening
Material
Steel, yellow zinc chromate.
Technical Notes
Mechanically locks door when fully
open. Install at base of door for
quick foot release.
Important Notes
Check max. tensile force for load
bearing capacity.

Door Stays N2100
stainless steel - 100°opening
Material
Stainless steel, AISI 304, polished.
Technical Notes
Mechanically locks door at fully
open position. Slide the locking
lever to release stay. Lever will
remain in unlocked position until
the door is returned to fully open
position.
Order No. Type l1 l2 l3 l4 a b c d X

g
N2100.AC0110 Left 200 121 80 45 121 200 93 36 290
N2100.AC0010 Right 200 121 80 45 121 200 93 36 290
N2100.AC0120 Left 280 161 120 44 161 280 145 40 340
N2100.AC0020 Right 280 161 120 44 161 280 145 40 340

Installation Dimensions for Door Stay N2100
Installation
Installation dimensions
Easy actuation
and release
ov-n2100-installation-dimensions-door-stay - Updated - 12-01-2017
wixroyd.com
Door Stays N2120
steel
Material
Body: steel, chrome plated.
Technical Notes
Select left or right handed - please
weld-on mounting.
Order No. d Hand l1 l2 h1 h2 w1 w2 h2 h3 h4

N2120.AW001 2-Ø3,3 Ø5,5X90° Left 105 127 64 18 14,0 16 12 1,5 12
0
N2120.AW002 2-Ø4,2 Ø6,2X90° Left 70 85 43 12 13,5 12 18 2,0 18
0
N2120.AW011 2-Ø3,3 Ø5,5X90° Right 105 127 64 18 14,0 16 12 1,5 12
0
N2120.AW012 2-Ø4,2 Ø6,2X90° Right 70 85 43 12 13,5 12 18 2,0 18
0

Door Stays - Heavy Duty N2200
stainless steel - 100°opening
Material
304.
Technical Notes
Suitable for heavy duty horizontal
door applications. Right and left
versions available, with or without
lock release wire.
Tips
Locks automatically in open
position, can be released via lock
release or optional release wire.
Easy to install.
Max. tensile force Max. comp. force

Kg. Kg.
N2200.AC0010 Right With Release Wire 150 60
N2200.AC0020 Right W/o Release Wire 150 60
N2200.AC0110 Left With Release Wire 150 60
N2200.AC0120 Left W/o Release Wire 150 60

Installation Dimensions for Door Stay N2200
Installation dimensions
Installation of lock
release wire
Installation of Lock Release Wire Release of Stay with Release Wire
Stay lock and release

ov-n2200-installation-dimensions-door-stays-b - Updated - 12-01-2017
Full Lock Out Indicator Manual Stay Release
wixroyd.com
ov-drawer-slides - Updated - 12-01-2017
Drawer Slides
Load Capacity Information P0300
mini slides with mini rail
-P0350
Load ratings
Load rating for mini
Fx Fx
slider P0300.AC0020
(size 20)
a Material values
Coefficient of friction μ 0.15
Coefficient of dynamic friction
μs 0.10
Fy Fy
Limited PV value 3 Mpa.m/min
PV = p (pressure Mpa) x V
b (slide speed m/min)
p = 0.74 Mpa
V = 12m/min
a Horizontal static load Fx 30.6 kgf (67.5 lbs)
b Vertical static load Fy 17.8 kgf (39.2 lbs)
Load rating for mini

Fx Fx slider P0300.AC0050
(size 30)
Fy Fy
Mx My
Mz
Horizontal static load Fx 26 kgf (57.2 lbs)

Verical static load Fy 15 kgf (33 lbs)
Vertical dynamic load Mx 25 kgf • cm (21.6 lbs • in)
Horizontal dynamic load My 12.5 kgf • cm (10.8 lbs • in)
Horizontal dynamic load Mx 12.5 kgf • cm (10.8 lbs • in)
Important Note: Dynamic and static loads provided as a guide, please apply following reduction factors
for application conditions:
Low speed/low operation frequency = use 70 to 90% of load rating.
Moderate speed/high operation frequency = use 35 to 65% of load rating.
High operation frequency with vibration = use 10 to 30% of load rating.
wixroyd.com
Drawer Slides P2000
technical information
-P7200
Weight capacity/pair Kg - is the static load per pair of drawer slides, measured at the centre of a pair of Weight capacity
slides, side mounted, spaced 450mm apart, and is based on use of all fixing points on the slide.
Important Note: Flat mounting of drawer slides, as opposed to the standard side mounding of
slides, is not recommended as it results in a greatly reduced load capacity equal to only 25% of the
stated weight capacity.
Slide length (sl) The longest dimension of a fully closed slide, this should not exceed the depth of cabinet Drawer slide terms
in which slide is installed.
Slide travel (tr) Distance a drawer slide moves from fully closed position.
(slide length + slide travel = fully extended slide length).
100%
75%
Full extension This type of drawer slide can be extended 100% of slide length, this is standard for most
3 piece drawer slides. a
3/4 extension This type of drawer slide extends to approx. 75% of the slide length, this is standard for
most 2 piece drawer slides. b
Positive stop Drawer stops at extended/open position but does not lock or detent.
Positive lock Drawer is firmly held in extended/open position by means of a mechanical catch. Drawer is
released by depressing a lever and pushing drawer inward. From the extended/open
position the same slide may be disconnected by depressing the lever and pulling the
drawer out.
Hold-in detent Drawer is firmly held in closed position, and released by pulling drawer open
(also known as positive catch).
Lever disconnect From the extended/open position the slide may be disconnected by depressing lever and
pulling drawer out.
Self-closing Toward end of drawer slide closing stroke, slide is drawn into the fully closed position.
Soft self-closing Toward end of drawer slide closing stroke, slide movement is slowed and then drawn into
fully closed position.
When mounting we recommend a side space equal to side space Side mounting
the slide thickness with an additional 0,2 to 0,5 mm tolerances
for optimal positioning.
Mounting with less than 0,2 mm side tolerance
can result in poor running of the drawer slide and side space =
jamming of the slide - the same is true if tolerances nominal slide thickness
+0.2 to +0.5mm
over 0,5mm are used.
Ensure cabinet/enclosure faces are square and
parallel prior to mounting of the drawer slides.
slide thickness
wixroyd.com
Wixroyd Drawer Slides
Weight Cap/Pair Kg
Weight Cap/Pair Kg
Material Material
Lever Disconnect
Lever Disconnect
Slide Length mm
Slide Length mm
Soft Self Closing
Soft Self Closing

Steel, Zinc Plate
Steel, Zinc Plate

Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Hold-in Detent
Hold-in Detent
3/4 Extension
3/4 Extension
Full Extension
Full Extension
Positive Lock
Positive Lock
Positive Stop
Positive Stop
Self Closing
Self Closing
Full Extension - Drawer Slides Full Extension - Lever Disconnect Drawer Slides
P2000 P4050
2.5 1.2
254- 250-
76.3 200    36 30      
711 600
2.5 2.5
1.2 1.2
19.5 12.7
P2100 P4080
2 1.2
300- 350-
53.6 80     30     
700 36
700
2 2
1.2 1.2
19 12.7
P2200 P4100
1.8 1.2
1.5
304- 300-
54.5 60      45.7 45      
711 700
2 1.8
1.2
12.7
12.7
P2300 Full Extension - Positive Stop Drawer Slides

P5100
1.2 1.2 1.2
250-
45.5 45      250-
700 45      
45.7
700
1.2
12.7 1.2
12.7
P2500 3/4 Extension Drawer Slides

P6000
1.2 1.5
250-
37.2 30      250-
550 35.8 30     
700
1.2
12.7 1.5
12.7
P2600 Stainless Steel Drawer Slides

P7000
10
300-
60    200-
500 15   
27
600
1
1
P2700 P7100
0.8 20
200- 200-
30.5±0.1
20      30   
450 27
550
11.5±0.1 1.2
1.2
P7200
1.2
1.5
300-
45   
45.5
700
1
12.7

Mini Slide Carriage P0300
for use with mini slide rail P0350
Material
Body: special low friction
polyethylene.
Insert nut: stainless steel, AISI 302.
Technical Notes
Compact design for wide range of
small stroke applications.
Provides outstanding performance
with lighter movement than
ball-bearing slides.
Material values:
- Coefficient of friction µ0.15
- Coefficient of dynamic friction µ
0.10
- Limited PV value 3Mpa.m/min
pv = p (pressure Mpa) x V (slide
speed m/min)
p = 0.74 Mpa
V = 12 m/min.
Important Notes
Dynamic and static loads provided
as a guide, please apply following
reduction factors for application
conditions:
- Low speed/low operation
frequency = use 70 to 90% of load
rating.
- Moderate speed/high operation
rating.
- High operation frequency with
vibration = use 10 to 30% of load
rating.
Order No. Size Type a b1 b2 c w l1 l2 l3 X

g
P0300.AC0020 20 Carriage 11,2 5,2 3,5 2,7 16,8 50 30 10 7
P0300.AC0050 30 Carriage 18,0 7,0 - 4,3 25,8 50 30 10 7
Horiz. static Vert. static Vert dynm. Horiz. dynm. Horiz. dynm.
Order No. load fx load fy load mx load my load mz
Kg/f. Kg/f. Kg/f. Kg/f. Kg/f.
P0300.AC0020 30,6 17,8 - - -
P0300.AC0050 26,0 15,0 25,0 12,5 12,5

Mini Slide Carriage P0300
for use with mini slide rail P0350
Material
Body: special low friction
polyethylene.
Insert nut: stainless steel, AISI 302.
Technical Notes
Compact design for wide range of
small stroke applications.
Provides outstanding performance
with lighter movement than
ball-bearing slides.
Material values:
- Coefficient of friction µ0.15
- Coefficient of dynamic friction µ
0.10
- Limited PV value 3Mpa.m/min
pv = p (pressure Mpa) x V (slide
speed m/min)
p = 0.74 Mpa
V = 12 m/min.
Important Notes
Dynamic and static loads provided
as a guide, please apply following
reduction factors for application
conditions:
- Low speed/low operation
rating.
- Moderate speed/high operation
rating.
- High operation frequency with
vibration = use 10 to 30% of load
rating.

Mini Slide Rail P0350
for use with mini slide carriage P0300
Material
Aluminium, anodized (except ends).
Technical Notes
9-micron anodized film provides
excellent protection against
corrosion.
Compact design used in conjunction
with mini-slide carriage P0300,
suitable for wide variety of
applications.
Referral
For slide carriages to suit, see part
P0300.
No.
holes in X
Order No. Size Type l p s a b1 b2 q
slide g
length
P0350.AC0010 30 Rail 100 10 3 30 19,8 10,0 3,88 40 39
P0350.AC0020 30 Rail 200 20 5 30 19,8 10,0 3,88 40 79
P0350.AC0040 30 Rail 400 20 10 30 19,8 10,0 3,88 40 159
P0350.AC0080 30 Rail 800 20 20 30 19,8 10,0 3,88 40 312
P0350.AC0200 30 Rail 2000 20 50 30 19,8 10,0 3,88 40 790
P0350.AC0012 20 Rail 100 25 2 20 11,2 8,2 2,88 50 20
P0350.AC0022 20 Rail 200 25 4 20 11,2 8,2 2,88 50 40
P0350.AC0042 20 Rail 400 25 8 20 11,2 8,2 2,88 50 80
P0350.AC0082 20 Rail 800 25 16 20 11,2 8,2 2,88 50 160
P0350.AC0202 20 Rail 2000 25 40 20 11,2 8,2 2,88 50 400

Mini Slide Rail P0350
for use with mini slide carriage P0300
Material
Aluminium, anodized (except ends).
Technical Notes
9-micron anodized film provides
excellent protection against
corrosion.
Compact design used in conjunction
with mini-slide carriage P0300,
suitable for wide variety of
applications.
Referral
For slide carriages to suit, see part
P0300.

Drawer Slide - Full Extension P2000
200 Kg load per pair
Material
Cold rolled steel, zinc plated.
Technical Notes
Positive stop. These slides have
been tested to 40,000 usage cycles.
Important Notes
Load capacity is static load per pair,
at the centre of the rails using all
mounting holes. Sold individually
as single slides.
Referral
Slide lengths up to 1524mm avai.
subj. to min. qty.
Max.
Slide Slide
load X
Order No. length travel a b f g h j k q r s
Kg/ g
sl tr ±3,3
Pair.
P2000.AC0025 254 254 - - - 103 128 147 166 152 209 228 200 1275
P2000.AC0030 304 304 - - - 153 179 198 217 203 260 279 200 1525
P2000.AC0035 355 355 - - - 204 230 249 268 254 311 330 200 1775
P2000.AC0040 406 406 127 - - 255 280 299 319 304 361 381 200 2025
P2000.AC0047 457 457 127 - 246 306 331 350 369 355 412 431 200 2275
P2000.AC0050 508 508 127 190 296 357 382 401 420 406 463 482 200 2525
P2000.AC0055 558 558 127 190 347 407 433 452 471 457 514 533 200 2775
P2000.AC0060 608 608 127 190 398 458 484 503 522 508 565 584 200 3025
P2000.AC0066 660 660 127 190 449 509 534 553 573 558 615 635 200 3275
P2000.AC0071 711 711 127 190 500 560 585 604 623 609 666 685 200 3525

80 Kg load per pair
Material
Technical Notes
Hold-in detent when slide closed.
Positive stop. These slides have
been tested to 80,000 usage cycles.
Important Notes
as single slides.
Referral
Slide lengths up to 1000mm avai.
subj. to min. qty.
Slide Slide
Max. load X
Order No. length travel c e f h
Kg/ Pair. g
sl tr
P2100.AC0030 300 328 - 160 - 160 80 900
P2100.AC0035 350 375 - 224 - 224 80 1000
P2100.AC0040 400 425 128 256 128 256 80 1100
P2100.AC0045 450 475 160 320 160 320 80 1250
P2100.AC0050 500 525 192 352 160 352 80 1400
P2100.AC0055 550 574 192 416 224 416 80 1500
P2100.AC0060 600 610 256 480 256 480 80 1650
P2100.AC0065 650 674 256 512 256 512 80 1950
P2100.AC0070 700 720 288 576 288 574 80 2100

60 Kg load per pair
Material
Technical Notes
Positive stop. Rails can be
disconnected via pressing
disconnect lever.
These slides have been tested to
80,000 usage cycles.
Important Notes
as single slides.
Max.
Slide Slide
load X
Order No. length travel b c d e f g h
Kg/ g
sl tr ±3,0
Pair.
P2200.AC0304 304,8 304,8 - - - - - 96,0 128,0 60 740
P2200.AC0355 335.6 335.6 - - - - 46,6 128,0 128,0 60 860
P2200.AC0406 406,4 406,4 288,0 - - - 33,4 160,0 160,0 60 985
P2200.AC0457 457,2 457,2 352,0 - 25,45 32,15 - 160,0 192,0 60 1110
P2200.AC0508 508,0 508,0 352,0 416,0 25,45 32,15 - 192,0 224,0 60 1250
P2200.AC0558 558,8 558,8 352,0 416,0 25,45 32,15 57,8 224,0 256,0 60 1380
P2200.AC0609 609,6 609,6 352,0 480,0 25,45 32,15 44,8 256,0 256,0 60 1500
P2200.AC0660 660,4 660,4 352,0 544,0 25,45 32,15 - 256,0 320,0 60 1620
P2200.AC0711 711,2 711,2 352,0 544,0 25,45 32,15 82,2 256,0 352,0 60 1750

60 Kg load per pair
Material
Technical Notes
disconnect lever.
Important Notes
as single slides.

45 Kg load per pair
Material
Technical Notes
disconnect lever.
Important Notes
as single slides.
Max
Slide Slide
load X
Order No. length travel a b c d e f b1 c1
Kg/pai g
sl tr
r
P2300.AC0250 250 250 35 160 - - - - 160 - 45 390
P2300.AC0300 300 300 35 64 224 - - - 96 192 45 470
P2300.AC0350 350 350 35 64 224 - - - 128 256 45 555
P2300.AC0400 400 400 35 64 224 288 - - 128 320 45 635
P2300.AC0450 450 450 35 64 224 352 - - 160 352 45 745
P2300.AC0500 500 500 35 64 224 352 416 - 192 416 45 795
P2300.AC0550 550 550 35 64 224 352 416 - 224 448 45 880
P2300.AC0600 600 600 35 64 224 352 480 - 224 512 45 970
P2300.AC0650 650 650 35 64 224 352 512 - 256 544 45 1050
P2300.AC0700 700 700 35 64 224 352 480 608 288 608 45 1130

45 Kg load per pair
Material
Technical Notes
disconnect lever.
Important Notes
as single slides.

30 Kg load per pair
Material
Technical Notes
disconnect lever.
Important Notes
as single slides.
Max.
Slide Slide
load X
Order No. length travel c d e f g h i o
Kg/pai g
sl tr
r
P2500.AC0250 250 254 160 - - - - - 160 - 30 300
P2500.AC0300 300 305 96 192 160 - - - 224 - 30 400
P2500.AC0350 350 356 128 256 150 - - - 224 - 30 450
P2500.AC0400 400 406 128 320 150 - - 224 288 - 30 500
P2500.AC0450 450 457 160 352 150 - - 224 352 - 30 510
P2500.AC0500 500 508 192 416 160 224 288 352 416 - 30 650
P2500.AC0550 550 552 224 448 160 224 288 352 416 480 30 700

30 Kg load per pair
Material
Technical Notes
disconnect lever.
Important Notes
as single slides.

60 Kg load per pair
Material
Technical Notes
Positive stop.
Important Notes
as single slides.
Slide Slide
Max. load X
Order No. length travel c d e
Kg/ pair g
sl tr
P2600.AC0300 300 300 98 49 98 60 600
P2600.AC0350 350 350 98 98 98 60 700
P2600.AC0400 400 400 127 84 126 60 800
P2600.AC0450 450 450 127 135 127 60 900
P2600.AC0500 500 500 160 120 160 60 1000

lever disconnect - 20 Kg load per pair
Material
Cold rolled steel. Finishing: black
Technical Notes
disconnect lever.
Important Notes
as single slides.
Slide Slide
Max load X
Order No. length travel a c e f
Kg/pair g
sl tr
P2700.AC0200 200 200 400 71 71 71 20 257
P2700.AC0250 250 250 500 99 96 96 20 315
P2700.AC0300 300 300 600 85 121 121 20 370
P2700.AC0350 350 350 700 135 146 146 20 425
P2700.AC0400 400 400 800 185 171 171 20 480
P2700.AC0450 450 450 900 235 191 191 20 532

lever disconnect - self-closing - 30 Kg load per pair
Material
Technical Notes
Self-closing (via dual spring) -
toward end of slide closing stroke,
pulls draw into fully closed position.
disconnect lever.
Important Notes
as single slides.
Slide Slide Max.

Order No. length travel c d e f g h i load X
sl tr Kg/pair g
P4050.AC0200 200 200 - - - - - - 65 30 200

P4050.AC0250 250 254 - - - - - - 96 30 250
P4050.AC0300 300 305 - - - 172 - - 160 30 300
P4050.AC0350 350 356 128 - - 222 128 - 224 30 350
P4050.AC0400 400 406 128 - - 272 128 - 256 30 400
P4050.AC0450 450 457 128 - 320 322 128 - 320 30 480
P4050.AC0500 500 508 128 192 352 422 128 288 352 30 550
P4050.AC0550 550 559 128 224 410 472 128 282 410 30 625
P4050.AC0600 600 610 128 224 416 522 128 320 448 30 650

Material
Technical Notes
disconnect lever.
Important Notes
as single slides.

lever disconnect - soft-closing - 30 Kg load per pair
Material
Technical Notes
Soft-closing - first slows closing of
slide (via hyd. piston), then pulls
draw into fully closed position (via
dual spring). Positive stop. Rails can
be disconnected via pressing
disconnect lever.
Important Notes
as single slides.
Slide Slide Max.

Order No. length travel c d e f g h i load X
sl tr Kg/pair g
P4080.AC0350 350 325 - - - 228 - - 160 30 350

P4080.AC0400 400 375 128 - - 278 128 - 224 30 400
P4080.AC0450 450 425 128 - - 328 128 - 272 30 475
P4080.AC0500 500 475 128 - 320 378 128 - 320 30 550
P4080.AC0550 550 525 128 224 352 428 128 256 352 30 600
P4080.AC0600 600 575 128 224 385 478 128 288 416 30 650
P4080.AC0650 650 625 128 224 416 528 128 320 448 30 700
P4080.AC0700 700 675 128 224 448 578 128 352 512 30 750

Material
Technical Notes
disconnect lever.
Important Notes
as single slides.
Max.
Slide Slide
load X
Order No. length travel a b c d e f g h
Kg/p g
sl tr
air
P4100.AC0300 300 304,8 96,0 128,0 - - - - - - 45 430
P4100.AC0350 350 355,6 96,0 160,0 - - - - - - 45 523
P4100.AC0400 400 406,4 96,0 96,0 128,0 - - 96,0 - - 45 603
P4100.AC0450 450 457,2 96,0 96,0 160,0 - - 96,0 - - 45 690
P4100.AC0500 500 508.0 128,0 192,0 64,0 - - 96,0 128,0 - 45 763
P4100.AC0550 550 558,8 96,0 96,0 192,0 64,0 - 96,0 128,0 - 45 846
P4100.AC0600 600 609,6 96,0 96,0 192,0 96,0 - 96,0 128,0 - 45 926
P4100.AC0650 650 660,4 96,0 96,0 192,0 160,0 - 96,0 128,0 - 45 976
P4100.AC0700 700 711,2 224,0 192,0 128,0 - 64,0 96,0 128,0 192,0 45 1096

Material
Technical Notes
disconnect lever.
Important Notes
as single slides.

lever disconnect - positive-lock - 45 Kg load per pair
Material
Technical Notes
Positive Lock - slide firmly held in
open position, to release depress
lever and push draw inward. Hold-in
detent when slide closed. Rails can
disconnect lever.
Important Notes
as single slides.
Slide Slide
Max. load X
Order No. length travel c p
Kg/pair g
sl tr
P5100.AC0250 250 240 - 174 45 350
P5100.AC0300 300 295 - 236 45 475
P5100.AC0350 350 350 159 254 45 600
P5100.AC0400 400 406 128 288 45 650
P5100.AC0450 450 450 270 350 45 700
P5100.AC0500 500 500 240 416 45 750
P5100.AC0550 550 545 239 430 45 850
P5100.AC0600 600 595 300 494 45 950
P5100.AC0650 650 659 302 558 45 1050
P5100.AC0700 700 709 335 650 45 1150

lever disconnect - positive-lock - 45 Kg load per pair
Material
Technical Notes
Positive Lock - slide firmly held in
open position, to release depress
lever and push draw inward. Hold-in
detent when slide closed. Rails can
disconnect lever.
Important Notes
as single slides.

Drawer Slide - 3/4 Extension P6000
lever disconnect - 30 Kg load per pair
Material
Technical Notes
disconnect lever.
Important Notes
as single slides.
Slide Slide
Max. load X
Order No. length travel c d f g h
Kg/pair g
sl tr
P6000.AC0200 200 105 - - - - - 30 135
P6000.AC0250 250 165 - - - - - 30 170
P6000.AC0300 300 200 96 224 - - 224 30 200
P6000.AC0350 350 255 128 288 - - 256 30 250
P6000.AC0400 400 295 160 320 - 192 288 30 300
P6000.AC0450 450 330 160 352 - 224 352 30 375
P6000.AC0500 500 375 192 416 224 320 416 30 425
P6000.AC0550 550 415 224 448 224 352 448 30 475
P6000.AC0600 600 460 256 512 224 352 480 30 500
P6000.AC0650 650 520 256 512 352 416 480 30 600
P6000.AC0700 700 590 256 512 352 416 480 30 650

Drawer Slide - 3/4 Extension P7000
15 Kg load per pair - stainless
Material
Stainless steel, AISI 304. Bright
finish.
Technical Notes
Positive stop.
Important Notes
as single slides.
Slide Slide
Max. load X
Order No. length travel c d e f g
Kg/pair g
sl tr
P7000.AC0200 200 160 - - - - - 15 150
P7000.AC0250 250 150 100 160 210 110 210 15 175
P7000.AC0300 300 200 100 210 260 160 260 15 200
P7000.AC0350 350 250 100 260 310 210 310 15 245
P7000.AC0400 400 275 180 286 360 180 360 15 255
P7000.AC0450 450 305 180 318 410 230 410 15 300
P7000.AC0500 500 355 180 365 460 280 460 15 345
P7000.AC0550 550 400 180 224 510 280 510 15 400
P7000.AC0600 600 440 180 224 560 280 560 15 450

30 Kg load per pair - stainless
Material
Stainless steel AISI 304. Bright
finish.
Technical Notes
Positive stop.
Important Notes
as single slides.
Slide Slide
Max. load X
Order No. length travel c d e f
Kg/pair g
sl tr
P7100.AC0200 200 210 415 - - - 30 280
P7100.AC0250 250 260 515 85 210 - 30 345
P7100.AC0300 300 310 615 160 260 260 30 415
P7100.AC0350 350 360 715 210 310 310 30 500
P7100.AC0400 400 410 815 180 360 360 30 590
P7100.AC0450 450 460 915 230 410 410 30 645
P7100.AC0500 500 510 1015 280 460 460 30 705
P7100.AC0550 550 560 1100 230 352 352 30 740

lever disconnect - 45 Kg load per pair - stainless
Material
Stainless steel AISI 304. Bright
finish.
Technical Notes
disconnect lever.
Important Notes
as single slides.
Slide Slide Max.

Order No. length travel c d e f g h load X
sl tr Kg/pair g
P7200.AC0300 300 312 128 - - - - - 45 500

P7200.AC0350 350 362 128 - - - - - 45 590
P7200.AC0400 400 412 128 224 - - - - 45 670
P7200.AC0450 450 462 128 224 - - - - 45 775
P7200.AC0500 500 512 128 224 320 - 320 - 45 830
P7200.AC0550 550 562 128 224 352 - 352 - 45 910
P7200.AC0600 600 612 128 224 352 416 352 - 45 990
P7200.AC0700 700 705 320 514 630 255 450 630 45 1100

ov-rotary-and-torque-dampers - Updated - 12-01-2017
Torque Dampers
Rotary &
ea le mp s c ks ad
do e
le
he
d ve er on r la s
i
pi
ba s id nt r bl ub
c
vo hi he
th n
in g s
p k
ge es ca
s
w ns g d el
i
ex re io ra mo n
t he in he tc
as
ro tc
m dc h
ag on e
ed ase th he g m
u
st fu ad bi-d min
in
su b s ce s f
ni nc jus ire i
hi
ne tro s
in
ay
rfa od tay s
i w -d tio ta ct ca
bl io
y s
in n e
do tic l c an i
le g r a g
ng s e na m
bi ce lat s
or to or d
cy -d mo ch d ve ha ct l h rip l la ndrc
at
uc ne la us
m
st io an tc
lin ire un es
es
so
ay h r tc t p ch le l
in in
na d
l
he
ft
s la hi h de cti ts ro l esto
ro es atc s
he
c
tc n e of
ro clos no set h i cy r l ona s
f d ing n in lin oc l ay los
l
h ge s la ta pu fin sli
s pa sta us co sta -m ges de ks hi e d tch ry s ge de
an
s a dl
e
ng r e h rh l
ro dd inle h ntr ys ra ag ca r l es a n kn an at lo
ta le ss s t-h ol dia ne m oc g dl ck
e s
w st d o b
ch
ry la tee a la l loc tic la ks st li se
ay ft co s ep t
p or s l latch es
an tch l lat nd tch ks c lat tch
Torque Dampers
d es che le es am ch es in sof tu ry lo d ca e off
to c s s lo le con es g t o rn ck e m d hi
rq om prin ck af trol pa ha pen la lat s s a ng
ue pr g l s hin ad k m es
ju nuc
dd ndl ing tch ches
es oa lid g st k
es
se p
da si de ab le
le e lo sta es
y r a l f er
le ca
m on l d l sta la ck s t c s
dr tch tc s
l-h ch lo
pe atc atc ys aw e
s
pu an et si he
rs hes hes la s
tc
pr h
un sh dle st ng
og
ba i-d la lo ay
ir t c s
Wixroyd Torque Dampers Q0400
with partial rotation angle
-Q1060
Wixroyd torque dampers offer controlled opening and closing of lids, drawers, covers and much more, they
provide a wide range of solutions for a variety of applications creating smooth movement and function.
Though unnoticed in many applications, torque dampers are a vital part of many products bringing quality,
safety and durability. Torque dampers provide quality movement enhancing both touch and feel.
Torque dampers utilise the movement of fluid forced from one chamber to another via a rotor. Operating principle
Dampening speed is dependent upon the viscosity of the fluid and the diameter of the fluid aperture.
To calculate the torque for your application, the following measurements are necessary. w Torque calculation
t (torque) = w x 0.5 x h
h
h = length from pivot point to end of lid (cm)
t
w = weight of the lid (Kg)
Torque force stated per product (see individual product pages),

is the maximum torque to which the specified part can be exposed
before the dampening force yields and hence dampening is overcome.
Torque damper Torque Torque Kgf.cm Table of torque

Part no.
range Kgf.cm 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 dampers: Torque ranges
Starting position
5° (Dead angle)
Q0400 115°
Ending position
15 - 35
(Dead angle)
5°
Starting position
5° (Dead angle)
Q0420 120°
Ending position
10 - 25
(Dead angle)
5°
starting position
(dead angle)
5° 110°
Q0422 5°
10 - 35
ending position
(dead angle)
5° Starting position
(Dead angle)
125°
Q0430 Ending position 20 - 30
(Dead angle)
5°
Starting position
(Dead angle)
5° 125°
Q0440 120°
Ending position
8 - 25
(Dead angle)
5°
starting position
(dead angle)
5° 110°
Q0460 5°
10 - 18
ending position
(dead angle)
starting position
(dead angle)
5° 110°
Q0462 5°
10 - 30
ending position
(dead angle)
Starting position
5° (Dead angle)
Q1000 115°
Ending position 30 - 70
(Dead angle)
5°
Starting position
5° (Dead angle)
Q1002 115°
(Dead angle)
5°
Starting position
(Dead angle)
5° 125°
Q1010 120°
Ending position
30 - 50
(Dead angle)
5°
Starting position
5° (Dead angle)
Q1050 120°
(Dead angle)
5°
Starting position
5° (Dead angle)
Q1060 120°
(Dead angle)
5°
wixroyd.com
Torque Dampers Q0400
uni-directional - 115°operating angle
Material
Shaft: PBT plastic. White for
anti-clockwise version, grey for
clockwise version. Different torque
forces marked by colour coded dot
on shaft.
Technical Notes
115°operating angle, additional 5°
dead angle at start/end position.
Tested to over 100,000 cycles.
Tips
Provide smooth and quiet motion of
lids, covers etc. Ideal for special
purpose machines, air conditioning
units etc.
Important Notes
Torque calculation:
T (Kgf.cm) = W (Kg) X 0.5 x H (cm).
W (Kg) is weight of cover/lid, H
(cm) is distance between fulcrum
and cover/lid's opening edge.
Operating Torque Torque colour X

Order No. Type Shaft colour
angle Kgf.cm marking g
Q0400.AC0010 Anti-Clockwise White 115° 15 - 25 Blue 38
Q0400.AC0020 Anti-Clockwise White 115° 25 - 35 Red 38
Q0400.AC0110 Clockwise Grey 115° 15 - 25 Blue 38
Q0400.AC0120 Clockwise Grey 115° 25 - 35 Red 38

Torque Dampers - Compact Q0420
Material
on shaft.
Technical Notes
Tips
units etc.
Important Notes
Torque calculation:
Operating Torque Torque colour X

angle Kgf.cm marking g
Q0420.AW0010 Anti-Clockwise White 120° 10,2 - 17,3 Green 16
Q0420.AW0020 Anti-Clockwise White 120° 17,3 - 25,5 Black 16
Q0420.AW0110 Clockwise Grey 120° 10,2 - 17,3 Green 16
Q0420.AW0120 Clockwise Grey 120° 17,3 - 25,5 Black 16

Material
Shaft: POM plastic. White for
anti-clockwise version, black for
clockwise version.
Oil: silicone oil.
Tips
Provides smooth and quiet motion
of lids, covers etc. Ideal for special
units etc.
Important Notes
Rated torques measured at rotation
speed of 20rpm, at 23°C.
Values ±20%.
Max. rotation speed 50rpm.
Max. cycle rate 10 cycle/min.
Operating temperature, -5°to
50°C.
Design tested to 50,000 cycles.
Torque X Torque calculation:

Order No. Damping direction Shaft colour Operating angle T(Kg.cm)=W(Kg) x H(cm) x 9.8/2.
kgf.cm g
W(Kg) is weight of cover/lid, H(cm)
Q0422.AW0110 Clockwise Black 110° 10 14 is distance between fulcrum and
Q0422.AW0010 Anti-clockwise White 110° 10 14 cover/lid's opening edge.
Q0422.AW0120 Clockwise Black 110° 20 14
Q0422.AW0020 Anti-clockwise White 110° 20 14 Q0422 is designed to generate a
Q0422.AW0130 Clockwise Black 110° 30 14 large torque just before a lid,
Q0422.AW0030 Anti-clockwise White 110° 30 14 closing
from a vertical position; comes to
full closure. See diagram a.
Q0422 should not be used for a lid

closing from a horizontal start
position, as the damper torque
generated, just prior to closing, is
too great causing the lid not to fully
close. See diagram b.

Material
Shaft: POM plastic. White for
anti-clockwise version, black for
clockwise version.
Oil: silicone oil.
Tips
units etc.
Important Notes
Values ±20%.
50°C.
Torque calculation:
T(Kg.cm)=W(Kg) x H(cm) x 9.8/2.
is distance between fulcrum and
cover/lid's opening edge.
Q0422 is designed to generate a

large torque just before a lid,
closing


Torque Dampers Q0430
Material
on shaft.
Technical Notes
Tips
units etc.
Important Notes
Torque calculation:
Operating Damping Torque colour X

angle torque Kgf.cm marking g
Q0430.AC0010 Anti-Clockwise White 125° 20,4 - 26,5 Blue 20
Q0430.AC0020 Anti-Clockwise White 125° 24,5 - 30,6 Red 20
Q0430.AC0110 Clockwise Grey 125° 20,4 - 26,5 Blue 20
Q0430.AC0120 Clockwise Grey 125° 24,5 - 30,6 Red 20

Material
on shaft.
Technical Notes
Tips
units etc.
Important Notes
Torque calculation:
Operating Torque colour X

Order No. Type Shaft colour Torque Kgf.cm
angle marking g
Q0440.AC0010 Anti-Clockwise White 120° 8,2 - 15,3 Blue 10
Q0440.AC0020 Anti-Clockwise White 120° 15,3 - 25,5 Red 10
Q0440.AC0110 Clockwise Grey 120° 8,2 - 15,3 Blue 10
Q0440.AC0120 Clockwise Grey 120° 15,3 - 25,5 Red 10

Material
Body: polybutylene terephthalate
(PBT).
Shaft: polybutylene sulphide (PPS).
White for anti-clockwise version,
black for clockwise version.
Oil: silicone oil.
Tips
units etc.
Important Notes
Values ±20%.
50°C.
Torque calculation:
T(Kgf.cm)=W(Kg) x H(cm) x 9.8/2.
Return Q0460 is designed to generate a

Damping
damping X large torque just before a lid,
Order No. Damping direction Shaft colour Operating angle torque
torque g closing
Kgf.cm
Kgf.cm from a vertical position; comes to
Q0460.AW0110 Clockwise Black 110° 10 3 10
Q0460.AW0010 Anti-clockwise White 110° 10 3 10 Q0460 should not be used for a lid
Q0460.AW0115 Clockwise Black 110° 15 5 10 closing from a horizontal start
Q0460.AW0015 Anti-clockwise White 110° 15 5 10 position, as the damper torque
Q0460.AW0118 Clockwise Black 110° 18 8 10 generated, just prior to closing, is
Q0460.AW0018 Anti-clockwise White 110° 18 8 10 too great causing the lid not to fully

Material
(PBT).
Oil: silicone oil.
Tips
units etc.
Important Notes
Values ±20%.
50°C.
Torque calculation:

closing


with keyway - uni-directional - 110°operating angle
Material
(PBT).
Oil: silicone oil.
Tips
units etc.
Important Notes
speed of 20rpm, at 23°C. Values
±20%. Max. rotation speed 50rpm.
Max cycle rate 10 cycle/min.
50°C. Design tested to 50,000
cycles. Meets RoHS standards.
Torque calculation:

Return large torque just before a lid,
Damping closing
damping X
Order No. Damping direction Shaft colour Operating angle torque from a vertical position; comes to
torque g
Kgf.cm full closure. See diagram a.
Kgf.cm
Q0462.AW0110 Clockwise Black 110° 10 2 12 Q0462 should not be used for a lid
Q0462.AW0010 Anti-clockwise White 110° 10 2 12 closing from a horizontal start
Q0462.AW0120 Clockwise Black 110° 20 4 12 position, as the damper torque
Q0462.AW0020 Anti-clockwise White 110° 20 4 12
Q0462.AW0130 Clockwise Black 110° 30 8 12
Q0462.AW0030 Anti-clockwise White 110° 30 8 12

with keyway - uni-directional - 110°operating angle
Material
(PBT).
Oil: silicone oil.
Tips
units etc.
Important Notes
speed of 20rpm, at 23°C. Values
±20%. Max. rotation speed 50rpm.
Max cycle rate 10 cycle/min.
50°C. Design tested to 50,000
cycles. Meets RoHS standards.
Torque calculation:

closing


Soft Closing Hinge Set - Complete Q1000
with torque dampers - 115°operating angle
Material
Pin: PBT plastic. Bracket: PBT plastic
with polypropylene cap.
Technical Notes
Temperature range -20°to 60°C.
Tips
units etc.
For further details of torque damper
used in hinge refer to part Q0400.
Sold as a matching pair (left/right).
Important Notes
Torque calculation:
Operating Torque per pair and cover/lid's opening edge.
Order No. Damping direction Contains damper
angle Kgf.cm
Q1000.AC0025 1 x Clockwise 1 off Q0400.AC0010 & Q0400.AC0110 115° 30 - 50
1 x Anti-Clockwise
Q1000.AC0035 1 x clockwise 1 off Q0400.AC0020 & Q0400.AC0120 115° 50 - 70
1 x Anti-Clockwise

Soft Closing Hinge - Complete Q1002
Material
Body: stainless steel, AISI 304. Pin:
PBT plastic.
Bracket: PBT plastic with
polypropylene cap.
Technical Notes
Tips
units etc.
Sold as individual piece.
Important Notes
Torque calculation:
Damping Operating Torque per pair

Order No. Damping direction Contains damper
action angle Kgf.cm
Q1002.AC0050 Anti-Clockwise Closing 1 off Q0400.AC0010 & Q0400.AC0110 115° 60 - 100
Q1002.AC0055 Anti-Clockwise Opening 1 off Q0400.AC0010 & Q0400.AC0110 115° 60 - 100
Q1002.AC0070 Clockwise Closing 1 off Q0400.AC0020 & Q0400.AC0120 115° 100 - 140
Q1002.AC0075 Clockwise Opening 1 off Q0400.AC0020 & Q0400.AC0120 115° 100 - 140

Material
Technical Notes
Soft closing damper hinge prevents
lids from slamming shut. 115°
operating , additional 5°dead
angle at start/end position.
Tips
Sold as a matching pair (left/right).
Important Notes
Torque calculation:
Torque per pair

Order No. Contains damper
Kgf.cm
Q1010.AC0050 1 off Q0440.AC0010 & Q0440.AC0110 30 - 51

Material
Hinge mounting plate: aluminium,
black.
Hinge bracket: polyacetal, black.
Face plate: ABS plastic, black or
white finish.
Technical Notes
operating angle, additional 5°dead
Tips
Sold as matching pair (left/right).
Important Notes
Torque calculation:
Torque per pair X

Order No. Contains damper Type Finish g
Kgf.cm
per pair
Q1050.AC0035 1 off Q0420.AC0010 & Q420.AC0110 Hinge Black 20 - 34 91
Q1050.AC9010 - Face Plate Black - 12
Q1050.AC9020 - Face Plate White - 12

Material
Hinge mounting plate: aluminium,
black.
Hinge bracket: polyacetal, black.
Face plate: ABS plastic, black or
white finish.
Technical Notes
operating angle, additional 5°dead
Please note the hinge itself is black
for both models. The cover plate is
either black or white.
Tips
Sold as matching pair (left/right).
Important Notes
Torque calculation:
Torque per pair Xg

Order No. Contains damper Type Finish
Kgf.cm per pair
Q1060.AC0180 1 off Q0420.AC0010 & Q0420.AC0110 Hinge White 61 - 81 103

ea le mp s c ks ad
do e
le
he
d ve er on r la s
i
pi
ba s id nt r bl ub
c
vo hi he
th n
in g s
p k
ge es ca
s
w ns g d el
i
ex re io ra mo n
t he in he tc
as
ro tc
m dc h
ag on e
ed ase th he g m
u
st fu ad bi-d min
in
su b s ce s f
ni nc jus ire i
hi
ne tro s
in
ay
rfa od tay s
i w -d tio ta ct ca
bl io
y s
in n e
do tic l c an i
le g r a g
ng s e na m
bi ce lat s
or to or d
at
uc ne la us
m
st io an tc
lin ire un es
es
so
in in
na d
l
he
ft
s la hi h de cti ts ro l esto
ro es atc s
he
c
tc n e of
l
an
s a dl
e
ng r e h rh l
e s
w st d o b
ch
ry la tee a la l loc tic la ks st li se
ay ft co s ep t
p or s l latch es
an tch l lat nd tch ks c lat tch
Rotary Dampers
ju nuc
dd ndl ing tch ches
es oa lid g st k
es
se p
da si de ab le
le e lo sta es
y r a l f er
le ca
dr tch tc s
l-h ch lo
pe atc atc ys aw e
s
pu an et si he
rs hes hes la s
tc
pr h
un sh dle st ng
og
ba i-d la lo ay
ir t c s
Rotary Dampers Q3000
bi or uni-directional continuous rotation
-Q3060
Wixroyd rotary dampers offer controlled opening and closing of lids, drawers, covers and much more, they Solution for
provide a range of solutions for a variety of applications creating smooth movement and function. controlled opening and
Though unnoticed in many applications, rotary dampers are a vital part of many products bringing quality, closing motion
safety and durability. Rotary dampers provide quality movement enhancing both touch and feel. Available in
unidirectional (single) dampening, or bi-directional (double) version. Also available with or without gears.
Rotary dampers utilise the principle of fluid resistance to reduce the speed of moving parts. The oil viscosity Rotary dampers
is utilised to provide the “braking force” of the damper. The torque or “braking force” can be adjusted by
changing the viscosity of the oil. The advantages of the rotary type dampers are their compact size.
• Loading trays for CD, DVD, VCR, MD players. Applications

• Arm rests, ashtrays, center consoles, glove boxes, handles and storage compartments in
passenger vehicles.
• Camcorders, cellular phones and small personal devices.
Rotary dampers utilise the movement Part no. Q3200 to Q3260 Operating principle
of fluid forced from one chamber to Max.
another via a rotor. Dampening speed 50rpm
speed
is dependent upon the viscosity of Max.
the fluid and the diameter of the 10 cycles/min
cycle rate
fluid aperture. Nominal At 20rpm,
Through the use of toothed plastic torque rating 23°C (73°F)
rack no. Q3150, rotary dampers with Operating 0 to 50°C
gears can be used to dampen on a temperature (32 - 122F°)
linear plane rather than the normal Storage -20 to 60°C
dampening directly at the shaft. temperature (-4 to 140°F)
To calculate the torque for your application, the following measurements are necessary. Torque calculation
w Note
Dampening direction is
h = length from pivot point to end of lid (cm) determined whilst looking
w = weight of the lid (Kg) directly onto the output shaft.
h
Important
Torque force stated per product (see individual product pages), t Avoid side loading of the disk
is the maximum torque to which the specified part can be exposed damper output shaft in order
before the dampening force yields and hence dampening is overcome. to maximise effectiveness.
Important note: Once calculation has been made choose a disk damper from our range which can
accommodate the newly calculated torque of the application. Use the damper closing speed graphs
opposite to confirm that the rpm given at the corresponding torque value matches the desired
lid closing speed. If the desired rpm is beyond the capacity of the selected damper, then select
another damper with a higher torque rating and re-test.
If the rpm is too slow select another damper with a lower torque rating and re-test.
wixroyd.com
Rotary Dampers
product selection chart
Product selection chart Rotary dampers

Damping Torque Torque gf.cm
Part no.
direction gf.cm 20 40 60 80 100 200 300 400 500 1000 1500
Q3000 Two way 10 - 40
Q3020 Two way 20 - 100
Q3022 Two way 50 - 150
Q3024 Two way 50 - 150
Q3026 Two way 15 - 50

see our website for our full range:
Q3027 Two way 15 - 50

wixroyd.com
Q3028 Two way 15 - 50
Q3029 Two way 70 - 150
Q3031 Two way 50 - 150
Q3032 Two way 50 - 100
Q3033 Two way 50 - 150
Q3036 Two way 15 - 50
Q3040 One/two way 200 - 300

wixroyd.com
available on
Q3042 Two way 100 - 400
Q3044 Two way 100 - 400
Q3060 One/two way 500 - 1500

Rotary Dampers
torque closing speed graphs
Follow the torque calculation formula opposite and utilise the following torque closing speed graphs to ensure Torque closing
the selected rotary damper best suits you application. speed graphs
Q3000 Torque graphs for

temperature and speed
gf.cm
gf.cm
50
70 .AC0040 & AC0140
40 60
.AC0030 & AC0130

50
30 .AC0040 & AC0140
40
.AC0020 & AC0120
.AC0030 & AC0130
20 30
.AC0020 & AC0120
20 .AC0010 & AC0110
10
.AC0010 & AC0110 10
10 20 30 40 50 60 °C 3 10 20 30 40 50 60 rpm
Torque at different temperature (constant 20rpm) Torque at different speed (constant 23°C)
Q3020
gf.cm
gf.cm
200
140
.AC0100 & AC0200
120 160
100
120
.AC0060 & AC0160
80
.AC0100 & AC0200
.AC0040 & AC0140
40 80
.AC0030 & AC0130
.AC0060 & AC0160
60
.AC0040 & AC0140 .AC0020 & AC0120
40
20 .AC0030 & AC0130
.AC0020 & AC0120
10 20 30 40 50 60 °C 3 10 20 30 40 50 60 rpm
Q3040
gf.cm
gf.cm
500 .AC003x & AC013x

400
400
300 .AC002x & AC012x
.AC003x & AC013x 300
200
.AC002x & AC012x 200
100
100
10 20 30 40 50 60 °C 3 10 20 30 40 50 60 rpm
Q3060
gf.cm
gf.cm
.AC0015 & AC0017
2000 2000
.AC0010 & AC0102

1500 1500
.AC0015 & AC0017
1000 1000
.AC0005 & AC0007
.AC0010 & AC0102
500 500
.AC0005 & AC0007
10 20 30 40 50 60 °C 3 10 20 30 40 50 60 rpm
wixroyd.com
bi-directional - continuous rotation - up to 40 gf.cm
Material
Body: polycarbonate
Shaft: polyacetal
Gear: polyacetal
Technical Notes
Gear Specification:
Type - Standard Spur Gear
Tooth - Involute (full)
Module - 0.6mm
Pressure Angle - 20°
Number of Teeth - 10
Pitch Circle Diameter - 6mm
Temperature range 0°to +50°.
Tips
Create smooth movement and
dampening in applications such as
loading trays, arm rests and storage
compartments.
For graphs of torque at varying
temperature and speed, see
Torque Closing Speed Graphs
earlier in this section.
Referral
Toothed plastic rack for use with
this part available, see Q3150.
Damping
Order No. Type torque X
gf.cm g
Q3000.AC0010 Without Gear 10 0,32

Q3000.AC0110 With Gear 10 0,41
Q3000.AC0120 With Gear 20 0,41
Q3000.AC0130 With Gear 30 0,41
Q3000.AC0140 With Gear 40 0,41

bi-directional - continuous rotation - up to 100 gf.cm
Material
Body: polycarbonate
Shaft: polyacetal
Gear: polyacetal
Technical Notes
Gear Specification:
Type - Standard Spur Gear
Module - 0.5mm
Temperature range 0°to +50°c.
Tips
compartments.
Referral
Damping
Order No. Type torque X
gf.cm g
Q3020.AC0020 Without Gear 20 0.6

Q3020.AC0120 With Gear 20 0,8
Q3020.AC0130 With Gear 30 0,8
Q3020.AC0140 With Gear 45 0,8
Q3020.AC0160 With Gear 60 0,8
Q3020.AC0200 With Gear 100 0,8

bi-directional - continuous rotation - up to 150gf.cm
Material
Polycetal (POM), Polycarbonate (PC)
Tips
compartments. Subject to minimum
order quantity.
Pitch circle
Order No. Type No. of teeth Gear Module Pressure angle Tourque gf.cm
diameter P.C.D
Q3022.AC0150 With gear 11 0,8 8,8 20° 50-150
l2
Order No. d1 l1 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6 h1 h2 h3 w1 w2
± 0,1
Q3022.AC0150 10,4 23,9 15 2,5 2,2 15 4,1 18,9 7,55 4,2 1,85 6,7 2,2

Material
thermoplastic (ABS), Polycetal
(POM).
Tips
order quantity.
Pitch circle
Order No. Type No. of teeth Gear Module diameter Pressure angle Tourque gf.cm
P.C.D
Q3026.AC0050 With gear 11 0,6 6 20° 15-50
Order No. l1 d1 l2 d2 d3 d4 w1 w2 h1 h2 h3
Q3026.AC0050 19 10 14 7,2 2,1 2,5 6 2,1 5,9 2,7 1,5

Material
(POM).
Tips
order quantity.
Pitch circle
diameter P.C.D
Q3027.AC0050 With gear 11 0,6 6,6 20° 15-50
Order No. l1 d1 l2 d2 h1 h2 h3 w1
Q3027.AC0050 16,7 7,8 13,85 10,2 5 1,5 2,5 5

Material
Polycarbonate (PC), polycetal
(POM).
Tips
order quantity.
Pitch circle
diameter P.C.D
Q3028.AC0050 With gear 11 0,6 6,6 20° 15-50
Order No. d1 l1 w1 w2 d2 d3 h1 h2 h3 angle

Q3028.AC0050 7,8 7 5,0 5,8 10,2 2,2 5 2,5 1,5 60°

Material
(POM).
Tips
order quantity.
Pitch circle
diameter P.C.D
Q3029.AC0150 With gear 11 0,8 8,8 20° 70-150
Order No. d1 l1 d2 l2 l3 h1 h2 h3 w1
Q3029.AC0150 15,1 1,6 3,9 3,9 2 7,6 3 4,2 11

bi-directional - continuous rotation - up to 150gf.cm - snap-in
Material
Polycetal (POM), polycarbonate (PC)
Tips
order quantity.
Pitch circle
diameter P.C.D
Q3031.AC0150 With gear 13 0,8 10,4 20° 50-150
Order No. l1 d1 l2 l3 h1 h2 h3 d2 w1 w2
Q3031.AC0150 24 15 22,5 18,7 7,5 4 2,21 12 7 3

Material
Tips
order quantity.
Pitch circle
diameter P.C.D
Q3032.AC0100 With gear 11 0,8 8,8 20° 50-100
Order No. l1 d1 d2 h1 h2 h3 w1 w2
Q3032.AC0100 19,65 15 10,4 7,55 2,52 2,9 7 2,9

Material
(POM).
Tips
order quantity.
Pitch circle
diameter P.C.D
Q3033.AC0150 With gear 16 0,8 12,8 20° 50-150
Order No. l1 h1 d1 d2 h2 h3 h4 w1 w2
Q3033.AC0150 22,5 9,2 15 14 4,5 4 2,2 7,0 3,0

Material
Polycetal (POM), polycarbonate
(PC).
Tips
order quantity.
Pitch circle
diameter P.C.D
Q3036.AC0050 With gear 11 0,8 8,8 20° 15-50
Order No. l1 d1 d2 h1 h2 h3 h4 w1 w2
Q3036.AC0050 24,5 15,2 10,4 7,8 8,2 4,3 3,7 7 2,5

uni- and bi-directional - continuous rotation - up to 300 gf.cm
Material
Gear: polyacetal.
Oil: silicone oil.
Technical Notes
Gear specification:
Type - standard spur gear
Tooth - involute (full)
Module - 0.8
Pressure angle - 20°
Number of teeth - 11
Pitch circle diameter - 8.8
Tips
temperature and speed see torque
closing speed graphs.
Important Notes
Rotation speed of 20rpm, at 23°C.
Values ±20%.
Operating temperature, 0°to 50°C.
Meets RoHS standards.
Damping X
Order No. Type Dampening direction Shaft material
torque gf.cm g
Q3040.AWC00 Without Gear 200 Bi-directional Polyacetal 2,1
20
Q3040.AW0030 Without Gear 300 Bi-directional Polyacetal 2,1
Q3040.AW0120 With Gear 200 Bi-directional Polyacetal 2,4
Q3040.AW0130 With Gear 300 Bi-directional Polyacetal 2,4
Q3040.AW0031 Without Gear 300 Clockwise Metal 3,2
Q3040.AW0131 With Gear 300 Clockwise Metal 3,5
Q3040.AW0032 Without Gear 300 Anti-clockwise Metal 3,2
Q3040.AW0132 With Gear 300 Anti-clockwise Metal 3,5

Material
Tips
order quantity.
Pitch
Gear Press
Damping No. of Circle Torque
Order no. Modul ure l1 w1 w2 h1 h2 h3
Direction Teeth diamet gf/cm
e angle
er PCD
Q3042.AC0400 Anti-clockwise 11 0,6 8,8 20 80-120 27,5 15 3,2 14 8,5 1,5
Q3042.AC0410 Clockwise 11 0,6 8,8 20 80-120 27,5 15 3,2 14 8,5 1,5
Q3042.AC0420 Anti-clockwise 11 0,6 8,8 20 60-80 27,5 15 3,2 14 8,5 1,5
Q3042.AC0430 Clockwise 11 0,6 8,8 20 60-80 27,5 15 3,2 14 8,5 1,5

Material
(POM).
Tips
order quantity.
Pitch circle
diameter P.C.D
Q3044.AC0400 With gear 11 0,6 8,8 20° 100-400
Order No. l1 d1 d2 l2 h1 h2 h3 h4 w1
Q3044.AC0400 27,5 15 10,4 21 13,6 8,6 4 2 10

uni- and bi-directional - continuous rotation - up to 1500 gf.cm
Material
Body: polycarbonate
Shaft: polyacetal
Gear: polyacetal
Technical Notes
Gear specification:
Type - Modified Spur Gear
Module - 1.0mm
Temperature Range 0°to +50°C.
Tips
Referral
Order No. Order No. Torque X

Dampening direction Shaft type
W/O Gear With Gear gf.cm g
Q3060.AC0005 Q3060.AC0405 500 Clockwise Polyacetal 11.8
Q3060.AC0006 Q3060.AC0406 500 Anti-Clockwise Polyacetal 11.8
Q3060.AC0007 Q3060.AC0407 500 Bi-Directional Polyacetal 8,3
Q3060.AC0010 Q3060.AC0410 1000 Clockwise Polyacetal 11,8
Q3060.AC0011 Q3060.AC0411 1000 Anti-Clockwise Polyacetal 11,8
Q3060.AC0015 Q3060.AC0415 1500 Clockwise Polyacetal 11,8
Q3060.AC0016 Q3060.AC0416 1500 Anti-Clockwise Polyacetal 11,8

Toothed Rack - Module 0,5 to 1,0 Q3150
for use with rotary dampers Q3000 to Q3060
Material
Plastic
Technical Notes
For use with our geared rotary
dampers Q3000 to Q3060.
Referral
Longer versions are available on
request, subject to minimum
quantity.
Order No. Module Type a b c

Q3150.AC0052 0,5 Rigid 250 4 6,0
Q3150.AC0062 0,6 Rigid 250 4 6,0
Q3150.AC0082 0,8 Rigid 250 6 8,0
Q3150.AC0102 1,0 Rigid 250 10 10,0

ea le mp s c ks ad
do e
le
he
d ve er on r la s
i
pi
ba s id nt r bl ub
c
vo hi he
k
DISCOVER
p
th n
g s
ge es ca
s
w ns g d el
i
ex re io ra mo n
t he in he tc
as
WIXR OYD.COM
ro tc
m dc h
ag on e
ed ase th he g m
u
st fu ad bi-d min
in
su b s ce s f
ni nc jus ire i
hi
ne tro s
in
ay
rfa od tay s
i w -d tio ta ct ca
bl io
y s
in n e
do tic l c an i
le g r a g
ng s e na m
bi ce lat s
or to or d
at
uc ne la us
m
st io an tc
lin ire un es
es
so
in in
na d
l
he
s la hi h de cti ts
ft ro l esto
ro es atc s
he
c
tc n e of
l
an
s a dl
e
ng r e h rh l
e s
w st d o b
ch
ry la tee a la l loc tic la ks st li se ep t
Disk Dampers
ay ft co s p or s l latch es
an tch l lat nd tch ks c lat tch sw s and nda li ed qu ift es
ju nuc
dd ndl ing tch ches
es oa lid g st k
es
se p
da si de ab le
le e lo sta es
y r a l f er
le ca
dr tch tc s
l-h ch lo
pe atc atc ys aw e
s
pu an et si he
rs hes hes la s
tc
pr h
un sh dle st ng
og
ba i-d la lo ay
ir t c s
Disk Dampers
bi or uni-directional continuous rotation Q3200 to Q3260
Wixroyd disk dampers offer controlled opening and closing of lids, drawers, covers and much more, they Solution for controlled
provide a range of solutions for a variety of applications creating smooth movement and function. Though opening and closing
unnoticed in many applications, disk dampers are a vital part of many products bringing quality, safety and motion
durability.
Disk dampers provide quality movement enhancing both touch and feel. Available in uni-directional (single)
dampening, or bi-directional (double) version.
Disk dampers
Disk dampers utilise the principle of fluid resistance to reduce the speed of moving parts. The oil viscosity Introduction
is utilised to provide the “braking force” of the damper. The torque or “braking force” can be adjusted by
changing the viscosity of the oil.
• Loading trays for CD, DVD, VCR, • Arm rests, ashtrays, center • Camcorders, cellular phones Applications
MD players. consoles, glove boxes, handles and small personal devices.
and storage compartments in
passenger vehichles.
Disk dampers utilise the movement Part no. Q3200 to Q3260 Operating principle and
of fluid forced from one chamber Max. general specification
to another via a rotor. Dampening 50rpm
speed
speed is dependent upon the Max.
viscosity of the fluid and the 12 cycles/min
cycle rate
diameter of the fluid aperture. Nominal At 20rpm,
Through the use of toothed plastic torque rating 23°C (73°F)
rack no. Q3150, disk dampers can Operating -10 to 50°C
be used to dampen on a linear temperature (14 - 122F°)
plane rather than the normal Storage -20 to 60°C
dampening directly at the shaft. temperature (-4 to 140°F)
To calculate the torque for your application, the following measurements are necessary. Torque calculation
w Note
Dampening direction is
h = length from pivot point to end of lid (cm) determined whilst looking
w = weight of the lid (Kg) h directly onto the output shaft.
Important
Torque force stated per product (see individual product pages), t
Avoid side loading of the disk
is the maximum torque to which the specified part can be exposed damper output shaft in order
before the dampening force yields and hence dampening is overcome. to maximise effectiveness.
Important note: Once calculation has been made choose a disk damper from our range which can
accommodate the newly calculated torque of the application. Use the damper closing speed graphs
opposite to confirm that the rpm given at the corresponding torque value matches the desired
lid closing speed. If the desired rpm is beyond the capacity of the selected damper, then select
another damper with a higher torque rating and re-test.
If the rpm is too slow select another damper with a lower torque rating and re-test.
wixroyd.com
Disk Dampers
torque closing speed graphs
Disk dampers Rotary dampers

Damping Torque Torque Kgf/cm
Part no.
direction Kgf/cm 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
Q3200 Two way 47
Q3220 Two way 67 - 87
Q3240 One way 55
Q3260 One way 20 - 85

kgf.cm
kgf.cm
Torque graphs for Q3200 100
80
temperature and speed 80
Follow the torque calculation 60 .AC0047
.AC0047
formula opposite and utilise 60
the following torque closing 40

40
speed graphs to ensure the

20
selected disk damper best 20
suits you application.

10 20 30 40 50 60 °C 10 20 30 40 50 60 rpm
kgf.cm
kgf.cm
Q3220 .AC0087
wixroyd.com
10 10
see our website for
.AC0067
our full range:
8 .AC0087 8
6 .AC0067 6
4 4
2 2
10 20 30 40 50 60 °C 10 20 30 40 50 60 rpm
kgf.cm
kgf.cm
Q3240 120
140
100
120
100 80
80 .AC0057 & AC0157

60
60 .AC0057 & AC0157

40
40
20
20
-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 °C 1 3 5 10 20 30 40 rpm
kgf.cm
kgf.cm
Q3260 30 30
.AC0047 & AC0147

25
see our website for our full range:
.AC0047 & AC0147

20 20
15
wixroyd.com
10 10
-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 °C 20 40 rpm
kgf.cm
kgf.cm
160
120
140
100 .AC0063 & AC0163

120
.AC0063 & AC0163

100 80
80
60
60
40
40
20
20
-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 °C 1 2 5 10 20 30 40 rpm

Disk Dampers Q3200
bi-directional - continuous rotation - up to 47 Kgf.cm
Material
Body: iron (SPFC).
Shaft: nylon (with glass).
Oil: silicone.
Important Notes
Rotational speed 20rpm at 23°±3C°
Rotational speed 50rpm max.
Cycle rate 12 cycle/min.
Dampers are both clockwise and
counter clockwise.
Damper can only take torque load.
Damping torque X
Order No. Dampening direction
(±.5) Nm g
Q3200.AC0030 3 Bi-directional 75

Disk Dampers Q3220
bi-directional - continuous rotation - up to 87 Kgf.cm
Material
Body: steel
Socket: nylon with glass fibre
Operating fluid: silicone oil.
Tips
Important Notes
Temperature range -10°c to +50°c.
Rotational speed 50 rpm max.
Cycle rate 12 cycles/min.
External support for shaft required.
Damping torque Max weight X

Order No.
Kgf.cm Kg g
Q3220.AC0067 67 0,12 92
Q3220.AC0087 87 0,12 112

Disk Dampers Q3240
uni-directional - continuous direction - up to 55 Kgf.cm
Material
Body: iron (SPFC).
Shaft: nylon (with glass).
Oil: silicone.
Technical Notes
When inserting shaft, insert by
rotating shaft in opposite direction
to the dampening direction.
Important Notes
Temperature range -10° to 50°C.
Rotational speed 20rpm at
23°±3C°.
Cycle rate 12 cycle/min.
Dampers are both clockwise and
counter clockwise.
Shaft: recommended shaft size Ø10,
hardness HRC55, roughness 1.02 or
lower
Damping torque X
(±.5) Nm g
Q3240.AC0040 4,0 Clockwise 94
Q3240.AC0140 4,0 Counter-clockwise 94

Disk Dampers Q3260
uni-directional - continuous direction - up to 85 Kgf.cm
Material
Body: steel
Socket: nylon with glass fibre.
Operating fluid: silicone oil.
Technical Notes
Shaft specifications:
Min hardness - 55HRC (min 0.5mm
depth).
Surface roughness - 1.0µm.
End chamfering - R0.2/R0.3.
Tips
When inserting shaft, insert by
rotating shaft in the opposite
direction of the dampening
direction.
Important Notes
Temperature range -10°C to +50°C.
Cycle rate 12 cycles/ min.
External support for shaft required.
Damping torque For shaft Ø Max weight X

Kgf.cm 0/ -0,03
mm Kg g
Q3260.AC0047 20 Clockwise 6 0,12 55
Q3260.AC0147 20 Counter Clockwise 6 0,12 55
Q3260.AC0063 85 Clockwise 10 0,12 115
Q3260.AC0163 85 Counter Clockwise 10 0,12 115

ov-hinges - Updated - 12-01-2017
Hinges
ea le mp s c ks ad
do e
le
he
d ve er on r la s
i
pi
ba s id nt r bl ub
c
vo hi he
th n
in g s
p k
ge es ca
s
w ns g d el
i
ex re io ra mo n
t he in he tc
as
ro tc
bi m
m dc h
s f a
ed ase th he g m
ag on e u
st
un d -di in
in
f
ne tro s su b s ce s r f c ju re i
hi
in
ay
rfa od tay s
i w a tio sta ct ca
s
do tic l c an
g
in ce n ble ion m
le
s
le ce y la s
ng
m al gr a
ve ha
or to or d
uc n la cy af mo tch d nd h ip l la rc
l at
us
m
st tc ou an
lin hin un es
es
h er t
so
t p ch e l n d
g ts
ay
in in
he
ft
s la h ch de to
s ro es atc t les
ro cl n se i c r es
h
tc in e
c
of he ro
es f l d osin on t hi yl lo
pa sta us co g s -m nge in ck
g s ay los la
tc
s p f
ar i
us ng id
t
sl
an
hi e he yh er e
ng
s h
e
dr
hi le ss s t-h rol rad gn am lo e an k n aan la
g locks s d dl tc
o e
st w
he
tc l la d tc oc c a ay ft co to p
tc
ng he
s l tc s
he
le he ks ca latc tch rq ed ift he
r
sw s and nda
sl
s o s
External Hinges
s s lo s m h es in of tu y lo u id
ca e ff
co sp c le co e
es g t o rn ck
p
w m rin k af ntro s h m d hin
c
s a
hi l
es
n
pa a en la lat
ex in pre g l s n t
ge
g
te o l dd dl ing ch hes
e e
ad k
ju nuc s
m
p s
nd ha ssio ade id s ges st k
ab le
le lo sta s
ed n n d t r el e
le ca
la ck ys at f c rs
la dle latc latc ay
tc s dr tch
tc s l-h ch lo
aw e
he la hes hes s
he
s t
pu an et si
s la
pa ch tc
h
un sh dle st ng
dl esprog
a
ba i-d la lo ay
ri t c s
Wide Range of Solutions
For added security or a sleek enclosure design, concealed hinges offer the solution with mounting discreetly Concealed hinges
hidden away from view to avoid tampering.
Concealed pivot hinges
End mount concealed pivot hinges
Door removal or lift-off hinges simplify removal of covers and panels to ease access for maintenance and Door removal hinges
repair, available in a selection of materials.
Lift off hinges
Torque and positioning hinges offer positive location of panels, screens and displays using constant friction Torque and positioning
for a firm hold. hinges
Constant torque hinges

ov-wide-range-of-solutions - Updated - 12-01-2017
Detent positioning hinges
wixroyd.com
Wide Range of Solutions
Left or right type: Wixroyd have a diverse range of hinges to suit most
Which do you need? industrial applications in a wide range of materials
and finishes.
Throughout our catalogue we refer to parts as being Right Hand
Door (Hinges
of a “Left” or “Right” type or hand. Which type you on right hand
need, is most easily explained as follows; side).
Orientate your application so that when opened the
door/panel comes towards you. With this orientation
in mind, look to see on which side of the door/panel
the hinges are mounted?
If the hinges are on the left side of the door/panel
then you require “Left” type products. If the hinges Left Hand Door
are on the right side of the door/panel then you (Hinges on left
require “Right” type products. hand side).
The illustration on the right clearly indicates the

layout and orientation of the door where a “left” or
“right” product is used.
Hinges
External hinges External or surface mount hinges have a wide range of application on electrical panels, sheet metal
enclosures, generators and heating and venting applications.
Surface mount hinges
Corner hinges
ov-wide-range-of-solutions-b - Updated - 12-01-2017
Flush mount hinges Surface mount hinges

Surface Mount - Piano Hinges S0050
weld-on - stainless steel
Material
finish.
Referral
For screw on piano hinge see S0100.
Order No. l1 l2 w t d X
g
S0050.AC0202 300 12,5 25 0.8 2,6 66
S0050.AC0206 1000 12,5 25 0.8 2,6 222
S0050.AC0302 300 12,5 32 0.8 2,6 80
S0050.AC0306 1000 12,5 32 0.8 2,6 272
S0050.AC0326 600 20,0 32 1,5 3,5 330
S0050.AC0330 1000 20,0 32 1,5 3,5 574
S0050.AC0382 1000 20,0 38 1,5 3,5 615
S0050.AC0502 1000 20,0 50 1,5 3,5 759
S0050.AC0552 1000 50,0 50 2,0 5,0 774

Material
finish.
Referral
For screw on piano hinge see S0100.

screw mount - stainless steel
Material
finish.
Referral
For weld-on piano hinge see S0050.
Order No. l b c1 c2 c3 t s Holes X

g
S0100.AC0324 240 30 10,5 43,5 17 1,2 3,5 12 65
S0100.AC0330 300 30 10,5 46,3 17 1,2 3,5 14 80
S0100.AC0336 360 30 15,0 47,0 17 1,2 3,5 16 95
S0100.AC0345 450 30 14,5 60,0 17 1,2 3,5 16 120
S0100.AC0360 600 30 14,0 63,3 17 1,2 3,5 20 190
S0100.AC0390 900 30 14,0 62,3 17 1,2 3,5 30 280

Surface Mount - Pivot Hinges S0200
inset - stainless steel
Material
finish.
Technical Notes
Max. door size: 450w x 700h x
21mm thick. Max. door weight:
2,6Kg per hinge pair.
Order No. Type X

g
S0200.AC0110 Left 22
S0200.AC0010 Right 22

overlay - stainless steel
Material
finish.
Technical Notes
Order No. Type X

g
S0220.AC0110 Left 55
S0220.AC0010 Right 55

overlay - stainless steel
Material
finish.
Technical Notes
Order No. Type a b c d X

g
S0240.AC0110 Left 34 28 30,5 31 23
S0240.AC0010 Right 34 28 30,5 31 23
S0240.AC0120 Left 28 22 24,5 25 21
S0240.AC0020 Right 28 22 24,5 25 21

Surface Mount - Leaf Hinges S0460
Material
finish.
Technical Notes
Order No. l1 l2 l3 l4 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 a1 a2 t X
g
S0460.AC0005 58 20 38 42 12 13,5 16,5 21 20 38 28 4 70
S0460.AC0007 72 20 52 57 12 16,0 27,0 22 21 38 28 4 85

Material
Hinge: stainless steel.
Technical Notes
Opening angle 180°.
Order No. l1 w1 d1 d2 d3 h1 l2 l3 l4 l5 w2 FxN FyN

S0462.AW0040 99,5 40 5,6 10 5 2,5 20 27 12,7 9 20 520 600

Material
Technical Notes
Order No. l1 w1 d1 d2 d3 h1 l2 l3 w2 FxN FyN

S0464.AW0040 119,5 40 5,6 10 5 2,5 20 27 20 520 600

Material
Technical Notes
Order No. l1 w1 d1 d2 d3 h1 l2 l3 l4 w2 FxN FyN

S0466.AW0040 79,5 40 5,6 10 5 2,5 58 20 9 20 520 600

Material
Technical Notes
Referral
For plastic version see part S0560.
90° Max. Max

Axial Radial
Angled Radial Axial
Order No. Size l1 w1 c d h1 h2 l2 w2 d2 stress stress
stress Load Load
(KN) (KN)
(KN) Fx(N) Fx(N)
S0523.AW0040 40 x 40 40 40 10,5 5,3 9,0 5 25 25 4 1,45 2,1 2,00 - -
S0523.AW0050 50 x 50 50 50 12,5 6,3 11,5 6 30 30 7 2,10 3,5 2,45 1.2 1.3
S0523.AW0060 60 x 60 60 60 12,5 8,4 15,0 8 36 36 8 3,20 6,0 4,40 1.5 1.8

screw mount - zinc
Material
Black Coated
coated.
Pin: steel, nickel plated.
Chrome
Technical Notes
Referral
For stainless steel version of this
hinge see part S0522.
Max.
Radi 90° Max
Axial Radi
al Str Angles Axial
Order No. Finish Size l1 w1 c d1 h1 h2 l2 w2 Stress al
ess stress Load
(kN.) Load
(kN.) (kN.) F (N)
Fx(N) x
S0561.AW0040 Black Coated 40 x 40 40 40 10,2 5,3 9,0 5,0 25 25 1,45 2,1 2,00 1,0 1,2
S0561.AW0612 Black Coated 60x120 60 120 12,5 6,8 15,0 8,0 36 88 1,30 4,5 1,50 1,1 1,2
S0561.AW0140 Chrome 40 x 40 40 40 - 5,2 9,8 5,2 25 25 1,45 2,1 2,00
S0561.AW0157 Chrome 50 x 76 50 76 - 6,3 11,0 6,0 30 55 2,10 3,5 2,45
S0561.AW0160 Chrome 60 x 60 60 60 - 8,2 17,2 8,2 38 36 1,30 3,0 1,25
S0561.AW0150 Chrome 50 x 50 50 50 - 6,3 11,2 6,0 30 30 3,20 6,0 4,40
S0561.AW1612 Chrome 60x120 60 120 - 8,2 17,2 8,2 90 36 1,30 4,5 1,50

screw mount - polyamide
Material
Body: polyamide.
Technical Notes
Order No. Size w1 c d h1 h2 l2 w2 d2 FxKN FyKN

S0563.AW0040 40 x 40 40 10,5 5,3 9,8 5 25 25 6
S0563.AW0050 50 x 50 50 12,5 6,3 11,5 5 30 30 6 1.2 1.3

Surface Mount - Leaf Hinges - Clean Room S0600
screw mount - aluminium
Material
Body: aluminium.
Spacer: polyacetal.
Pin: stainless steel, AISI 304.
Technical Notes
Due to unique spacers, hinge
generates no friction powder and is
ideal for semiconductor rooms,
clean rooms, medical and food
processing applications.
Max. load per pair X

Order No. Type
Kg g
S0600.AC0065 Type one 8 60
S0600.AC0100 Type two 13 100

Surface Mount - Leaf hinges S0700
with polyacetal bushing - screw mount - stainless steel
Material
polished finish.
Bushing: polyacetal.
No. of
No. of
Order No. h1 h2 h3 w1 w2 w3 d1 t d2 moun X

knuck g
ting
les
holes
S0700.AC0005 51 7,5 36 39,0 - 7,0 6,2 1,3 4,2 3 4 27,4
S0700.AC0006 64 7,0 25 42,5 6,0 8,0 6,2 1,3 5,0 5 6 36,5
S0700.AC0007 76 9,0 29 50,0 7,0 9,0 7,4 1,5 5,2 5 6 59,5
S0700.AC0008 89 10,5 34 56,5 7.5 10,5 9,0 1,7 5,4 5 6 91,6
S0700.AC0010 102 9,0 28 70,0 9,0 14,0 9,5 1,8 6,0 5 8 132,5
S0700.AC0012 127 11,0 35 82,0 10,5 16,0 11,5 1,9 6,0 5 8 231,5

Material
finish.
No. of
No. of
Order No. h1 h2 h3 w1 w2 w3 d1 t d2 moun X

knuck g
ting
les
holes
S0720.AC0005 51 7,5 36 34,5 - 6,5 4,8 0,8 4,4 5 4 15,2
S0720.AC0006 64 8,0 24 40,0 5,5 9,0 5,0 0,9 4,2 5 6 23,8
S0720.AC0007 76 10,0 28 46,0 7,5 10,0 6,0 1,0 4,5 5 6 37,8
S0720.AC0008 89 9,5 35 56,0 8,0 12,0 7,0 1,2 5,5 5 6 63,6
S0720.AC0010 102 10,5 27 66,5 9,0 12,0 8,0 1,4 5,5 5 8 96,4
S0720.AC0012 127 11,0 35 82,0 10,0 17,0 9,0 1,5 5,4 5 8 161,5

Material
Hinge: polished stainless steel.
Technical Notes
Order No. l1 w1 h1 FxN FyN

S0730.AW0050 50 32 1.5 516 665

Material
Hinge and pin: electrolytic stainless
steel.
Technical Notes
Order No. l1 w1 d1 d2 h1 l2 w2 FxN FyN

S0732.AW0050 50,8 32 4,5 7,5 2 30 20 520 800

screw mount - stainless stel
Material
Hinge: polishing stainless steel.
Technical Notes
Order No. l1 w1 d1 d2 d3 h1 l2 w2 FxN FyN

S0738.AW0037 37 35 5,2 8 9 2 22,5 23 745 1090

Surface Mount - Leaf Hinge S0740
Material
finish.
Load X
Order No. h w p1 p2 p3 p4 p5 a t
Kg/pair g
S0740.AC0009 89,0 89,0 9,1 8,0 9,1 35,4 - 14,0 3,0 25 145
S0740.AC0010 101,6 101,6 9,5 9,5 13,0 25,5 24,6 14,8 3,4 40 195
S0740.AC0011 114,3 114,3 9,5 15,9 12,9 28,6 31,3 14,8 3,4 45 420

Material
304 stainless steel.
Technical Notes
Order No. l1 w1 d1 d2 h1 h2 l2 w2 w3 FxN FyN

S0741.AW0040 40 32 3,2 3,5 1,2 1,8 24 20 16 340 600

screw mount - steel
Material
Hinge: steel, zinc plated
Technical Notes
Order No. l1 w1 d1 d2 h1 l2 w2 w3 FxN FyN

S0742.AW0150 150 32 6 3,5 1,5 60 20 10 840 1380

screw mount - zinc
Material
Hinge: die cast zinc, chrome plated
or black powder coated.
Pin: steel
Technical Notes
Order No. Finish Mount l1 w1 d1 d3 h1 l2 w2 FxKN FyKN

S0750.AW0020 Chrome Front 54 40 7 Ø6 7 38 26 1.5 1.8
S0750.AW0320 Black Coated Front 54 40 7 Ø6 7 38 26 1.5 1.8
S0750.AW0030 Chrome Front 50 76 7 Ø6 6 30 56 1.125 1.49
S0750.AW0330 Black Coated Front 50 76 7 Ø6 6 30 56 1.125 1.490

Surface Mount - Leaf Hinge S0780
Material
finish.
Load
Order No. h w p1 p2 p3 p4 t d1 d2 d3 n1 n2 Kg/pai X
r g
S0780.AC0040 40 35 22 26 - - 1,5 3,2 3,0 6,3 4 3 6 25

S0780.AC0050 50 35 22 34 - - 1,5 4,3 3,0 6,3 4 3 8 30
S0780.AC0065 65 50 30 23 23 - 2,0 4,3 4,5 8,8 6 5 13 64
S0780.AC0075 75 50 30 27 27 - 2,0 5,3 4,5 8,8 6 5 15 74
S0780.AC0090 90 60 38 35 35 - 3,0 6,4 6,0 12,3 6 5 25 180
S0780.AC0100 100 60 38 26 26 26 3,0 6,4 6,0 12,3 8 5 30 195

Material
Hinge: stainless steel AISI 304,
polished.
Technical Notes
For plain/flush mounted, isolated
heavy doors, as well as electrical
panels and covers. Opening angle
180°.
Order No. l1 w1 d1 h1 l2 l3 l4 l5 l6 l7 w2 w3 FxN FyN

S0818.AW0010 137 85 6,5 2,5 97 40 85,5 30 48 15 65 57 750 850

Material
polished.
Technical Notes
h
Order No. l1 w1 d1 d2 h1 h3 l2 l3 l4 l5 l6 l7 l8 w2 w3 w4 w5 FxN F xN
2
S0820.AW0010 141,8 83 5,2 10,5 4,5 5 15,2 116,8 25 10 102,4 13 8,2 37,9 66 33 49 33,5 2170 3000

Material
Hinge and pin: stainless steel, AISI
304, polished.
Technical Notes
Order No. Type Length Width FxKN FyKN

S0822.AW0010 type one 135 59 1.12 1.2
S0822.AW0110 type two 134 59 1.12 1.2

integrated stud mount - zinc
Material
coated.
Technical Notes
Referral
For plastic version of this hinge see
part S1120.
Max
Radia Max.
Axial 90° A Axial
l Radial
Order No. Finish Size l1 w1 d1 d2 h1 h2 h3 l2 w2 stress ngled Loa
stress Load
(KN) stress d Fx(
(KN) Fx(N)
N)
S1101.AW0040 Black Coated 40 x 40 40 40 M 5 4 9,0 5 10,0 25 25 0,9 1,7 1,85 1.0 1.2
S1101.AW0140 Chrome 40 x 40 40 40 M 5 4 9,0 5 10,0 25 25 - - - - -
S1101.AW0150 Chrome 50 x 50 50 50 M 6 6 11,5 6 12,5 30 30 - - - - -
S1101.AW0160 Chrome 60 x 60 60 60 M 8 8 15,0 8 16,5 36 36 - - - - -

integrated stud mount - zinc
Material
coated.
Technical Notes
Referral
For plastic version of this hinge see
part S1120.

rear front mount
Material
Die Cast Zinc, Black Powder Coated
Die Cast Zinc, Chrome Finish Pin:
steel, nickel plated.
Technical Notes
Ma
Ma
x.
xA
Ra
Radi xia
Axial 90° dia
al str lL
Order No. Type Size l1 w1 d1 d2 h1 h2 h3 l2 w2 stress Angled l L
ess oa
(KN) stress oa
(KN) dF
dF
(
( x
x N)
N)
S1102.AW0040 Black Coated 40x40 40 40 M 5 4 9,0 5 10,0 25 25 1,45 2,1 2,0 - -
S1102.AW0050 Black Coated 50x50 50 50 M 6 6 11,5 6 12,5 30 30 2,1 3,5 2,45 - -
S1102.AW0140 Chrome 40x40 40 40 M 5 4 9,0 5 10,0 25 25 - - - - -
S1102.AW0150 Chrome 50x50 50 50 M 6 6 11,5 6 12,5 30 30 - - - - -

intergrated stud mount - zinc
Material
Hinge: die cast zinc, black powder
coated.
Pin: nickel-plated steel.
Technical Notes
Opening angel 180°.
Order No. Type l1 w1 d1 d2 h1 h2 h3 l2 w2 FxKN FyKN

S1113.AW0010 Left 90 60 M8 8 15 8 14,5 32 36 1.12 1.2
S1113.AW0020 Right 90 60 M8 8 15 8 14,5 32 36 1.12 1.2

integrated stud mount - plastic
Material
Body: polyamide, DIN-EN ISO
1043-1 PA 6 GFR 30. Black.
Pin: stainless steel, AISI 304.
Technical Notes
Max. opening angle 270°.
Referral
For metal version of this hinge see
part S1100.
Pic
Order No. tur Finish Type Mounting Size l1 w1 l2 l3 w2 w3 h1 h2 m e d
e
S1120.AW0050 1 Plastic Equal Rear - Rear 50 x 50 50 50 30 - 30 - 11 6 M6 12,0 6,3
S1120.AW0040 1 Plastic Equal Rear - Rear 40 x 40 40 40 25 - 25 - 9 5 M5 8,5 5,3
S1120.AW0150 2 Plastic Equal Rear - Front 50 x 50 50 50 30 30 30 10 11 6 M6 12,0 6,3

intergrated stud mount - zinc
Material
coated.
Pin: nickel-plated steel.
Technical Notes
Axial Radial 90°

Order No. l1 w1 d1 d2 h1 h2 l2 w2 w3 stress stress Angled FxKN FyKN
(KN) (KN) stress
S1130.AW0050 50 63 M6 6 11,5 6 30 28 15 1,5 3,0 1,25 1.12 1.2
S1130.AW0060 60 90 M8 8 15,0 8 36 44 18 1,5 4,5 1,5 1.12 1.2

screw mount - zinc
Material
Hinge: black powder, die cast zinc
coated.
Pin: nickle-plated steel.
Technical Notes
Max. Max
Axial Radial 90°
Radial Axial
Order No. l1 w1 d1 d2 h1 h2 l2 w2 w3 stress stress Angled
Load Load
(KN) (KN) stress
Fx(N) Fx(N)
S1131.AW0060 60 90 8,4 8 15 8 36 44 18 1,5 4,5 1,5 1.12 1.2

integrated stud - zinc
Material
coated.
Supplied with: fixing nuts.
Technical Notes
Axial 90°
Radi Max. Max
Angl
al str Radial Axial
Order No. l1 w1 d1 d2 h1 h2 h3 h4 l2 w2 stres ed st
ess Load Load
s ress
(KN) Fx(N) Fx(N)
(KN) (KN)
S1133.AW0010 24 40 4 M5 9 5,5 5 12 12 25 - - - 520 210

integrated stud - zinc
Material
Hinge: die cast zinc, chrome plated
Pin: steel
Technical Notes
Order No. Finish Mount l1 w1 d1 h1 l2 w2 h2 FxKN FyKN

S1136.AW0020 Chrome Rear 54 40 M6 20,5 38 26 7 1,5 1,8
S1136.AW0320 Black Coated Rear 54 40 M6 20,5 38 26 7 1,5 1,8
S1136.AW0030 Chrome Rear 50 76 M6 21,0 30 56 6 1,125 1,49
S1136.AW0330 Black Coated Rear 50 76 M6 21,0 30 56 6 1,125 1,49

Surface Mount - In-Line Hinges S1170
integrated stud mount - steel
Material
Steel, bright chrome plated.
Technical Notes
Opening angle 180°. Side mounting
hinges, for electrical covers and
panels. Mounted via M8 screws (not
supplied).
Order No. Finish d1 d2 FxKN FyKN
S1170.AW0010 Chrome Plated M10 M8 2.5 1.785
S1170.AW0020 Black Coated M10 M8 2.5 1.785

Surface Mount - In-line Hinges S1172
intergrated stud and screw mount - zinc
Material
Hinge: die cast zinc.
Pin: steel.
Technical Notes
For electrical panels and covers.
Tips
Parts supplied tightly fitted.
Opening
Order No. Finish Size d1 d2 FxKN FyKN
angle
S1172.AW0010 Chrome 33 x 21 180° M8 M4 1.2 1.0
S1172.AW0020 Black Coated 33 x 21 180° M8 M4 1.2 1.0

integrated stud and screw mount - zinc
Material
Technical Notes
Tips
Opening
Order No. Finish Size d1 d2 FxKN FyKN
angle
S1174.AW0010 Chrome Plated 59 x 18 180° M10 M8 2.0 1.52
S1174.AW0020 Black Coated 59 x 18 180° M10 M8 2.0 1.52

bolt-on - zinc
Material
Opening
Order No Finish Size d1 FxKN FyKN Hinge: die cast zinc.
angle Pin: steel.
S1176.AW0010 Chrome Plated 31 x 10 180º M4 1.2 1.0
Technical Notes
S1176.AW0020 Black Coated 31 x 10 180º M4 1.2 1.0
Tips

bolt-on - zinc
Material
Opening Pin: steel, nickel-plated.
Order No. Finish Size d1 FxKN FyKN Bushing: PA.
angle
Not supplied: SCREWS.
S1192.AW0010 Chrome 45 x 14 180° M6 1.675 2.0
S1192.AW0020 Black Coated 45 x 14 180° M6 1.675 2.0 Technical Notes
Universal left or right hand opening
doors. For external mounting on
cabinets, surface mounted doors,
sheet metal doors etc. Mounting via
concealed 3 x M6 screws.
Tips

Surface Mount - HVAC Applications S1806
axial adjustment - screw mount - zinc
Material
Die cast zinc, black powder coated .
Shaft: stainless steel AISI 304.
Bearing: delrin plastic.
Technical Notes
Ideal for heating and ventilation
applications, for use on flat panels
and covers.
Increase off-set via use of
additional spacers, for your own
design (not supplied).
Order No. Type Finish Size Opening angle FxKN FyKN Mounting via M5 screws.
S1806.AW0010 Left Hand Black coated 85 x 77 180° 1.5 1.3 Max. opening angle 180°.
S1806.AW0020 Right Hand Black coated 85 x 77 180° 1.5 1.3 Tips
Maximum 5.3mm axial adjustment.

axial adjustment - screw mount - zinc
Material
Die cast zinc, pocked black powder
coated.
Shaft: stainless steel AISI 304.
Technical Notes
Ideal for heating and ventilation
and covers. Mounting via M8 screws.
Tips
Adjustments of hinge by ±2,5mm
axial and ±1mm radial is possible.
Opening
Order No. Type Finish Size FxKN FyKN
angle
S1823.AW0010 Left Hand Black Coated 130 x 135 180° 1.8 1.5
S1823.AW0020 Right Hand Black Coated 130 x 135 180° 1.8 1.5

Material
Hinge: polyamide (PA), black.
Pin: stainless steel AISI 304, nickel
plated.
Technical Notes
Opening angle 180°. Ideal for
heating and ventilation
and covers.
Mounting via M6 screws.
Opening
Order No. Finish Size d1 FxN FyN
angle
S1826.AW0010 Black Polyamide 108 x130 180° 6,5 800 600

Material
Polyamide plastic (PA), black.
Pin: steel, zinc plated.
Technical Notes
Opening angle 180°. Ideal for
heating and ventilation apps, for
use on flat panels and covers.
Mounting via M8 screws (not
supplied).
Order No. Finish Size Opening angle d1 FxN FyN

S1828.AW0080 Black plastic 80 x 105 180° 9 800 600

es
dl
s
he al
an la
m h
tc n s ca le
la ctio he
ab e
bl
s m
r ire tc ck s am ka
ba i-d la lo ay
ac r
dl es rog
un sh dle st ng
h
tc pa h p
s la s tc
he pu an et si he la hes hes
s
aw e
tc s l-h ch lo
dr tch tc s
la dle latc latc ay
la ck s y r at c rs
le ca
l f ed n n d st
le e lo sta es
ab le
e
se p nd ha sio de d
st k es
dd ndl ing tch ches
ju nuc te g oa li ng
m es
s
ad k ex in pre g l s
hi l
w m rin k af ntro s
Concealed Hinges
sw s and nda li ed rqu lift hes
co sp c le co e
s es lo s am tch es
he tch le he s c la ch
es
ay ft co
st li se
la tee an la ial l eti l cks ng
g cks w st d o e
ch
an
dl
e
lo
es a
ng r e
s a n kn an at
h rh l
dl le ss s t-h rol rad gn am lo
dd inle h nt tays a s c der s hi
hi d tch ry ge de
ay se a p u
la
s
fin sli
pa sta us co ng s n-m nge in ck s es
t
ng es
lo f l i i l o
s
of
d s o h y l ge
c
he ro ch
o t
hi h
ro cl n se i c r
es
to
in
ro es latc s th
de s ft
at
dl he
in in
ay l r tc
ts
t p ch s vo so
st s uch ne la
i
lin d p un es
ge an
e
tc
m
us nd
l at
or e to or d
rc
la cy eale mo tch
ha hin l h grip al
d ve nc e
s do g tic c an
s le
in
g
r n a le ion m
co c la
y s
tio stab ct ca
rfa od tay s
e
ay n
in
iw
hi mag ches
f
in r n c ju re i
su d b e s ce s
ne ro
l
co un ad -di in nt
st
m s h e
de ea at tch ing
s fs
et es d
he ge es ng xt
Mounting of Concealed Hinges
mounting options
A variety of mounting methods are available!

Mounting combinations Wixroyd concealed hinges can be mounted in a variety of ways using additional nuts and bolts.
a b c d
nut nut oval head countersunk

screw screw
welded stud countersunk

screw
e f g
locking screw nut nut
oval head integrated stud oval head

screw screw
Important Note: Refer to individual product pages for suitable mounting options. If you have any
problems please contact our Technical Sales Team.
Mounting example
In the example, mounting 20.2
option 2b , a nut with a 65 enclosure body
14.5
countersunk screw, is used 30
to mount the hinge onto the
enclosure body.
4
dr 13.5
18
5
50 90°
65 mc
90°
13.4
nut ts
50 enclosure frame
2-Ø5 2-Ø6.7
b
countersunk
screw
Ø5
65

Corner Hinge - 19-24mm Door Return S1901
cut out and locking screw - zinc
Material
coated.
Technical Notes
Opening angle 180°. For sheet
metal and machine enclosures with
19-24mm door return and panel
thickness 1,5 to 2,0mm. See
installation cut out for details.
Tips
Mounting via M6 locking screw
locking screw (not supplied).
Important Notes
dr= Maximum door return suitable
for use with hinge.
mc= Minimum clearance advised
between enclosure cover and body
to ensure smooth, full opening of
elclosure cover.
dr ts
mc
Order No. Finish door panel a b FxN FyN
min.
return thickness
S1901.AW0015 Black Coated 19,6 1,5 2 4,6 15 940 720
S1901.AW0017 Black Coated 21,6 1,5 2 4,6 17 940 720
S1901.AW0019 Black Coated 23,6 1,5 2 4,6 19 940 720
S1901.AW0025 Black Coated 21,1 2,0 2 5,1 15 425 225
S1901.AW0027 Black Coated 22,1 2,0 2 5,1 17 425 225
S1901.AW0029 Black Coated 24,1 2,0 2 5,1 19 425 225
S1901.AW0999 Oval Head Screw - - - - -

cut out and locking screw - zinc
Material
coated.
Technical Notes
Opening angle 180°. For sheet
metal and machine enclosures with
19-24mm door return and panel
thickness 1,5 to 2,0mm. See
installation cut out for details.
Tips
Mounting via M6 locking screw
locking screw (not supplied).
Important Notes
for use with hinge.
elclosure cover.

Corner Hinge - 19 to 21mm Door Return S1903
cut out and integrated stud - stainless steel
Material
wire-drawing polishing.
Technical Notes
For sheet metal and machine
enclosures with a 19 to 21mm door
return, up to 2mm thick. For
installation dimension see cut out
detail.
doors.
Tips
Use M6 nut on intergrated stud to
secure (not supplied).
Important Notes
for use with hinge.
enclosure cover.
ts
dr mc
Order No. Finish panel a b FxKN FyKN
door return min.
thickness
S1903.AW0015 Stainless 19,6 1,5 2 4,6 15 900 700

cut out and integrated stud - stainless steel
Material
wire-drawing polishing.
Technical Notes
detail.
doors.
Tips
Use M6 nut on intergrated stud to
secure (not supplied).
Important Notes
for use with hinge.
enclosure cover.

cut out and counter sunk screw - zinc
Material
coated. Pin: steel, nickel-plated.
Technical Notes
return up to 3mm thick. For
detail.
doors.
Important Notes
for use with hinge.
elclosure cover.
ts
dr mc
Order No. Finish panel a b FxN FyN
door return min.
thickness
S1911.AW0001 Black coated 24,1 1,5 3 4,6 20 1050 980
S1911.AW0002 Black coated 25,1 2,0 3 5,1 20 1050 980
S1911.AW0003 Black coated 26,1 3,0 3 6,1 20 1050 980

cut out and counter sunk screw - zinc
Material
coated. Pin: steel, nickel-plated.
Technical Notes
return up to 3mm thick. For
detail.
doors.
Important Notes
for use with hinge.
elclosure cover.

Corner Hinge - 17mm Door Return S1921
cut out and countersunk screw - zinc
Material
coated.
Pin: stainless steel AISI 304.
Technical Notes
enclosures with a 17mm door
return, upto 2mm thick. For
detail.
doors. Max. opening angle 180°.
Tips
Mounting via M5 countersunk
screws (not supplied).
Important Notes
ts for use with hinge.
dr mc mc= Minimum clearance advised
Order No. Finish panel FxN FyN
door return min. between enclosure cover and body
thickness
S1921.AW0010 Black coated 17 2,0 2 405 805 elclosure cover.

Material
coated.
Pin: stainless steel AISI 304.
Technical Notes
return, upto 2mm thick. For
detail.
Tips
Important Notes
for use with hinge.
elclosure cover.

Material
coated.
Pin: steel, nickel-plated.
Technical Notes
enclosures with a 24mm frame
off-set, upto 2mm thick. For
detail.
Tips
Important Notes
for use with hinge.
ts between enclosure cover and body
dr mc to ensure smooth, full opening of
Order No. Finish panel a b FxKN FyKN
door return min. elclosure cover.
thickness
S1926.AW0001 Black Coated 24,1 1,5 2,0 4,6 19,5 1.5 1.8
S1926.AW0002 Black Coated 24,6 2,0 2,0 5,1 19,5 1.5 1.8

Material
coated.
Technical Notes
enclosures with a 24mm frame
off-set, upto 2mm thick. For
detail.
Tips
Important Notes
for use with hinge.
elclosure cover.

cut out and clip fix - zinc
Material
coated.
Technical Notes
Tips
Mounting via use of installation clip
and "t-nut" slot on hinge body.
Requires additional cutout in frame
(see technical drawing).
Important Notes
for use with hinge.
elclosure cover.
ts
dr mc
Order No. Finish panel a b FxN FyN
door return min.
thickness
S1928.AW0001 Black Coated 24,6 1,5 3 4,6 20 1050 980
S1928.AW0002 Black Coated 25,1 2,0 3 5,1 20 1050 980
S1928.AW0003 Black Coated 26,1 3,0 3 6,1 20 1050 980

cut out and clip fix - zinc
Material
coated.
Technical Notes
Tips
Mounting via use of installation clip
and "t-nut" slot on hinge body.
Requires additional cutout in frame
(see technical drawing).
Important Notes
for use with hinge.
elclosure cover.

Corner Hinge - 25,5mm Door Return S1941
Material
Door-part: die cast zinc, black
coated.
Frame-part and pin: steel, black
coated.
Technical Notes
enclosures with a 25,5mm door
installation dimension see cut.
Tips
screws (not supplied), and support
bracket (supplied)
Important Notes
for use with hinge.
elclosure cover.
ts
dr mc
Order No. Finish panel thi a b FxN FyN
door return min.
ckness
S1941.AW0010 Black Coated 25,5 2 4 5,6 32 300 250

Locking nut and recessed hexagon - zinc
Material
coated.
Pin: steel, black-plated.
Bearing washer: brass.
Technical Notes
enclosures with a 25,5mm door
installation dimension see cut.
Tips
Mounting via M6 bolts with hex
head of 10mm a/f (not supplied).
Important Notes
DR= Maximum door return suitable
for use with hinge.
MC= Minimum clearance advised
enlclosure cover.
DR ts
MC
Order No. Finish door panel thi a b FxN FyN
min.
return ckness
S1942.AW010 Black Coated 25 2 5 5,6 32 980 630

Surface Mount - Double Pivot S2010
Material
finish.
Technical Notes
Universal left and right swing of
180°.
Max. door size - 450w x 700h x
21mm thick. Max. door weight -
Order No. w2 w1 t y c3 c2 c1 X
g
S2010.AC0060 29,0 64 5,6 60 47 4,8 13,5 65
S2010.AC0070 35,0 78 7,5 70 57 6,8 13,5 130
S2010.AC0080 43,2 94 7,5 80 66 6,5 22,0 175

Surface Mount - Flat Hinge S2015
bolt-on - zinc
Order No. a b c d e f g h j k l m Fx N FyN

S2015.AW0022 4 13,0 M4 22,0 22 30 22 13 Ø5 8 10 9,0 600 460
S2015.AW0028 4 18,5 M4 27,5 22 30 22 13 Ø5 8 10 14,5 700 800
S2015.AW0035 8 20,0 M5 35,0 45 60 50 18 Ø8 11 14 18,0 1000 1200
Material
coated.
Technical Notes
Opening angle 180°. Mounting via
screws dimension c.

Surface Mount - off-set - Mount Hinge S2017
bolt-on - zinc
Material
coated.
Technical Notes
Opening angle 180°. Mounting via
M4 screws.
g
Order No. Finish l1 w1 off d1 d2 h1 h2 l2 w2 w3 w4 FxN FyN
set
S2017.AW0030 Black Powder Coated 30 26 3,5 M4 4 11,5 7,5 23 18 8 8 1150 700

Off-Set Mount Hinge S2030
bolt-on - zinc
Material
coated.
Technical Notes
Opening angle 180°. Mount via M5
screw (not supplied).
Order No. Finish l1 w1 d1 d2 h1 h2 h3 l2 l3 l4 w2 w3 FxN FyN

S2030.AW0030 Black Coated 70 45 5,5 6,5 18 13 6 35 60 40 28,7 13 55 75

Flush Mount - Drop Lid Hinges S2050
overlay - zinc
Material
Die cast zinc, nickel plated.
Technical Notes
Hinge flush when opened.
Max door thickness: 16-20mm.
Overlay coverage: 14-16mm.
Hinge alignment adjustable after
installaton. Max. opening angle
90°.
Important Notes
Ideal for use in hi-fi cabinets,
writing desks etc.
Order No. Max. door thickness Hinge dia. X

g
S2050.AC0038 16-20mm 38 79

Flush Mount - Drop Lid Hinges S2052
two pivot overlay - brass
Material
Brass, finished either as polished
brass, satin nickel or chrome
plating.
Technical Notes
21mm thick.
Max. weight Provides 180°opening to table tops
Order No. Finish Size X and flat surfaces.
Kg/Pair g
S2052.AC0310 Satin Nickel 30 4,0 45
S2052.AC0320 Chrome 30 4,0 45
S2052.AC0330 Brass 30 4,0 45
S2052.AC0410 Satin Nickel 40 4,0 64
S2052.AC0420 Chrome 40 4,0 64
S2052.AC0430 Brass 40 4,0 64

Concealed Pivot Hinges - Lift Off S2104
20 mm door return - weld or stud - steel
Material
Steel and stainless steel (304 and
316).
Technical Notes
Suited to sheet metal and machine
enclosures with door return. Main
body mounted via two M 4 screws.
Hinge plate either welded or
screwed to enclosure body.
Removable hinge pin enables easy
installation and is held in place via
circlip.
Order No. Material Door return Size FxN FyN

S2104.AW0020 Steel 20 60 x 22,5 x 20 280 250
S2104.AW0120 304 Stainless 20 60 x 22,5 x 20
S2104.AW0220 316 Stainless 20 60 x 22,5 x 20

22-25mm door return - weld and countersunk screw - steel
Material
Body & hinge: steel, white zinc
plated.
Technical Notes
dr ts mc enclosures with 22-25mm door
Order No. Size FxN FyN return. Main body mounted via two
door Return thickness min.
M5 screws. Hinge plate either
S2105.AW0022 59 x 21 x 22 25 2,5 4,5 120 310 welded or screwed to enclosure
S2105.AW0025 60 x 22 x 25 22 2,5 4,0 120 310 body.
installation and is held in place via
circlip.
Max. opening angle 120°or 90°.
Important Notes
for use with hinge.
elclosure cover.

23mm door return - weld and countersunk screw - steel
Material
Hinge & pin: steel, white zinc
plated.
Technical Notes
enclosures with 23mm door return.
When the gap between the door and
frame is 2mm, opening angle is 90°.
Main body mounted via M6 screws,
ts hinge plate either welded or
dr mc
Order No. Size panel FxN FyN screwed to enclosure with M5
door return min
thickness screws. Removable hinge pin
enables easy installation and is held
S2115.AW0024 65 x 23 x 20,2 23,8 2 2 900 700
in place via circlip. Opening angle
180°.
Important Notes
for use with hinge.
elclosure cover.

20-24mm door return - weld and oval head screw - steel
Material
plated.
Technical Notes
enclosures with door return of
20-24mm. Main body mounted via
two M6 screws, hinge plate welded
to frame.
installation, and is held in place via
circlip. Max. opening angle 120°.
Important Notes
for use with hinge.
elclosure cover.
ts
dr mc
Order No. Size panel FxN FyN
door return min
thickness
S2121.AW0020 60,0 x 32,5 x 20,0 20,0 2,0 3 350 778
S2121.AW0024 60,0 x 38,5 x 24,5 24,5 2,0 3 350 778

20 & 24mm door return - weld and oval head screw - steel
Material
plated.
Technical Notes
enclosures with 20-24mm door
return. Main body mounted via two
M6 screws, hinge plate welded to
frame.
circlip.
Important Notes
ts dr= Maximum door return suitable
dr mc
Order No. Size panel FxN FyN for use with hinge.
door return min
thickness mc= Minimum clearance advised
S2125.AW0020 60,0 x 33,0 x 20,0 20,0 2,0 3,0 310 480 between enclosure cover and body
S2125.AW0024 60,0 x 39,0 x 24,5 24,5 2,0 2,5 310 480
elclosure cover.

22mm door return - weld and countersunk screw - zinc
Material
Pin: steel.
Gasket: polyamide.
Technical Notes
frame.
circlip.
ts
dr mc
door return min.
thickness
S2153.AW0022 60 x 33,5 x 22 22 2 3 720 830

19mm door return - weld and oval head screw - stainless steel
ts Material
dr mc Hinge & pin: stainless steel.
door return min.
thickness Technical Notes
S2155.AW0019 117 x 24 x 19 19 2,0 5 500 980 Opening angle 140°.
Important Notes
frame.
installation, and is held in place by
split clip.

19mm door return - weld and oval head screw - stainless steel
Material
Hinge & pin: stainless steel.
Technical Notes
Important Notes
frame.
split clip.

23mm door return - weld and locking screw - stainless steel
Material
Hinge & shaft: stainless steel. AISI
304.
Technical Notes
Opening angle 120°. Suited to
sheet metal and machine enclosures
dr ts with a 23mm door return. Main body
mc mounted via two M5 screws, hinge
Order No. Size door panel thi a b c FxN FyN
min. plate welded to frame (copper
return ckness
plated for improved welding).
S2156.AW0023 90 x 27,5 x 23 23 2,5 5 27,5 16,5 11,0 500 980 Removable hinge pin enables easy
S2156.AW0123 90 x 33,5 x 23 23 2,5 5 33,5 22,0 14,5 500 980 installation, and is held in place by
clip.
Important Notes
for use with hinge.
elclosure cover.

Material
Hinge & shaft: stainless steel. AISI
304.
Technical Notes
Opening angle 120°. Suited to
sheet metal and machine enclosures
with a 23mm door return. Main body
mounted via two M5 screws, hinge
plate welded to frame (copper
plated for improved welding).
clip.
Important Notes
for use with hinge.
elclosure cover.

21mm door return - weld and oval head screw - steel
Material
ts Hinge: steel, white zinc plated.
dr mc
door return min. Technical Notes
thickness
S2170.AW0021 50 x 26 x 21 21 2,5 4 200 160 enclosures with a 21mm door
frame.
Opening angle: 120°.
Important Notes
for use with hinge.
elclosure cover.

Material
Hinge: steel, white zinc plated.
Technical Notes
frame.
Important Notes
ts
dr mc dr= Maximum door return suitable
door return min. for use with hinge.
thickness mc= Minimum clearance advised
S2172.AW0046 60 x 44 x 45,5 45 2,5 10 2000 1500 between enclosure cover and body
elclosure cover.

21mm door return - weld and oval head screw - steel
Material
Hinge: steel, black powder coated.
Pin: steel, white zinc plated.
Technical Notes
frame (copper plated for improved
welding).
Important Notes
Female hinge installation requires
user to prepare a welded tube to
receive pin: min. dia. 5mm.
ts dr= Maximum door return suitable
dr mc
Order No. Size panel FxN FyN for use with hinge.
door return min. mc= Minimum clearance advised
thickness
S2176.AW0021 43 x 19,5 x 21 21 2 2 360 105 to ensure smooth, full opening of
elclosure cover.

End Mount Concealed Pivot Hinge S2200
spring loaded - weld-on - stainless steel
Material
Technical Notes
Spring loaded for self-closing.
Lift pin for easy installation and
removal. Torsion moment (hinge
closed): 0.76kgf/cm per piece.
Order No. Type X

g
S2200.AC0010 Left 38
S2200.AC0110 Right 38

spring loaded - weld-on - steel
Material
Body: steel, white zinc plated.
Technical Notes
For sheet metal doors, cabinets and
machinery covers. Spring body can
be either welded, or screw mounted.
Pull back pin lever, hinge pin is
retracted. Release pin lever and
hinge pin springs back.
Tips
Order No. Type l1 w1 d1 l2 l3 ts FxN FyN Spring loaded feature of hinge
enables easy assembly and
S2202.AW0063 Left 89 26,4 6 62,5 15 2 150 200 disassembly of panel/door, ideal for
S2202.AW0163 Right 89 26,4 6 62,5 15 2 150 200 maintenance covers.
S2204.AW0963 Spigot - - - - - - Typical assembly utilises spring
loaded hinge at top of door and
corresponding hinge spigot at foot
of door.
Important Notes
Accessory (optional) this accessory
is used as an alternative to the
hinge with pin, usually fitted at the
bottom of the door as load-bearing
fixing door.

spring loaded - screw or weld-on - steel
Material
Body: stee, zinc plated.
Technical Notes
machinery covers. Spring body can
be either welded, or screw mounted.
Order No. Hand l1 w1 d1 d2 l2 l3 l4 w2 w3 ts FxN FyN Pull back pin lever, hinge pin is
S2205.AW0032 Left 52 16,5 4 3,2 32,0 19 10 5 8,5 2 150 200 hinge pin springs back.
S2205.AW0132 Right 52 16,5 4 3,2 32,0 19 10 5 8,5 2 100 130 Max. opening angle 110°.
S2205.AW0063 Left 89 26,5 6 5,5 62,5 45 15 6 15,2 2 150 200
Tips
S2205.AW0163 Right 89 26,5 6 5,5 62,5 45 15 6 15,2 2 150 200
Spring loaded feature of hinge
S2204.AW0963 Spigot - - - - - - - - -
disassembly of panel/door, ideal for
maintenance covers.
Typical assembly utilises spring
loaded hinge at top of door and
corresponding hinge spigot at foot
of door.

spring loaded - snap fit - polyamide
Material
Body: polyamide, black PA 6 GRF30.
Pin: stainless steel.
Latch: die cast zinc, white zinc
plated.
Technical Notes
machinery covers. Clip fix for easy
assembly.
Pull back pin lever, hinge pin is
hinge pin springs back. Opening
angle 180°.
Tips
Spring loaded feature of hinge
disassembly of panel/door, ideal for
maintenance covers.
Order No. d1 d2 d3 l1 l2 l3 FxN FyN

S2212.AW0005 10 13 5 24,5 7,5 1,5 - -

Concealed Pivot Hinges - Integral Stay S2250
Material
Technical Notes
Combined hinge and stay easily
installed/removed via installation
pin. Ideal for removal of
machine/equipment covers for
maintenance.
Tips
Particularly suited to gaming
industry. Nature of hinges
movement enables machine cover
and body to be fully sealed to
prohibit tampering or interference.
Important Notes
Suitable for doors up to10Kg (as
pair).
Holding force: 30kgf/cm each.
Order No. X
g
S2250.AC0010 190

Recessed Fitting - Snap-On Easy Mount S2260
screw mount - steel
Material
Steel, nickel plated.
Technical Notes
Snap-on feature allows easy
installation and removal of door
panel, especially suitable for
maintenance. Max. opening angle
95°.
Tips
Hinge enables opening of doors
without interference with side
panels and hence ideal where two
doors are mounted close together.
Important Notes
When correctly installed hinges
require only a 3.9mm opening
clearance between units.
Order No. Type X

g
S2260.AC0010 Hinge 138
S2260.AC0050 Mounting Plate 81

ea le mp s c ks ad
do e
le
he
d ve er on r la s
i
pi
ba s id nt r bl ub
c
vo hi he
th n
in g s
p k
ge es ca
s
w ns g d el
i
ex re io ra mo n
t he in he tc
as
ro tc
nd le ca atc tin s
bi ms
m dc h
l f a -
ed ase th he g
ag on e
st
m ift un dju dir in
in
su b s ce s f
ne tro s
hi
ct st ec i c
in
i w of io a t
ay
rfa od tay s
y s s
do
in c
tic l c an
g
in f h n ble ion am
le
te
ng s
g
e lat
al gr a
ve ha in
or to or d
uc n la cy rate mo ch d g h ip l la nd rc
l at
us
m
st tc e
an
lin d st un es
es
es
h er t
so ud
t p ch
ts
ay
in in
he dl
m
s ft
la h ch de s es
to
ro es latc
ro cl n se i c r ou
he
n
h c
ro
tc in e
d os o th y l
of
f g s f t s lo
a p i la
sl ay
es pa sta lus co ing s n-m inge lin ock t hi se d tch ry us nge ide
dd inle h nt tays a s c der s an
dl s a
e
ng r e h rh l
lo
hi le ss s t-h rol rad gn am lo es a n kn an at
dl
g cks w st d o e
ch
la tee an la ial l eti l cks st li se ep t b
ng tc l la d tc ock c at ay ft co s p or s l latch es
he tch le he s c la ch sw s and nda li ed qu ift es
s es lo s am tch es in sof tu ry lo d ca e off
co sp c le co e
es g t o rn ck e m d hi
w m rin k af ntro s
hi l
ex in pre g l s ad k
s
m es
te g oa li ng ju nuc
Door Removal Hinges

dd ndl ing tch ches
nd ha sio de d es st k
s
se p
ab le
le e lo sta es
ed n n d t y r l f
a er
le ca
la ck s
la dle latc latc ay
tc s dr tch
tc s l-h tch clo s
aw e
he la hes hes s
he pu an et si
s tc s la
pa h p tc
h
un sh dle st ng
dl es rog
a
ba i-d la lo ay
ir t c s
Lift-Off Hinges - Off-Set S2300
Material
finish.
Order No. t Type X

g
S2300.AC0010 1,5 Right 21
S2300.AC0110 1,5 Left 21

Lift-Off Hinges - Off set S2314
Material
Body: stainless steel 304.
Technical Notes
Order No. Type l1 w1 d1 d2 d3 h1 l2 w2 FxN FyN

S2314.AW0010 Left 40 30 3,1 6,1 3,5 1,5 20 16 305 470
S2314.AW0020 Right 40 30 3,1 6,1 3,5 1,5 20 16 305 470

Material
Body: stainless steel.
Technical Notes
Order No. Type l1 w1 d1 d2 d3 h1 l2 l3 w2 w3 w4 w5 w6 w7 FxN FyN

S2316.AW0010 Left Hand 72 110 4,2 8,1 10 3 52 36 75 35 65 20 15 7,5 1280 630
S2316.AW0020 Right Hand 72 110 4,2 8,1 10 3 52 36 75 35 65 20 15 7,5 1280 630

Material
finish.
Technical Notes
Order No. Type h w p1 p2 p3 Ød1 Ød2 Ød3 t FxN FyN X

g
S2320.AC0050 Right 50 32 5,0 20 21 7,5 4 3,2 1,5 - - 32
S2320.AC0064 Right 64 36 8,0 24 24 7,5 4 3,2 1,5 44
S2320.AC0075 Right 75 38 7,5 30 24 8,5 4 3,2 2,0 64
S2320.AC0150 Left 50 32 5,0 20 21 7,5 4 3,2 1,5 32
S2320.AC0164 Left 64 36 8,0 24 24 7,5 4 3,2 1,5 44
S2320.AC0175 Left 75 38 7,5 30 24 8,5 4 3,2 2,0 64

Material
finish.
Order No. Type h w d1 d2 t X

g
S2340.AC0010 Right 100 82 16 8 4 335
S2340.AC0110 Left 100 82 16 8 4 335

bolt-on - zinc
Material
powder coated.
Bushing: polyamide.
Type two: Body: die cast zinc, black
powder coated.
Natural unfinished available on
request, subject to minimum order
quantity.
Technical Notes
Lift off hinge for plain/flush
mounted doors. Concealed
mounting screws prevent external
access to the hinge. Opening angle
Order No. Type Hand l1 w1 d1 h1 h2 l2 l3 l4 l5 w2 w3 FxN FxN 180°.
S2404.AW0025 One Right 64,0 32,5 M 5 17,5 10,0 19 - 51 6,5 17,5 - 490 570
S2404.AW0125 One Left 64,0 32,5 M 5 17,5 10,0 19 - 51 6,5 17,5 - 490 570
S2404.AW0064 Two Right 25,5 20,5 M 4 10,0 5,5 9 13 - - - 9,4 270 730
S2404.AW0164 Two Left 25,5 20,5 M 4 10,0 5,5 9 13 - - - 9,4 270 730

bolt-on - zinc
Material
powder coated.
Bushing: polyamide.
Type two: Body: die cast zinc, black
powder coated.
Natural unfinished available on
request, subject to minimum order
quantity.
Technical Notes
Lift off hinge for plain/flush
mounted doors. Concealed
mounting screws prevent external
access to the hinge. Opening angle
180°.

Cabinet Hinges S2406
Material
Bushing: polyamide.
Technical Notes
Order No. Type l1 w1 d1 h1 h2 l2 w2 FxN FyN

S2406.AW0064 Right 64 50 M5 17,5 10 51 35 3300 880
S2406.AW0164 Left 64 50 M5 17,5 10 51 35 3300 880

bolt-on - zinc
Material
coated.
Technical Notes
Order No. Type l1 w1 d1 h1 h2 l2 l3 l4 w2 w3 w4

S2408.AW0062 Right 62 36 M6 16 10 29 5,5 46 22 16 12
S2408.AW0162 Left 62 36 M6 16 10 29 5,5 46 22 16 12

Lift-Off Hinges - In Line S2420
bolt on - zinc
Material
coated.
Screw: stainless steel.
Technical Notes
Using a left and a right handed
hinge the door will not be
removable, where as using two
hinges of the same type the door
will be removable. Opening angle
180°.
Order No. Type l1 w1 d1 h1 h2 h3 l2 w2 FxN FyN

S2420.AW0010 Left 80 64 M8 10 8 14 60 45 1500 1800
S2420.AW0110 Right 80 64 M8 10 8 14 60 45 1500 1800

Lift-Off Hinges - In Line S2500
bolt-on - zinc
Material
Body: die cast zinc, chrome plated
Bushing: polyamide.
Technical Notes
doors. For external mounting on
cabinets, surface mounted doors,
sheet metal doors etc. Mounting via
concealed 4xM 5 screws.
Order No. Finish l1 w1 d1 h1 h2 l2 l3 l4 FxN FyN

S2500.AW0010 Chrome 64 15 M5 17 10 32 19 13 600 1500
S2500.AW0020 Black Coated 64 15 M5 17 10 32 19 13 600 1500

es
dl
s
he al
an la
m h
tc ion s ca le
ab
a t e
e
r l irec tch cks s
m bl
m ka
Torque and Positioning Hinges

ba i-d la lo ay
ra ac
dl es rog
un sh dle st ng
h
tc pa h p
s la s tc
he pu an et si he la hes hes
s
aw e
tc s l-h ch lo
dr tch tc s
la dle latc latc ay
la ck s y r at c rs
le ca
l f ed n n d st
le e lo sta es
ab le
e
se p nd ha sio de d
st k es
dd ndl ing tch ches
ju nuc te g oa li ng
m es
s
ad k ex in pre g l s
pa a pen la lat
es
hi l
h s a ng
d w m rin k af ntro s
g t o rn ck m hi
in of tu y lo
s ca e ff id u o s
co sp c le co e
s es lo s am tch es es
sw s and nda
sl
r
ed rq ift he he tch le he s c la ch
ay ft co p
to s l tc s tc l la d tc ock c at ng
st li se
g locks s w st
ep
d o b e
dl tc
l a
he la tee an la ial l eti l cks
e a an k n an la
le ss s t-h rol rad gn am lo hi
dr
e
dl
ng
s h dd inle h nt tays a s c der s
an
hi e he y h er e
ay los la
tc ar u
s p ef
s
i n g
sl
id pa sta us co g s -m nge in ck es
ng es
t f l d osin on t hi yl lo es
c
of ro he g ch hi h
ro cl n se i c r ng
ro es latc hin les
to
s s
de hi ts ft
at
he
in in
t p ch ay l r tc so
d
st s uch ne la
e
ue an lin on un es
tc
m
us at
nd q
l
or e to or d
rc
d ve ha or l h rip l la cy icti mo tch
t
do g tic c an
na m
le a
s
g t g fr ce y la s
s
in n n e
bl io
i w sta tio sta ct ca
rfa od tay s
ay n
in
hi mag ches
l
c e i su d b e s ce s
ne ro
f
in
m con un adju dir in nt
st
s h e
de ea at tch ing
s s f -
et es d
he ge es ng xt
S3810 Torque and Positioning Hinges
-S3870
Table of constant torque ranges Torque Nm
Part no. Torque type Shaft Rotation Torque Nm 0,5 1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 4,5 5,0 5,5 6,0 6,5 7,0
0,05 to
S3810 Symmetric 360O
3,80
Symmetric/
S3820 360O 0,2 to 1,1
Asymmetric
Symmetric/
S3824 360O 0,2 to 1,1
Asymmetric
Symmetric/
S3830 270O 0,9 to 3,4
Asymmetric
Symmetric/
S3834 270O 0,9 to 3,4
Asymmetric
Symmetric/
S3840 270O 0,9 to 3,4
Asymmetric
Symmetric/
S3844 270O 0,9 to 4,5
Asymmetric
Symmetric/
S3850 270O 0,9 to 3,4
Asymmetric
Symmetric/
S3852 270O 0,9 to 3,4
Asymmetric
Symmetric/
S3854 270O 0,9 to 4,5
Asymmetric
S3860 Symmetric 270O 3,5 to 7,0
S3870 Symmetric 90O and 360O 2,5 to 5,0
Table of constant torque ranges Torque Kgf.cm

Part no. Torque Kgf.cm 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
S4000 5 - 57.5
S4002 8
S4006 3.5 - 15.3

ov-s3810-s3870-torque-positioning-hinges - Updated - 27-04-2020
S4010 15 - 30
S4016 25 - 70
S4020 20 - 45.8
S4022 20 - 45.8
Tilting: 30.5
S4030
Swivelling: 15
Tilting: 71.5
S4032
Swivelling: 30.5

Friction Hinges S3810
symmetric torque - 0,05-3,80 Nm. - plain bore
Material
Steel with nickel plating finish.
Technical Notes
Tested to 10,000 cycles with static
torque value remaining within +/-
25%. (Note; S3810.AC0003 and
.AC0004 to within +/- 35%). 360°
shaft rotation.
Important Notes
Symmetric hinges, offer same
torque value in both clockwise and
counterclockwise directions.
CW= clockwise.
CCW= counterclockwise.
Torque Torque
Shaft
Order No. Ø Size Torque Type CW CCW l1 d1 d2
rotation
Nm. Nm.
S3810.AC0003 3 Symmetric 0,05 0,05 360° 27,0 3 -
S3810.AC0004 4 Symmetric 0,13 0,13 360° 33,0 4 2,2
S3810.AC0005 5 Symmetric 0,40 0,40 360° 39,0 5 2,6
S3810.AC0006 6 Symmetric 0,50 0,50 360° 41,0 6 3,2
S3810.AC0007 7 Symmetric 0,60 0,60 360° 47,0 7 3,7
S3810.AC0008 8 Symmetric 0,50 0,50 360° 54,5 8 3,2
S3810.AC0009 8 Symmetric 0,80 0,80 360° 54,5 8 3,2
S3810.AC0010 10 Symmetric 1,00 1,00 360° 57,2 10 4,3
Order No. d3 l2 l3 l4 l5 l6 l7 l8 w1 w2
S3810.AC0003 - 9,2 8,0 8,0 - - - - 1,5 -
S3810.AC0004 2,2 12,2 11,0 11,0 7,5 7,5 3,0 3,0 2,0 -
S3810.AC0005 2,6 15,2 14,0 14,0 10,5 10,5 3,5 3,5 2,0 -
S3810.AC0006 3,2 15,5 14,0 14,0 10,5 10,5 3,5 3,5 2,5 -
S3810.AC0007 3,7 18,0 16,0 16,0 12,0 12,0 4,0 4,0 3,0 -
S3810.AC0008 3,2 31,9 20,1 20,1 15,0 15,0 5,0 5,0 3,0 3,0
S3810.AC0009 3,2 31,9 20,1 20,1 15,0 15,0 5,0 5,0 3,0 3,0
S3810.AC0010 4,3 21,5 20,0 20,0 15,0 15,0 5,0 5,0 4,0 -

symmetric - asymmetric torque - 0,5-,1 Nm. - counter bored
Material
Zinc alloy, steel and grease with
natural finish.
Technical Notes
20%.
Tips
For mounting and installation
information refer to technical
diagram.
Also available with black oxide
finish, on request and subject to
min. quantity.
Important Notes
Asymmetric hinges, offer different
torque value in clockwise and
counterclockwise directions - see
data table.
CW= clockwise.
Torque Torque CCW= counterclockwise.
Order No. Order No. Shaft
Torque type CW CCW l1 h1 d1 d2
Right Left rotation
Nm. Nm.
S3820.AC0002 S3820.AC1002 Symmetric 0,20 0,20 360° 25,52 31,68 3,05 Ø 5,44x2,54 dpt.
S3820.AC0207 S3820.AC1207 Asymmetric 0,70 0,40 360° 25,52 31,68 3,05 Ø 5,44x2,54 dpt.

symmetric - asymmetric torque - 0,5-1,1 Nm. - counter bored
Material
Steel and zinc with natural finish.
Technical Notes
20%.
Tips
Also available as black oxide finish,
on request and subject to min.
quantity.
Important Notes
data table.
CW= clockwise
CCW= counterclockwise
Torque Torque
Order No. Hand Torque type CW CCW Shaft rotation l1 h1
Nm. Nm.
S3824.AC0002 Right Symmetric 0,20 0,20 360° 32 15
S3824.AC0207 Right Asymmetric 0,70 0,40 360° 32 15
S3824.AC1002 Left Symmetric 0,20 0,20 360° 32 15
S3824.AC1207 Left Asymmetric 0,70 0,40 360° 32 15
Order No. d1 d2 d3 h2 h3 l2 l3 l4 l5 w1 w2
S3824.AC0002 3,5 Ø 5,44x2,54 dpt. 3,05 12 8 9 9 7 4 7 3
S3824.AC0005 3,5 Ø 5,44x2,54 dpt. 3,05 12 8 9 9 7 4 7 3
S3824.AC0007 3,5 Ø 5,44x2,54 dpt. 3,05 12 8 9 9 7 4 7 3
S3824.AC0009 3,5 Ø 5,44x2,54 dpt. 3,05 12 8 9 9 7 4 7 3
S3824.AC0207 3,5 Ø 5,44x2,54 dpt. 3,05 12 8 9 9 7 4 7 3

symmetric - asymmetric torque - 0,5-1,1 Nm. - counter bored
Order No. d1 d2 d3 h2 h3 l2 l3 l4 l5 w1 w2
S3824.AC0209 3,5 Ø 5,44x2,54 dpt. 3,05 12 8 9 9 7 4 7 3
S3824.AC0211 3,5 Ø 5,44x2,54 dpt. 3,05 12 8 9 9 7 4 7 3
S3824.AC0307 3,5 Ø 5,44x2,54 dpt. 3,05 12 8 9 9 7 4 7 3
S3824.AC0309 3,5 Ø 5,44x2,54 dpt. 3,05 12 8 9 9 7 4 7 3
S3824.AC0311 3,5 Ø 5,44x2,54 dpt. 3,05 12 8 9 9 7 4 7 3
S3824.AC1002 3,5 Ø 5,44x2,54 dpt. 3,05 12 8 9 9 7 4 7 3
S3824.AC1005 3,5 Ø 5,44x2,54 dpt. 3,05 12 8 9 9 7 4 7 3
S3824.AC1007 3,5 Ø 5,44x2,54 dpt. 3,05 12 8 9 9 7 4 7 3
S3824.AC1009 3,5 Ø 5,44x2,54 dpt. 3,05 12 8 9 9 7 4 7 3
S3824.AC1207 3,5 Ø 5,44x2,54 dpt. 3,05 12 8 9 9 7 4 7 3
S3824.AC1209 3,5 Ø 5,44x2,54 dpt. 3,05 12 8 9 9 7 4 7 3
S3824.AC1211 3,5 Ø 5,44x2,54 dpt. 3,05 12 8 9 9 7 4 7 3
S3824.AC1307 3,5 Ø 5,44x2,54 dpt. 3,05 12 8 9 9 7 4 7 3 Material
S3824.AC1309 3,5 Ø 5,44x2,54 dpt. 3,05 12 8 9 9 7 4 7 3 Steel and zinc with natural finish.
S3824.AC1311 3,5 Ø 5,44x2,54 dpt. 3,05 12 8 9 9 7 4 7 3
Technical Notes
20%.
Tips
quantity.
Important Notes
data table.
CW= clockwise
CCW= counterclockwise

symmetric - asymmetric torque - 0,0-3,4 Nm. - plain bore
Material
Zinc alloy, steel, grease and o-ring
with natural finish.
Technical Notes
20%. Oil ring seals against
environmental contamination.
Tips
quantity.
Important Notes
data table.
CW= clockwise.
Torque Torque
Nm. Nm.
S3830.AC0000 Right Symmetric 0,0 0,0 270° 57,15 20
S3830.AC0214 Right Asymmetric 1,4 0,8 270° 57,15 20
S3830.AC1000 Left Symmetric 0,0 0,0 270° 57,15 20
S3830.AC1214 Left Asymmetric 1,4 0,8 270° 57,15 20

Torque Torque
Nm. Nm.
Order No. d1 d2 l2 l3 l4 l5 h2 h3 w1 w2 w3 w4
S3830.AC0000 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3
S3830.AC0009 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3
S3830.AC0014 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3
S3830.AC0018 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3
S3830.AC0023 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3
S3830.AC0027 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3
S3830.AC0214 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 Material
S3830.AC0218 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 Zinc alloy, steel, grease and o-ring
S3830.AC0223 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 with natural finish.
S3830.AC0227 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 Technical Notes
S3830.AC0234 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 Tested to 25,000 cycles with static
S3830.AC0314 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 torque value remaining within +/-
S3830.AC0318 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 20%. Oil ring seals against
S3830.AC0323 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 environmental contamination.
S3830.AC0327 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 Tips
S3830.AC0334 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 Also available as black oxide finish,
S3830.AC1000 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 on request and subject to min.
S3830.AC1009 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 quantity.
S3830.AC1014 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3
Important Notes
S3830.AC1018 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3
S3830.AC1023 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 torque value in both clockwise and
S3830.AC1027 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 counterclockwise directions.
S3830.AC1214 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 Asymmetric hinges, offer different
S3830.AC1218 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 torque value in clockwise and
S3830.AC1223 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 counterclockwise directions - see
S3830.AC1227 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 data table.
S3830.AC1234 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 CW= clockwise.
S3830.AC1314 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 CCW= counterclockwise.
S3830.AC1318 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3
S3830.AC1323 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3
S3830.AC1327 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3
S3830.AC1334 5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 v 3

symmetric - asymmetric torque - 0,0-3,4 Nm. - counter sunk
Material
Technical Notes
20%. 270°shaft rotation. Oil ring
seals against environmental
contamination.
Tips
quantity.
Important Notes
data table.
CW= clockwise.
Torque Torque
Nm. Nm.

symmetric - asymmetric torque - 0,0-3,4 Nm. - counter sunk
Torque Torque
Nm. Nm.
S3834.AC0000 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3
S3834.AC0009 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3
S3834.AC0014 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3
S3834.AC0018 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3
S3834.AC0023 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3
Material
S3834.AC0027 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3
S3834.AC0214 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3
S3834.AC0218 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3
S3834.AC0223 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 Technical Notes
S3834.AC0227 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 Tested to 25,000 cycles with static
S3834.AC0234 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 torque value remaining within +/-
20%. 270°shaft rotation. Oil ring
S3834.AC0314 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3
seals against environmental
S3834.AC0318 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3
contamination.
S3834.AC0323 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3
S3834.AC0327 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 Tips
S3834.AC0334 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 Also available as black oxide finish,
S3834.AC1000 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 on request and subject to min.
quantity.
S3834.AC1009 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3
S3834.AC1014 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 Important Notes
S3834.AC1018 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 Symmetric hinges, offer same
S3834.AC1023 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 torque value in both clockwise and
S3834.AC1027 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 counterclockwise directions.
S3834.AC1214 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 Asymmetric hinges, offer different
S3834.AC1218 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3
S3834.AC1223 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3
data table.
S3834.AC1227 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 CW= clockwise.
S3834.AC1234 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3 CCW= counterclockwise.
S3834.AC1314 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3
S3834.AC1318 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3
S3834.AC1323 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3
S3834.AC1327 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3
S3834.AC1334 4,5 3,3 43,76 38 17,8 6,35 12,5 14 10 5 3,18 3

symmetric - asymmetric torque - 0,0-3,4 Nm. - counter sunk & plain bore
Material
Technical Notes
Tips
quantity.
Important Notes
data table.
CW= clockwise.
Torque Torque
Order No. Mounting holes Counter sunk Torque Type CW CCW Shaft Rotation
Nm. Nm.
S3840.AC0000 Plain Symmetric 0,0 0,0 270°
S3840.AC0214 Plain Asymmetric 1,4 0,8 270°
S3840.AC0334 C'sunk Asymmetric 2,0 3,4 270°
S3840.AC1000 C'sunk Symmetric 0,0 0,0 270°

Torque Torque
Order No. Mounting holes Counter sunk Torque Type CW CCW Shaft Rotation
Nm. Nm.
Shaft
Order No. l1 h1 d1 d2 l2 l3 l4 l5 h2 w2 w3 w4 w1
Rotation
S3840.AC0000 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10
S3840.AC1000 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10
S3840.AC0009 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10
S3840.AC0014 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10
S3840.AC0018 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10
S3840.AC0023 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10 Material
S3840.AC0027 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10
S3840.AC0214 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10
S3840.AC0218 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10 Technical Notes
S3840.AC0223 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10 Tested to 25,000 cycles with static
S3840.AC0227 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10 torque value remaining within +/-
S3840.AC0234 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10 20%. Oil ring seals against
S3840.AC0314 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10
S3840.AC0318 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10 Tips
S3840.AC0323 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10 Also available as black oxide finish,
S3840.AC0327 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10 on request and subject to min.
S3840.AC0334 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10 quantity.
S3840.AC1009 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10 Important Notes
S3840.AC1014 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10 Symmetric hinges, offer same
S3840.AC1018 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10 torque value in both clockwise and
S3840.AC1023 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10 counterclockwise directions.
S3840.AC1027 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10 Asymmetric hinges, offer different
S3840.AC1214 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10 torque value in clockwise and
S3840.AC1218 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10 counterclockwise directions - see
data table.
S3840.AC1223 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10
CW= clockwise.
S3840.AC1227 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10
S3840.AC1234 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10
S3840.AC1314 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10
S3840.AC1318 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10
S3840.AC1323 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10
S3840.AC1327 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10
S3840.AC1334 76,29 20 4,5 3,3 69,72 57,02 38 17,8 14 19,6 5 3 3 10

Material
Steel and zinc with natural finish.
Technical Notes
Tips
quantity.
Important Notes
data table.
CW= clockwise.
Torque Torque
Nm. Nm.
S3844.AC0000 Right Symmetric 0,0 0,0 270° 80,8 25,58
S3844.AC0223 Right Asymmetric 2,3 1,4 270° 80,8 25,58
S3844.AC1000 Left Symmetric 0,0 0,0 270° 80,8 25,58
S3844.AC1223 Left Asymmetric 2,3 1,4 270° 80,8 25,58
S3844.AC1345 Left 2,7 4,5 270° 80,8 25,58
Order No. d d l l l l h h w w w w
1 2 2 3 4 5 2 3 1 2 3 4
S3844.AC0000 5,2 4,5 67,4 50,8 34 10 19,5 12,7 12,7 6,35 4,5 4
S3844.AC1000 5,2 4,5 67,4 50,8 34 10 19,5 12,7 12,7 6,35 4,5 4
S3844.AC0009 5,2 4,5 67,4 50,8 34 10 19,5 12,7 12,7 6,35 4,5 4
S3844.AC0018 5,2 4,5 67,4 50,8 34 10 19,5 12,7 12,7 6,35 4,5 4
S3844.AC0023 5,2 4,5 67,4 50,8 34 10 19,5 12,7 12,7 6,35 4,5 4

S3844.AC0034 5,2 4,5 67,4 50,8 34 10 19,5 12,7 12,7 6,35 4,5 4
S3844.AC0223 5,2 4,5 67,4 50,8 34 10 19,5 12,7 12,7 6,35 4,5 4
S3844.AC0234 5,2 4,5 67,4 50,8 34 10 19,5 12,7 12,7 6,35 4,5 4
S3844.AC0245 5,2 4,5 67,4 50,8 34 10 19,5 12,7 12,7 6,35 4,5 4
S3844.AC0323 5,2 4,5 67,4 50,8 34 10 19,5 12,7 12,7 6,35 4,5 4
S3844.AC0334 5,2 4,5 67,4 50,8 34 10 19,5 12,7 12,7 6,35 4,5 4
S3844.AC0345 5,2 4,5 67,4 50,8 34 10 19,5 12,7 12,7 6,35 4,5 4
S3844.AC1009 5,2 4,5 67,4 50,8 34 10 19,5 12,7 12,7 6,35 4,5 4
S3844.AC1018 5,2 4,5 67,4 50,8 34 10 19,5 12,7 12,7 6,35 4,5 4
S3844.AC1023 5,2 4,5 67,4 50,8 34 10 19,5 12,7 12,7 6,35 4,5 4
S3844.AC1034 5,2 4,5 67,4 50,8 34 10 19,5 12,7 12,7 6,35 4,5 4
S3844.AC1223 5,2 4,5 67,4 50,8 34 10 19,5 12,7 12,7 6,35 4,5 4 Material
S3844.AC1234 5,2 4,5 67,4 50,8 34 10 19,5 12,7 12,7 6,35 4,5 4 Steel and zinc with natural finish.
S3844.AC1245 5,2 4,5 67,4 50,8 34 10 19,5 12,7 12,7 6,35 4,5 4
Technical Notes
S3844.AC1323 5,2 4,5 67,4 50,8 34 10 19,5 12,7 12,7 6,35 4,5 4
S3844.AC1334 5,2 4,5 67,4 50,8 34 10 19,5 12,7 12,7 6,35 4,5 4
S3844.AC1345 5,2 4,5 67,4 50,8 34 10 19,5 12,7 12,7 6,35 4,5 4 20%. Oil ring seals against
Tips
quantity.
Important Notes
data table.
CW= clockwise.

Friction Hinges - Natural S3850
symmetric - asymmetric torque - 0,0-3,5 Nm. - counter sunk and plain bore
Material
Technical Notes
Tips
diagram.
Also available as black paint finish,
see part S5852.
Important Notes
data table.
CW= clockwise.
Torque Torque
Order No. Mounting hole Torque type CW CCW Shaft rotation
Nm. Nm.

Friction Hinges - Natural S3850
symmetric - asymmetric torque - 0,0-3,5 Nm. - counter sunk and plain bore
Torque Torque
Order No. Mounting hole Torque type CW CCW Shaft rotation
Nm. Nm.
Material
Order No. l1 h1 d1 h2 h3 h4 l2 l3 l4 l5
S3850.AC0000 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3 with natural finish.
S3850.AC0009 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
Technical Notes
S3850.AC0014 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
S3850.AC0018 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3 torque value remaining within +/-
S3850.AC0023 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3 20%. Oil ring seals against
S3850.AC0027 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3 environmental contamination.
S3850.AC0214 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
S3850.AC0218 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
Tips
S3850.AC0223 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
S3850.AC0227 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3 diagram.
S3850.AC0234 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3 Also available as black paint finish,
S3850.AC0314 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3 see part S5852.
S3850.AC0318 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
S3850.AC0323 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
Important Notes
S3850.AC0327 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
S3850.AC0334 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3 counterclockwise directions.
S3850.AC1000 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3 Asymmetric hinges, offer different
S3850.AC1009 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3 torque value in clockwise and
S3850.AC1014 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3 counterclockwise directions - see
S3850.AC1018 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3 data table.
S3850.AC1023 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3 CW= clockwise.
S3850.AC1027 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3 CCW= counterclockwise.
S3850.AC1214 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
S3850.AC1218 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
S3850.AC1223 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
S3850.AC1227 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
S3850.AC1234 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
S3850.AC1314 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
S3850.AC1318 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
S3850.AC1323 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
S3850.AC1327 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
S3850.AC1334 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3

Friction Hinges - Black S3852
Material
with black paint finish.
Technical Notes
Tips
diagram. Also available as natural
finish see part S3850.
Important Notes
data table.
CW= clockwise.
Torque Torque
Order No. Mounting holes Torque type CW CCW Shaft rotation
Nm. Nm.

Friction Hinges - Black S3852
Torque Torque
Order No. Mounting holes Torque type CW CCW Shaft rotation
Nm. Nm.
Material
Order No. l1 h1 d1 h2 h3 h4 l2 l3 l4 l5
S3852.AC0000 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3 with black paint finish.
S3852.AC1000 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
Technical Notes
S3852.AC0009 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
S3852.AC0014 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3 torque value remaining within +/-
S3852.AC0018 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3 20%. Oil ring seals against
S3852.AC0023 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3 environmental contamination.
S3852.AC0027 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
S3852.AC0214 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
Tips
S3852.AC0218 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
S3852.AC0223 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3 diagram. Also available as natural
S3852.AC0227 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3 finish see part S3850.
S3852.AC0234 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
S3852.AC0314 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3 Important Notes
S3852.AC0318 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3 Symmetric hinges, offer same
S3852.AC0323 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
S3852.AC0327 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3 Asymmetric hinges, offer different
S3852.AC0334 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3 torque value in clockwise and
S3852.AC1009 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3 counterclockwise directions - see
S3852.AC1014 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3 data table.
S3852.AC1018 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3 CW= clockwise.
S3852.AC1023 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3 CCW= counterclockwise.
S3852.AC1027 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
S3852.AC1214 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
S3852.AC1218 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
S3852.AC1223 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
S3852.AC1227 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
S3852.AC1234 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
S3852.AC1314 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
S3852.AC1318 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
S3852.AC1323 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
S3852.AC1327 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3
S3852.AC1334 38 40 4,5 14 14 20 17,8 10,1 10 3

Friction Hinges - Natural & Black S3854
Material
Steel and zinc with natural or black
oxide finish.
Technical Notes
Torque Torque 20%. Oil ring seals against
Shaft
Order No. Finish Torque type CW CCW l1 h1 environmental contamination.
rotation
Nm. Nm.
Important Notes
S3854.AC0000 Natural Symmetric 0,0 0,0 270° 50,8 57,15 Symmetric hinges, offer same
S3854.AC0009 Natural Symmetric 0,9 0,9 270° 50,8 57,15 torque value in both clockwise and
S3854.AC0018 Natural Symmetric 1,8 1,8 270° 50,8 57,15 counterclockwise directions.
S3854.AC0023 Natural Symmetric 2,3 2,3 270° 50,8 57,15 Asymmetric hinges, offer different
S3854.AC0034 Natural Symmetric 3,4 3,4 270° 50,8 57,15 torque value in clockwise and
S3854.AC0223 Natural Asymmetric 2,3 1,4 270° 50,8 57,15 counterclockwise directions - see
data table.
S3854.AC0234 Natural Asymmetric 3,4 2,0 270° 50,8 57,15
CW= clockwise.
S3854.AC1000 Black paint Symmetric 0,0 0,0 270° 50,8 57,15
S3854.AC1223 Black paint Asymmetric 2,3 1,4 270° 50,8 57,15
Order No. d1 d2 d3 h2 h3 h4 l2 l3 w1 w2 w3
S3854.AC0000 Ø 12x0,7 dept. 5,2 10 17 17 28,58 34 8,4 12,8 4,5 3,81
S3854.AC0009 Ø 12x0,7 dept. 5,2 10 17 17 28,58 34 8,4 12,8 4,5 3,81
S3854.AC0018 Ø 12x0,7 dept. 5,2 10 17 17 28,58 34 8,4 12,8 4,5 3,81
S3854.AC0023 Ø 12x0,7 dept. 5,2 10 17 17 28,58 34 8,4 12,8 4,5 3,81
S3854.AC0034 Ø 12x0,7 dept. 5,2 10 17 17 28,58 34 8,4 12,8 4,5 3,81
S3854.AC0223 Ø 12x0,7 dept. 5,2 10 17 17 28,58 34 8,4 12,8 4,5 3,81
S3854.AC0234 Ø 12x0,7 dept. 5,2 10 17 17 28,58 34 8,4 12,8 4,5 3,81
S3854.AC0327 Ø 12x0,7 dept. 5,2 10 17 17 28,58 34 8,4 12,8 4,5 3,81
S3854.AC0323 Ø 12x0,7 dept. 5,2 10 17 17 28,58 34 8,4 12,8 4,5 3,81
S3854.AC0334 Ø 12x0,7 dept. 5,2 10 17 17 28,58 34 8,4 12,8 4,5 3,81
S3854.AC0345 Ø 12x0,7 dept. 5,2 10 17 17 28,58 34 8,4 12,8 4,5 3,81
S3854.AC1000 Ø 12x0,7 dept. 5,2 10 17 17 28,58 34 8,4 12,8 4,5 3,81
S3854.AC1009 Ø 12x0,7 dept. 5,2 10 17 17 28,58 34 8,4 12,8 4,5 3,81
S3854.AC1018 Ø 12x0,7 dept. 5,2 10 17 17 28,58 34 8,4 12,8 4,5 3,81
S3854.AC1023 Ø 12x0,7 dept. 5,2 10 17 17 28,58 34 8,4 12,8 4,5 3,81
S3854.AC1034 Ø 12x0,7 dept. 5,2 10 17 17 28,58 34 8,4 12,8 4,5 3,81
S3854.AC1223 Ø 12x0,7 dept. 5,2 10 17 17 28,58 34 8,4 12,8 4,5 3,81
S3854.AC1234 Ø 12x0,7 dept. 5,2 10 17 17 28,58 34 8,4 12,8 4,5 3,81
S3854.AC1327 Ø 12x0,7 dept. 5,2 10 17 17 28,58 34 8,4 12,8 4,5 3,81
S3854.AC1323 Ø 12x0,7 dept. 5,2 10 17 17 28,58 34 8,4 12,8 4,5 3,81
S3854.AC1334 Ø 12x0,7 dept. 5,2 10 17 17 28,58 34 8,4 12,8 4,5 3,81
S3854.AC1345 Ø 12x0,7 dept. 5,2 10 17 17 28,58 34 8,4 12,8 4,5 3,81

symmetric torque - 2,5-5,0 Nm.
Material
Steel with nickel plating finish.
Technical Notes
25%.
Important Notes
Symmetric, offer same torque value
in both clockwise and
CW= clockwise.
Torqu
Shaft w3
Order No. Torque type e d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6 w1 w2
rotation thru
Nm.
S3870.AC0025 90° Symmetric 2,5 32,1 27 20 16 M 3x0,50 M 3x0,50 23,7 17 8

Constant Torque - Friction Torque Hinges S4000
Material
polished. Shaft: Stainless steel, AISI
303, polished.
Technical Notes
Friction torque hinge designed for
holding lid/door in position.
Stainless steel construction for
corrosive environments. Operating
temperature: -20°C to +60°C.
Torque
Order No. Kgf/cm X
g
±1
S4000.AC0005 5 21
S4000.AC0009 9 51
S4000.AC0019 19 51
S4000.AC0035 35 195
S4000.AC0058 58 195

Adjustable Torque - Friction Hinge S4002
polyamide - screw mount - plastic
Material
Body: polyamide, black finish.
Shaft: PC.
Supplied with: Fixing nuts and
bolts.
Technical Notes
Opening angle 160°. Hinge torque
adjusted by screw. Provides position
control. Suitable for left hand and
right hand application.
Max
Torque
Order No. l1 w1 h1 h2 h3 l2 w2 w3 Kgf/c FxN FyN
m
±1
S4002.AW0043 43 36 12,5 6 6,5 13,5 18 12,5 8 - -

S4005 One Way Hinges
overview
One-way hinges are a mechanical component that combines the functions of the one-way clutch and friction
hinge, and are a hinge that has a load torque for retaining a lid, etc. in one direction, while freely rotating
without load in the other direction.
When used in door mechanisms, they can be used to make opening easy (only the weight of the lid) or to hold
in any chosen position. These are ideal as the door hinges on various types of lids for sheet metal , machine
enclosures or office automation equipment.
Bespoke shafts for Specification items Specifications of the adaptable shaft

standard and flange Hinge bore 6 -0.03
0
models Diameter tolerances Hinge bore 8

0
-0.03
,I\RXDUHPDNLQJ\RXURZQ 0
Hinge bore 10 -0.03
VKDIWIRUJHDUPRXQWLQJSOHDVH
XVHWKHVKDIWVDWLVI\LQJWKH Materials Heat treated steel
IROORZLQJVSHFLILFDWLRQVVKRZQ
LQWKHWDEOH
Operation Enviroment Operating conditions Operating enviroment

Temperature -5°C to 60°C
Humidity 90% RH or less
Mounting Models Mounting

Insert the shaft to the one-way hinge and put the boss part of the hinge into the
Standard model grooves of gears and other matching component. When operated, the hinge needs to
be turned.
Set the flange part of the housing and then insert the adaptable shaft. You may make
Flange model a “D-cut” at the edge of the shaft for mounting, when putting a gear. When operated,
the shaft needs to be turned.
Mounting examples one-way bracket one-way bracket

hinge hinge one-way gear
hinge
snap ring snap ring snap ring
shaft shaft
gear gear
bracket
example 1 example 2 example 3
Comparison with oil Head Torque Lid Environment Other

damper
Motion can be stopped -5°C to 60°C Wide torque setting
One way hinge Constant
at any position 90%RH range
Affected by
Variable depending on
Oil damper Falls environmental
speed
conditions
ov-one-way-hinge - Updated - 17-05-2017
Reliability Torque is set as within ±10% to the nominal value before Test condition items Test conditions
shipment. Guaranteed life-time is 20,000 cycle (1 cycle = 1 return
Speed 13 strokes / min
motion).
Operation angle 360°
Caution Care must be taken when mounting the one-way hinge. The torque may be changed if an unbalanced load is
directly applied in the radial or axial direction.

Material
Fixing tube: polyacetal.
Technical Notes
Friction torque hinge holds
lids/covers over free stop angle
between 0 - 180°.
Torque Kgf/cm (per pair)

Order No. Free stop angle
+40% / -20%
S4006.AC0003 3,5 0 - 180°
S4006.AC0007 7,0 0 - 180°
S4006.AC0015 15,0 0 - 180°

screw mount - zinc
Material
Body: zinc alloy, chrome plated.
Covers: ABS plastic, chrome finish.
Technical Notes
Friction torque hinge holds
lids/covers, monitors etc at desired
angle. Supplied with covers for
improved finishing/appearance.
Torque Kgf/cm X
Order No.
±15% g
S4010.AC0030 30 140
S4010.AC0020 20 140
S4010.AC0015 15 140

Material
polished.
Shaft: stainless steel, AISI 303.
Washer: phosphor bronze.
Spring washer: steel.
Technical Notes
Friction torque hinge designed for
holding monitors, displays etc in
position.
Important Notes
Applicable torque range 180°.
Tested to 20,000 cycles, based on
movement within a 45°range of
movement. Temperature range -10
to +50°C.
Torque
Order No. kgf/cm X
g
±20%
S4016.AC0025 25 50
S4016.AC0035 35 50
S4016.AC0050 50 130
S4016.AC0070 70 130

Material
Technical Notes
Friction torque hinge ideal for
mounting of monitors, monitoring
cameras, screens and displays.
Consistent torque throughout free
stop angle.
Order No. Order No. Torque Kgf/cm X

Friction free stop angle
Right Hand Left Hand ±20% g
S4020.AC0020 S4020.AC0120 20,4 0-140° 30
S4020.AC0030 S4020.AC0130 30,6 0-140° 30
S4020.AC0045 S4020.AC0145 45,9 0-140° 65

Material
Technical Notes
Friction torque hinge ideal for
mounting of monitors, monitoring
cameras, screens and displays.
Consistent torque throughout free
stop angle.
Order No. Order No. Torque Kgf/cm X

Opening angle
Right Hand Left Hand ±20% g
S4022.AC0020 S4022.AC0120 20,4 360° 30
S4022.AC0010 S4022.AC0110 7,1 360° 31
S4022.AC0030 S4022.AC0130 30,6 360° 30
S4022.AC0045 S4022.AC0145 45,9 360° 65

Friction Torque Hinges
Material
Bracket and Base- 430 Stainless,
Plate- steel, Shaft and washer- 303
and 430 stainless steel.
Technical Notes
Hole in shaft allows easy cable
management. Ideal for the holder of
LCD and monitoring camera.
Successfull Passed for the 50,000
open/close private cycle test.
Operating temperature: 0°C- 40°cC.
For pair using: Use the same torque
moment in both hinges.
Torque moment per piece is 4.5 Nm
±20%.
Order No. Type Xg

S4024.AC0010 Right/Wiring Hole 60
S4024.AC0020 Left/Wiring Hole 60

Friction Torque Hinges
Material
Bracket and Base- 430 Stainless,
Plate- steel, Shaft and washer- 303
and 430 stainless steel.
Technical Notes
Hole in shaft allows easy cable
management. Ideal for the holder of
LCD and monitoring camera.
Successfull Passed for the 50,000
Torque moment per piece is 4.5 Nm
±20%.
Tips
Operating temperature: 0°C- 40°cC.
For pair using: Use the same torque
moment in both hinges.
Order No. Type Xg

S4026.AC0010 Right/Wiring Hole 60
S4026.AC0020 Left/Wiring Hole 60

Constant Torque - Dual Axis Friction Hinges S4030
Material
Body and base: stainless steel, AISI
430.
Technical Notes
Dual axis torque hinge with stability
in both axis. Ideal for mounting of
monitor screens. Angle of swivel
axis can be limited via use of
pin/screw (not supplied).
Tilting torque Swivelling torque

Order No. Kgf/cm Tilting angle Kgf/cm Swivel angle
±20% ±20%
S4030.AC0030 30 120° 15 30°/90°

Constant Torque - Dual Axis Friction Hinges S4030
Material
430.
Technical Notes

Constant Torque - Dual Axis Friction Hinge S4032
Material
430.
Technical Notes
Tilting torque Swivelling torque

Order No. Kgf/cm Tilting angle Kgf/cm Swivel angle
±15% ±20%
S4032.AC0030 71,5 120° 30,5 30°/90°

Constant Torque - Dual Axis Friction Hinge S4032
Material
430.
Technical Notes

Detent Positioning Hinges S4100
screw mount - plastic
Material
Body: polyacetal.
Caps: polypropylene.
Pin: AISI 304 stainless steel.
Technical Notes
Holds doors open at 4x90°
positions without secondary
mechanical support.
Holding force approx. 5Kgf.cm.
Tips
Suitable for medical, food
processing and factory automation
machines.
Order No. Colour X

g
S4100.AC0010 Ivory 30
S4100.AC0020 Black 30

Mini Detent Hinge S4102
screw mount - plastic
Technical Notes
Plastic hinge holds doors at 3
different positions without
secondary support (-10°, 120°and
170°). Can be used horizontally or
vertically. Additional stopper is
recommended at 0°and 170°.
Successfully passed for the 40,000
Tips
Recommended screw: Pan wood
screw M4.
Order No. Colour Xg

S4102.AW0010 Black 8
S4102.AW0020 White 8

Spring Hinges - High Tension S4200
Material
finish.
Technical Notes
Two spring tension types available;
opening type - spring works to keep
door/panel open; closing type -
spring works to close the
door/panel.
Order No. Hand Spring tension X

g
S4200.AC0010 Left Closing 41
S4200.AC0110 Left Opening 41
S4200.AC0020 Right Closing 41
S4200.AC0120 Right Opening 41

Spring Hinges S4202
Material
Stainless steel, AISI 304, plain
finish.
Technical Notes
Spring tension in this hinge is
designed to keep doors closed.
Spring
Spring X
Order No. l1 w1 l2 w2 d1 d2 d3 t load
tension g
kg
S4202.AC0020 Closing 20 14 - - 2,2 1 - 0,5 0,50 5
S4202.AC0025 Closing 25 32 14 20 5,8 3 3,2 1,2 0,55 10
S4202.AC0038 Closing 38 32 26 20 6,5 3 3,2 1,5 1,20 20
S4202.AC0051 Closing 51 38 32 25 6,5 3 3,2 1,5 0,80 35

ov-glass-door-hinges - Updated - 12-01-2017
Glass Door
Hinges
Glass Door Hinges Selection Chart
The Wixroyd range of glass door hinges are intended for the mounting of smaller doors and panels on cabinets
and enclosures, typically their maximum load capacity is 4 Kg per hinge pair. Some of our larger hinges have a
capacity of upto 12-15 Kg/pair.
Inset type hinges Wixroyd Max. glass Max. load Max. door/ Requires
Inset hinges are mounted on product thickness capacity per panel size mm mounting holes
the inside of the cabinet frame, no. (mm) pair (Kg) (subj. to max. load) cut in glass
and are used for hanging T2000 4 to 6 4 - Yes
doors/panels flush to the T2030 4 to 6 4 450 x 700 Yes
frame of the cabinet. Requires
T2220 5 to 8 15 600 x 700 Yes
mounting holes to be cut into
T2300 5 to 8 12 650 x 700 Yes
the glass.
T2102 4 to 6 8 500 x 600 Yes
Overlay hinges Wixroyd Max. glass Max. load Max. door/ Requires
Overlay hinges are mounted to product thickness capacity per panel size mm mounting holes
the inside of the cabinet frame, no. (mm) pair (Kg) (subj. to max. load) cut in glass
with the complete hinge profile T2240 5 to 8 15 600 x 700 Yes
resting on the cabinet frame. T2106 4 to 6 8 500 x 600 Yes
The door/panel is hung proud
of the cabinet frame. Requires
mounting holes to be cut into
the glass.
Half overlay hinges Wixroyd Max. glass Max. load Max. door/ Requires
Half overlay hinges are product thickness capacity per panel size mm mounting holes
mounted to the inside of the no. (mm) pair (Kg) (subj. to max. load) cut in glass
cabinet frame, with half of the T2020 4 to 6 4 - Yes
hinge profile resting on the T2040 4 to 6 4 450 x 700 Yes
cabinet frame. The door/panel
T2104 4 to 6 8 500 x 600 Yes
is hung proud of the cabinet
frame. Requires mounting
holes to be cut into the glass.
Glass-to-glass hinges Wixroyd Max. glass Max. load Max. door/ Requires
To hinge glass-to-glass, product thickness capacity per panel size mm mounting holes
Tony says use these particular no. (mm) pair (Kg) (subj. to max. load) cut in glass
hinges, they provide non-flush T2200 5 to 8 15 600 x 700 Yes
hanging of glass to glass.
Requires mounting holes to be
cut into the glass.
Set screw mount hinges Wixroyd Max. glass Max. load Max. door/ Requires
These simple to install glass product thickness capacity per panel size mm mounting holes
hinges use set screws to no. (mm) pair (Kg) (subj. to max. load) cut in glass
clamp the glass, no cutting of T2260 4 to 8 - 450 x 1300 No
the glass is required. T2280 4 to 8 - 400 x 600 No

Glass Door Hinges - Inset Type T2000
stainless steel
Material
Hinge: stainless steel, AISI 304,
polished.
Cover: aluminium, alumite.
Technical Notes
For door thickness 4 to 6mm. For
installation dimensions see table
below.
a = distance of mounting holes from
glass edge, to ensure smooth door
opening.
Please note, you will need to drill
holes in the glass in order to fit
these hinges.
Tips
Screws are not included.
Important Notes
For glass thickness:
4mm; a = 19
5mm; a = 18
6mm; a = 17
Load capacity
Glass thickness X
Order No. 2 hinges
mm g
Kg
T2000.AC0010 4 to 6 4 15

Glass Door Hinges - Half Overlay Type T2020
stainless steel
Material
Hinge: stainless steel, AISI 304,
polished.
Cover: aluminium, alumite.
Technical Notes
below.
opening.
these hinges.
Tips
Important Notes
4mm; a = 19, overlay = 8
Load capacity
Glass thickness X
Order No. 2 hinges
mm g
Kg
T2020.AC0010 4 to 6 4 21

lift-off
Material
Hinge: steel, chrome polish finish.
Technical Notes
below.
Max. door size-
450w x 700h x 5mm thick.
Door weight- 4kg/pair max.
opening.
This lift-off hinge enables easy
removal and mounting of glass
panel/door.
these hinges.
Tips
Important Notes
4mm; a = 20
5mm; a = 20
6mm; a = 20
Load capacity
Glass thickness X
Order No. Type 2 hinges
mm g
Kg
T2030.AC0010 Right 4 to 6 4 24,5
T2030.AC0020 Left 4 to 6 4 26,5

Glass Door Hinges - Half Overlay Type T2040
with catch
Material
Hinge: steel or stainless steel, AISI
304, with ABS plastic body. Refer to
table for plating finish.
Technical Notes
For door thickness 4 to 6mm.
Max. door size - 450w x 700h x 5mm
thick. Max. door weight - 4Kg per
hinge pair.
For installation dimensions see
table below.
opening.
Plastic body of hinge forms a
mechanical catch to hold door in
closed position.
these hinges.
Tips
Important Notes
Load
Glass
capacity X
Order No. Finish Body type thickness d1 d2 d3 t
2 hinges g
mm
Kg
T2040.AC0020 Chrome Steel 4 to 6 4 20 6,5 7,0 2 36
T2040.AC0030 Brass Steel 4 to 6 4 20 6,5 7,0 2 36
T2040.AC0040 Black Stainless 4 to 6 4 21 8,0 8,5 3 32

Glass Door Hinges - Size 26 T2104
inset type - half overlay type - 110°opening - soft close
Material
Hinge arm: steel, zinc plated, with
plastic glass retaining ring.
Hinge mounting plate: steel, zinc
plated.
Cover plate for glass: ABS plastic,
metal coated.
Cover plate for hinge arm and
mounting plate: ABC plastic,
chrome plated.
Supplied (per hinge): - 1 x hinge
arm. 1 x mounting plate (self-tap
screw fixing). 1 x mounting plate
(euro screw fixing). 1 x cover plate
for glass (round). 1 x cover plate for
glass (oval). 1 x cover plate for arm
hinge and moutning plate. 2 x wood
screw (4 x 16). 2 x euro screw (6.3 x
16).
Technical Notes
Supplied as single hinge.
incorporated into the hinge is a
hydraulic based "soft close" device
to assist in controlled closing of
door.
Installation notes:
Hinge-on-plate mounting system;
plate easily fastened to wooden
frame using self-tapping screw
(supplied). Requires 26 mm dia. cut
out glass for mounting of hinge to
glass door - please see installation
diagram for details. Hinge is
"clip-on", quick mount/dismount
to the mounting plate.
Glass thickness
Order No. Size Finish
mm
T2104.AW0010 25 Chrome 4 to 6
T2104.AW0020 25 Gold 4 to 6

Glass Door Hinges - Size 26 T2106
overlay type - 110ºopening - soft close
Material
Hinge arm: steel, zinc plate, with
plastic glass retaining ring.
Hinge mounting plate: steel, zinc
plated.
Cover plate for glass: ABS plastic,
metal coated.
Cover plate for hinge arm and
mounting plate: ABC plastic,
chrome plated.
Supplied (per hinge): - 1 x hinge
arm. 1 x mounting plate (self-tap
screw fixing). 1 x mounting plate
(euro screw fixing). 1 x cover plate
for glass (round). 1 x cover plate for
glass (oval). 1 x cover plate for arm
hinge and mounting plate. 2 x wood
screw (4 x 16). 2 x euro screw (6.3 x
16).
Technical Notes
Supplied as single hinge.
Incorporated into the hinge is a
hydraulic based "soft close" device
to assist in controlled closing of
door.
Installation notes:
Hinge-on-plate mounting system;
plate easily fastened to wooden
frame using self-tapping screws or
eurp screw (supplied). Requires 26
mm dia. cut-out glass for mounting
of hinge to glass door - please see
installation diagram for details.
Hinge is "clip-on", quick
mount/dismount to the mounting
plate.
Order No. Size Finish Glass thickness mm

T2106.AW0010 25 Chrome 4 to 6
T2106.AW0020 25 Gold 4 to 6

Glass Door Hinges - Glass to Glass Type T2200
Material
Hinge body: brass, in nickel, chrome
or gold finish.
Glass adj. roller: polyamide, black.
Bushes & spacers: rubber, black.
Technical Notes
Horizontally adjustable by 2,5mm.
Max. door size-
600w x 700h x 8mm thick
Max. door weight-
15Kg per hinge pair.
these hinges.
Important Notes
Spacers are supplied to
accommodate different glass door
thicknesses;
5mm glass use 3 spacers
8mm glass no spacers required.
Load capacity
Glass thickness
Order No. Finish 2 hinges
mm
Kg
T2200.AC0010 Satin Nickel 5 to 8 15
T2200.AC0020 Chrome 5 to 8 15
T2200.AC0030 Gold 5 to 8 15

with catch
Material
or gold finish.
Technical Notes
Horizontally adjustable by 2,5mm,
vertical adjustment 2mm.
Max. door size-
600w x 700h x 8 mm thick
Max. door weight-
15Kg per hinge pair.
mechanical catch to hold
panel/door in closed position.
these hinges.
Important Notes
thicknesses;
Load capacity
Glass thickness
mm
Kg
T2220.AC0020 Chrome 5 to 8 15
T2220.AC0030 Gold 5 to 8 15

Glass Door Hinges - Overlay Type T2240
with catch
Material
or gold finish.
Technical Notes
6mm overlay. For door thickness 5
to 8mm. Horizontally adjustable by
2,5mm, vertical adjustment 2mm.
thick.
Max. door weight - 15Kg per hinge
pair.
mechanical catch to hold
panel/door in closed position.
these hinges.
Important Notes
thicknesses;
Load capacity
Glass thickness
mm
Kg
T2240.AC0020 Chrome 5 to 8 15
T2240.AC0030 Gold 5 to 8 15

Glass Door Hinges - Set Screw Mount T2260
stainless steel
Material
polished
Technical Notes
For door thicknesses 4 to 8mm.
Max. door size-
450w x 1300h x 8mm thick.
Important Notes
No holes required in glass for
installation. Three grub screws hold
and clamp glass in place.
Glass thickness
Order No. Finish
mm
T2260.AC0010 4 to 8 Stainless

Glass Door Hinges - Set Screw Mount T2280
stainless steel
Material
polished
Technical Notes
thick.
Important Notes
No holes required in glass for
installation. Three grub screws hold
and clamp glass in place.
Glass thickness
Order No. Finish
mm
T2280.AC0010 4 to 8 Stainless

Glass Door Hinge - Inset Type T2300
stainless steel
Material
Hinge body: stainless steel, AISI
304, polished.
Cover plate: zinc alloy, chrome
plated.
Technical Notes
thick. Max. door weight - 12Kg per
hinge pair.
these hinges.
Glass thickness Load capacity

Order No. Finish
mm Kg
T2300.AC0010 Stainless 5 to 8 12

steel
Material
Hinge Body: Steel, black finish
Support: Polypropylene (PP), black
finish
Screw: Steel, black finish
Socket: Polyamide (PA), black finish
Technical Notes
Please use in pairs. Can not be used
seperately.
Left: For left-lower/right-upper
Right: For right-lower/left-upper
Door width: Max. 450
Door Height: Max. 700
Glass Thickness: 4,5
Door Weight: Max. 4kg/pair
Tips
T2400.AW0010 and T2400.AW0020
should be used with the socket.
Order No. Type A X

g
T2400.AW0010 Right 4 25,0
T2400.AW0020 Left 4 25,0
T2400.AW0110 Right 9 25,5
T2400.AW0120 Left 9 25,5
T2400.AW0990 - - 5

steel
Material
Hinge Body: Steel, black finish
Support: Polypropylene (PP), black
finish
Screw: Steel, black finish
Socket: Polyamide (PA), black finish
Technical Notes
Please use in pairs. Can not be used
seperately.
Left: For left-lower/right-upper
Right: For right-lower/left-upper
Door width: Max. 450
Door Height: Max. 700
Glass Thickness: 4,5
Door Weight: Max. 4kg/pair
Tips
T2400.AW0010 and T2400.AW0020
should be used with the socket.

Glass Door Lock T4101
zinc,cylinder lock - set screw mount
Material
Zinc allot, Din EN1774 ZnAI4Cu1
Technical Notes
To suit glass from 4 - 8mm thick. For
use in glass cabinets and
showcases.
Important Notes
Easy installation, lock is clamped to
edge of glass via a grub screw.
Also supplied with catch plate.
Min. glass thickness Max. glass thickness

Order No. Key type
mm mm
T4101.AW0010 Keyed alike 4 8

Barrel Plugs V0100
flat head
Material
PVC, natural colour
Technical Notes
Wide range of applications. Barrel
shape ensures good fit.
Important Notes
Sold subject to minimum pack
quantity.
Order No. To Fit Thread d1 d2 h1 h2

V0100.AC0500 M8x1 7,3 14 6,0 8,0
V0100.AC0502 M10 9,3 14 4,5 6,5
V0100.AC0504 1/8" BSP 9,3 16 6,8 8,3
V0100.AC0506 M12x1,5 10,7 14 5,5 7,5
V0100.AC0508 M14 11,9 16 7,0 9,0
V0100.AC0510 M14x1,5 12,8 20 7,8 10,3
V0100.AC0512 - 13,7 20 8,0 10,0
V0100.AC0514 M18 15,6 20 8,0 10,0
V0100.AC0516 - 17,0 22 8,2 10,8
V0100.AC0518 1/2" BSP 19,3 25 8,0 10,5
V0100.AC0520 M22x1,5 20,5 30 10,7 13,2
V0100.AC0522 5/8" BSP 21,2 25 7,5 9,5
V0100.AC0524 M24x2,0 22,4 28 9,0 12,0
V0100.AC0526 3/4" BSP 24,6 28 9,0 12,0
V0100.AC0528 M27x1,5 25,5 28 7,5 9,5
V0100.AC0530 M28x1,5 26,5 28 9,0 12,0
V0100.AC0532 7/8" BSP 30,5 36 12,0 15,0
V0100.AC0534 M33x1,5 / 1" BSP 31,8 36 10,0 12,5
V0100.AC0536 M35x1,5 33,5 36 12,0 15,0

Parallel Protection Plug V0120
push fit
Material
Polyethylene, natural colour.
Technical Notes
General purpose for a wide range of
applications.
Important Notes
quantity.
Thread Thread
Order No. d1 d2 d3 h1
(metric) (inch)
V0120.AC0001 3,0 6,5 2,0 5,2 - -
V0120.AC0003 3,5 6,9 2,0 5,5 M4 -
V0120.AC0005 4,0 7,5 3,0 6 - -
V0120.AC0007 4,5 8,0 3,5 6,0 M5 -
V0120.AC0009 5,0 9,0 4,0 7,0 M6 -
V0120.AC0011 5,5 9,0 4,5 7,0 - -
V0120.AC0013 6,0 9,5 5,0 7,0 - -
V0120.AC0015 6,5 9,9 5,5 8,0 - -
V0120.AC0017 7,0 10,0 6,0 7,2 M8 -
V0120.AC0019 7,5 10,5 6,3 7,5 - -
V0120.AC0021 8,0 11,3 7,0 7,8 - -
V0120.AC0023 8,5 11,5 7,5 8,7 M10 -
V0120.AC0025 9,0 11,8 8,0 8,6 - 1/8"
V0120.AC0027 9,5 12,3 8,5 8,2 - -
V0120.AC0029 10,0 12,8 9,0 9,0 - -
V0120.AC0031 10,5 13,5 9,5 8,8 M12 -
V0120.AC0033 11,0 14,0 10,0 9,0 - -
V0120.AC0035 11,5 14,5 10,5 9,0 - -
V0120.AC0037 12,0 15,3 11,0 9,2 - 1/4"
V0120.AC0039 12,5 15,7 11,5 9,2 M14 -
V0120.AC0041 13,0 16,3 12,0 10,0 - -
V0120.AC0043 13,5 16,5 12,5 10,0 - -
V0120.AC0045 14,0 17,0 13,0 10,2 - -
V0120.AC0047 14,5 17,5 13,5 10,2 M16 -
V0120.AC0049 15,0 18,4 14,0 10,2 - -
V0120.AC0051 15,5 19,3 14,5 10,2 - 3/8"
V0120.AC0053 16,0 20,0 15,0 11,0 M18 -
V0120.AC0055 16,5 20,7 15,5 11,0 - -
V0120.AC0057 17,0 20,2 16,0 11,0 - -
V0120.AC0059 17,5 20,7 16,5 11,0 - -
V0120.AC0061 18,0 21,5 17,0 11,0 M20 -
V0120.AC0063 18,5 23,0 17,5 11,0 - -
V0120.AC0065 19,0 22,7 18,0 11,2 - 1/2"
V0120.AC0067 19,5 23,5 18,5 11,7 - -
V0120.AC0069 20,0 23,5 19,0 11,7 M22 -
V0120.AC0071 20,5 24,5 19,5 11,7 - -
V0120.AC0073 21,0 25,0 20,0 11,8 - 5/8"
V0120.AC0075 21,5 25,5 20,0 12,0 M24 -
V0120.AC0077 22,0 26,4 20,8 12,0 - -
V0120.AC0081 23,0 27,0 21,5 12,2 - -
V0120.AC0085 24,0 28,0 22,5 12,0 - -
V0120.AC0089 25,0 30,0 23,5 12,0 M27 3/4"
V0120.AC0093 26,0 30,9 24,5 11,6 - -
V0120.AC0095 26,5 30,4 25,0 11,5 - -

push fit
Thread Thread
(metric) (inch)
V0120.AC0097 27,0 31,0 25,2 10,4 M30 -
V0120.AC0101 28,0 31,3 26,0 11,5 - -
V0120.AC0105 29,0 32,0 27,0 10,5 - 7/8"
V0120.AC0109 30,0 33,0 28,0 10,8 M33 -
V0120.AC0113 31,0 35,0 29,0 11,8 - 1"
V0120.AC0117 32,0 36,9 30,0 11,6 - -
V0120.AC0119 32,5 37,4 30,5 11,6 M36 -
V0120.AC0123 33,0 37,7 31,0 11,4 - -
V0120.AC0127 34,0 38,5 32,0 11,7 - - Material
V0120.AC0131 35,0 40,0 33,0 11,4 - - Polyethylene, natural colour.
V0120.AC0135 36,0 41,2 34,0 12,0 M39 -
Technical Notes
V0120.AC0139 37,0 41,6 35,0 11,5 - -
V0120.AC0143 38,0 42,0 36,0 11,5 M42 -
applications.
V0120.AC0147 39,0 43,8 37,0 11,3 - -
V0120.AC0151 40,0 44,5 38,0 11,5 - 1,1/4" Important Notes
V0120.AC0155 41,0 45,7 39,0 11,5 - - Sold subject to minimum pack
V0120.AC0159 42,0 47,0 40,0 11,3 - - quantity.
V0120.AC0163 43,0 47,5 41,0 11,8 - -
V0120.AC0167 44,0 48,6 42,0 11,3 - -
V0120.AC0147 45,0 50,6 43,0 11,7 - -
V0120.AC0175 46,0 50,6 44,0 11,3 - 1,1/2"
V0120.AC0179 47,0 51,3 45,0 11,3 - -
V0120.AC0183 48,0 53,2 46,0 11,5 - -
V0120.AC0187 49,0 53,7 47,0 11,5 - -
V0120.AC0191 50,0 54,1 48,0 11,0 - -
V0120.AC0195 51,0 54,5 49,0 10,8 - -
V0120.AC0199 52,0 60,0 50,0 12,0 - -
V0120.AC0203 53,0 59,0 51,0 11,9 - -
V0120.AC0207 54,0 60,5 52,0 12,0 - -
V0120.AC0211 55,0 61,2 53,0 12,0 - -
V0120.AC0215 56,0 62,4 54,0 13,0 - -
V0120.AC0219 57,0 60,2 55,0 10,8 - -
V0120.AC0223 58,0 64,6 56,0 11,7 - -
V0120.AC0227 59,0 66,7 57,0 10,7 - -
V0120.AC0231 60,0 67,3 58,0 12,0 - -
V0120.AC0235 61,0 67,1 59,0 12,5 - -
V0120.AC0239 62,0 68,7 60,0 12,2 - -
V0120.AC0243 63,0 66,5 61,0 11,0 - -
V0120.AC0245 63,5 69,5 61,0 11,5 - -
V0120.AC0247 64,0 67,2 62,0 10,7 - -
V0120.AC0251 65,0 68,7 63,0 11,5 - -
V0120.AC0255 66,0 71,5 64,0 11,7 - -
V0120.AC0259 67,0 73,0 65,0 11,5 - -
V0120.AC0263 68,0 74,2 66,0 11,8 - -
V0120.AC0267 69,0 75,0 67,0 11,9 - -
V0120.AC0271 70,0 74,2 68,0 12,1 - -
V0120.AC0275 71,0 75,0 69,0 12,5 - -
V0120.AC0279 72,0 79,0 70,0 13,0 - -
V0120.AC0283 73,0 76,5 71,0 12,0 - -
V0120.AC0287 74,0 77,0 72,0 11,8 - -
V0120.AC0291 75,0 78,5 72,5 11,2 - -
V0120.AC0295 76,0 78,8 74,0 11,5 - -
V0120.AC0299 77,0 80,5 75,0 11,0 - -
V0120.AC0303 78,0 81,7 76,0 11,7 - -
V0120.AC0307 79,0 82,0 77,0 11,0 - -
V0120.AC0311 80,0 83,5 78,0 10,7 - -
V0120.AC0315 81,0 84,0 79,0 10,7 - -
V0120.AC0319 82,0 85,5 80,0 10,5 - -
V0120.AC0323 83,0 86,0 81,0 10,7 - -
V0120.AC0327 84,0 90,0 82,0 12,0 - -
V0120.AC0329 84,5 90,0 82,0 9,2 - -
V0120.AC0331 85,0 89,0 83,0 11,0 - -
V0120.AC0335 86,0 89,0 83,5 11,0 - -
V0120.AC0339 86,5 90,0 84,0 11,0 - -
V0120.AC0343 87,0 90,0 85,0 10,7 - -
V0120.AC0347 88,0 91,0 86,0 10,5 - -
V0120.AC0351 89,0 92,5 87,0 12,0 - -
V0120.AC0355 90,0 93,5 88,0 11,0 - -
V0120.AC0359 91,0 94,3 89,0 11,0 - -
V0120.AC0363 92,0 95,8 90,0 10,8 - -
V0120.AC0367 93,0 95,6 91,0 10,8 - -

push fit
Thread Thread
(metric) (inch)
V0120.AC0371 94,0 97,5 92,0 10,7 - -
V0120.AC0375 95,0 97,8 93,0 10,7 - -
V0120.AC0379 96,0 99,5 94,0 10,8 - -
V0120.AC0383 97,0 100,1 95,0 10,7 - -
V0120.AC0387 98,0 101,8 96,0 10,8 - -
V0120.AC0391 99,0 102,5 97,0 10,7 - -
V0120.AC0395 100,0 104,5 98,0 11,5 - -
V0120.AC0475 120,0 125,0 117,0 14,0 - -
Material
Polyethylene, natural colour.
Technical Notes
applications.
Important Notes
quantity.

Drive Shaft Protection Caps V0200
push-fit
Material
Low density polyethylene, yellow.
Technical Notes
For protection of drive shafts to DIN
748.
Important Notes
quantity.
Order No. w d h
V0200.AC0251 9,0 14,5 24,0
V0200.AC0253 11,0 17,5 27,5
V0200.AC0255 14,0 22,5 35,0
V0200.AC0257 15,0 25,5 32,0
V0200.AC0259 16,0 25,5 47,0
V0200.AC0261 19,0 30,5 47,0
V0200.AC0263 20,0 32,0 58,5
V0200.AC0265 22,0 35,5 58,5
V0200.AC0267 24,0 38,5 58,5
V0200.AC0269 25,0 40,0 70,0
V0200.AC0271 28,0 45,0 70,0
V0200.AC0273 30,0 48,0 93,5
V0200.AC0275 32,0 51,0 93,5
V0200.AC0277 35,0 56,0 93,5
V0200.AC0279 38,0 61,0 93,5
V0200.AC0281 42,0 67,0 127,5
V0200.AC0283 45,0 72,0 117,5
V0200.AC0285 48,0 77,0 127,5
V0200.AC0287 55,0 88,0 127,5
V0200.AC0289 60,0 96,0 164,0
V0200.AC0291 65,0 104,0 164,0
V0200.AC0293 75,0 112,0 164,0

Tube End Caps V0300
push-fit
Material
Low density polyethylene.
Natural colour/yellow.
Important Notes
quantity.
Ext. tube dia.

Ext. tube dia.
Order No. d1 h1
inch
mm.
V0300.AC0001 4,0 - 22,0
V0300.AC0003 6,0 - 18,0
V0300.AC0005 6,0 - 18,0
V0300.AC0007 6,35 - 18,0
V0300.AC0009 7,0 - 18,0
V0300.AC0011 8,0 - 19,0
V0300.AC0013 9,6 1/8" 18,0
V0300.AC0015 10,0 1/8" 18,0
V0300.AC0017 11,0 - 15,0
V0300.AC0019 12,0 - 18,0
V0300.AC0021 12,7 - 18,0
V0300.AC0023 13,0 1/4" 18,0
V0300.AC0025 13,7 1/4" 18,0
V0300.AC0027 14,0 - 20,0
V0300.AC0029 15,0 - 19,0
V0300.AC0031 15,5 - 19,5
V0300.AC0033 16,0 - 20,0
V0300.AC0035 17,2 3/8" 20,0
V0300.AC0037 18,0 - 20,0
V0300.AC0039 18,5 - 20,0
V0300.AC0041 19,0 - 20,0
V0300.AC0043 20,0 - 20,0
V0300.AC0045 21,3 1/2" 16,0
V0300.AC0047 22,0 - 20,0
V0300.AC0049 23,2 - 19,0
V0300.AC0051 24,0 - 20,0
V0300.AC0053 24,8 - 20,0
V0300.AC0055 25,4 - 20,0
V0300.AC0057 26,0 - 20,0
V0300.AC0059 26,9 3/4" 20,0
V0300.AC0061 28,5 - 24,0
V0300.AC0063 30,0 - 25,0
V0300.AC0065 31,8 - 20,0
V0300.AC0067 33,7 1" 20,0
V0300.AC0069 35,0 - 25,0

Tube End Caps V0300
push-fit
Ext. tube dia.
Ext. tube dia.
Order No. d1 h1
inch
mm.
V0300.AC0071 38,0 - 20,0
V0300.AC0073 39,0 - 17,0
V0300.AC0075 40,0 - 25,0
V0300.AC0077 41,3 - 20,0
V0300.AC0079 42,4 1,1/4" 25,3
V0300.AC0081 44,5 - 25,0
V0300.AC0083 45,4 - 20,0
V0300.AC0085 47,5 - 25,0 Material
V0300.AC0087 48,3 1,1/2" 25,0 Low density polyethylene.
V0300.AC0089 51,0 - 27,5 Natural colour/yellow.
V0300.AC0091 52,0 - 28,0
Important Notes
V0300.AC0093 52,8 - 28,0 Sold subject to minimum pack
V0300.AC0095 54,0 1,3/4" 27,5 quantity.
V0300.AC0097 55,0 - 29,0
V0300.AC0099 57,0 - 26,5
V0300.AC0101 59,0 - 27,0
V0300.AC0103 60,3 2" 27,0
V0300.AC0105 63,5 - 27,0
V0300.AC0107 65,0 - 35,0
V0300.AC0109 67,0 - 35,0
V0300.AC0111 70,0 35,5
V0300.AC0113 73,0 2,1/2" 30,0
V0300.AC0115 75,0 - 28,0
V0300.AC0117 76,0 2,1/2" 30,0
V0300.AC0119 77,0 - 35,0
V0300.AC0121 78,0 - 29,5
V0300.AC0123 80,0 - 29,5
V0300.AC0127 82,0 - 30,0
V0300.AC0129 83,0 2,3/4" 30,0
V0300.AC0131 85,0 - 30,0
V0300.AC0133 88,9 3" 35,0
V0300.AC0135 92,4 - 25,0
V0300.AC0137 95,0 - 37,5
V0300.AC0139 98,0 - 37,5
V0300.AC0141 100,0 - 31,0
V0300.AC0143 101,6 3,1/2" 30,0
V0300.AC0145 103,0 - 35,0
V0300.AC0151 105,0 - 40,0
V0300.AC0153 108,0 - 35,0
V0300.AC0155 110,0 - 38,0
V0300.AC0157 114,3 4" 33,0
V0300.AC0159 116,3 - 38,5
V0300.AC0161 117,5 - 38,5
V0300.AC0163 121,0 - 38,0
V0300.AC0165 125,0 - 35,0
V0300.AC0169 127,0 4,1/2" 35,0
V0300.AC0171 130,0 - 40,0
V0300.AC0173 133,0 - 40,0
V0300.AC0175 136,0 - 40,0
V0300.AC0177 138,0 - 32,5
V0300.AC0179 139,7 5" 33,5
V0300.AC0181 141,3 5" 34,5
V0300.AC0183 146,0 - 40,0
V0300.AC0185 148,0 - 35,0
V0300.AC0189 152,4 5,1/2" 40,0
V0300.AC0191 156,0 - 40,0
V0300.AC0193 159,0 - 37,0
V0300.AC0195 165,0 - 40,0
V0300.AC0197 168,3 6" 38,5
V0300.AC0199 170,0 - 45,0
V0300.AC0201 176,0 - 40,0
V0300.AC0203 177,8 - 40,0
V0300.AC0205 180,0 - 40,0
V0300.AC0207 185,0 - 40,0
V0300.AC0209 190,0 - 40,0
V0300.AC0211 193,7 - 42,0
V0300.AC0213 200,0 - 50,0
V0300.AC0215 210,0 - 40,0
V0300.AC0217 219,1 8" 44,0
V0300.AC0219 225,0 - 39,0

Tube End Caps V0300
push-fit
Ext. tube dia.
Ext. tube dia.
Order No. d1 h1
inch
mm.
V0300.AC0221 232,0 - 40,0
V0300.AC0223 242,0 - 50,0
V0300.AC0225 245,0 - 49,0
V0300.AC0227 250,0 - 47,0
V0300.AC0229 267,0 - 43,0
V0300.AC0231 273,0 10" 49,0
V0300.AC0237 323,9 12" 55,0
V0300.AC0239 355,6 14" 56,0 Material
V0300.AC0241 366,0 - 54,0 Low density polyethylene.
V0300.AC0243 400,0 - 65,0 Natural colour/yellow.
V0300.AC0247 406,4 16" 60,5
Important Notes
V0300.AC0249 450,0 - 65,0 Sold subject to minimum pack
V0300.AC0251 457,2 18" 63,0 quantity.
V0300.AC0253 508,0 20" 65,0
V0300.AC0255 558,8 22" 60,0
V0300.AC0257 609,6 24" 61,0
V0300.AC0259 660,4 26" 115,0
V0300.AC0261 711,2 28" 115,0
V0300.AC0263 762,0 30" 115,0
V0300.AC0265 812,4 32" 115,0
V0300.AC0267 914,4 36" 115,0
V0300.AC0269 1016,0 40" 115,0
V0300.AC0271 1066,8 42" 115,0
V0300.AC0273 1117,6 44" 125,0
V0300.AC0275 1219,2 48" 115,0
V0300.AC0277 1320,8 52" 150,0
V0300.AC0281 1422,4 56" 150,0
V0300.AC0283 1524,0 60" 150,0
V0300.AC0285 1625,6 64" 150,0

Flexicaps V0350
push-fit
Material
PVC, black.
Technical Notes
For a wide range of applications,
durable a flexible PVC.
Important Notes
quantity.
External
Order No. d h
tube dia.
V0350.AC0250 6,0 6,0 13,0
V0350.AC0252 8,0 8,0 15,5
V0350.AC0254 10,0-11,0 10,0 16,5
V0350.AC0256 12,0-13,0 12,0 19,0
V0350.AC0258 13,0 13,0 20,0
V0350.AC0260 14,0 14,0 21,0
V0350.AC0264 16,0-17,0 16,0 26,0
V0350.AC0266 18,0 18,0 26,0
V0350.AC0268 19,0 19,0 26,0
V0350.AC0270 20,0 20,0 26,5
V0350.AC0272 21,0 21,0 27,5
V0350.AC0274 22,0-23,0 22,0 29,0
V0350.AC0276 24,0 24,0 31,0
V0350.AC0278 25,0-26,0 25,0 31,0
V0350.AC0280 27,0 27,0 31,0
V0350.AC0282 28,0-29,0 28,0 32,0
V0350.AC0284 30,0-31,0 30,0 32,0
V0350.AC0286 32,0-33,0 32,0 32,0
V0350.AC0288 34,0 34,0 33,0
V0350.AC0290 35,0-36,0 35,0 32,5
V0350.AC0292 38,0-39,0 38,0 32,0
V0350.AC0294 40,0-41,0 40,0 34,0
V0350.AC0296 42,0 42,0 32,0
V0350.AC0298 43,0-44,0 43,0 32,0
V0350.AC0300 45,0-46,0 45,0 36,0
V0350.AC0302 47,0 47,0 32,0
V0350.AC0304 48,0 48,0 36,0
V0350.AC0306 49,0-51,0 49,0 36,0
V0350.AC0308 54,0-55,0 54,0 39,0
V0350.AC0310 59,0-60,0 59,0 36,0
V0350.AC0312 63,0-64,0 63,0 37,0
V0350.AC0314 69,0-70,0 69,0 37,0
V0350.AC0316 75,0-76,0 75,0 39,0
V0350.AC0318 90,0-91,0 90,0 39,0
V0350.AC0320 103,0-104,0 103,0 40,0

Slottex Plugs V0400
threaded
Material
Polyamide, yellow.
Technical Notes
Threaded for installation via
screwdriver or spanner.
Important Notes
quantity.
Order No. d1 l1 l2 a/f d2

V0400.AC0881 14,2 - 0,2 7 10 10 M10
V0400.AC0883 17,2 - 0,2 10 10 13 M12
V0400.AC0885 19,2 - 0,2 10 10 13 M14
V0400.AC0887 22,0 - 0,2 10 10 17 M16
V0400.AC0889 24,0 - 0,2 10 11 17 M18
V0400.AC0891 26,0 - 0,2 10 14 19 M20
V0400.AC0893 27,2 - 0,2 10 14 19 M22
V0400.AC0895 32,0 - 0,3 13 14 24 M26
V0400.AC0897 32,3 - 0,3 13 14 24 M27
V0400.AC0899 40,0 - 0,4 13 14 27 M33
V0400.AC0901 50,0 - 0,4 13 15 36 M42
V0400.AC0949 16,8 9 10 13 1/8"
V0400.AC0951 19,0 - 0,2 9 10 13 1/4"
V0400.AC0953 22,2 - 0,2 9 11 17 3/8"
V0400.AC0955 27,0 - 0,2 12 13 19 1/2"
V0400.AC0957 32,3 - 0,3 12 13 24 3/4"
V0400.AC0959 40,0 - 0,4 15 14 27 1"
V0400.AC0961 50,0 - 0,4 15 15 36 1 1/4"
V0400.AC0963 55,4 - 0,4 15 15 41 1 1/2"
V0400.AC0965 68,4 15 15 55 2"

Sealing Slotex Plugs V0420
threaded
Material
Low density polyethylene, yellow.
Important Notes
quantity.
Order No. d1 l t d2
V0420.AC0781 21 9 5 1/8"
V0420.AC0783 21 9 5 1/4"
V0420.AC0785 23 10 6 3/8"
V0420.AC0787 28 12 6 1/2"
V0420.AC0801 21 9 5 M12
V0420.AC0803 21 9 5 M14
V0420.AC0805 23 10 6 M16
V0420.AC0807 23 10 6 M18
V0420.AC0809 28 12 6 M20
V0420.AC0811 28 12 6 M22

Threaded Fitting Plugs V0440
imperial
Material
Low density polyethylene, red.
Important Notes
quantity.
Order No. d1 d1 l1 t
V0440.AC0851 1/4" 19,0 7,0 3,5
V0440.AC0853 3/8" 22,5 8,5 3,5
V0440.AC0855 1/2" 26,0 10,0 4,5
V0440.AC0857 3/4" 32,0 11,5 6,0
V0440.AC0859 1" 37,0 13,5 6,0

High Temperature Caps V0500
silicone
Material
Silicone, natural.
Temperature resistant to +300°C.
Technical Notes
To fit on studs, screws or tubes for
masking of components during
powder coating and other finishing
processes.
Important Notes
quantity.
Order No. d h
V0500.AC0501 1,8 25,4
V0500.AC0503 2,5 25,4
V0500.AC0505 3,8 25,4
V0500.AC0507 4,6 25,4
V0500.AC0509 5,7 38,1
V0500.AC0511 7,5 38,1
V0500.AC0512 7,9 25,4
V0500.AC0513 9,5 25,4
V0500.AC0515 11,6 38,1
V0500.AC0517 13,6 38,1
V0500.AC0519 15,9 38,1
V0500.AC0521 19,1 38,1
V0500.AC0522 20,6 38,1
V0500.AC0523 23,8 38,1

High Temperature Plugs V0505
silicone
Material
Silicone, natural.
Technical Notes
Plugging of plain or threaded holes
for wide range if finishing processes
such as spraying, over painting etc.
Important Notes
quantity.
Order No. d1 d2 h
V0505.AC0531 0,8 3,2 15,9
V0505.AC0533 1,6 4,8 15,9
V0505.AC0535 3,2 6,4 19,1
V0505.AC0537 4,8 8,7 15,9
V0505.AC0539 6,4 9,5 19,1
V0505.AC0540 7,9 14,3 25,4
V0505.AC0541 8,7 11,1 17,5
V0505.AC0543 10,3 15,1 25,4
V0505.AC0545 12,7 16,7 25,4
V0505.AC0547 14,3 19,1 25,4
V0505.AC0549 15,9 19,8 25,4
V0505.AC0551 18,3 23,8 25,4
V0505.AC0553 19,8 25,4 25,4

High Temperature Pull Plugs V0510
silicone
Material
Silicone, natural.
Technical Notes
For masking plain or threaded
holes. Pull out tab improves ease of
removal after finishing process.
Important Notes
quantity.
Order No. d1 d2 h1 h2
V0510.AC0102 1,7 1,2 15,9 15,5
V0510.AC0106 2,4 1,3 17,8 17,8
V0510.AC0114 3,2 1,6 15,9 15,9
V0510.AC0122 4,0 1,6 15,9 19,1
V0510.AC0124 5,0 2,8 25,4 25,4
V0510.AC0130 6,5 3,3 25,4 25,4
V0510.AC0132 8,5 3,9 25,4 25,4
V0510.AC0138 10,2 4,0 25,4 25,4
V0510.AC0140 12,0 6,2 25,4 25,4
V0510.AC0142 13,5 6,4 25,4 25,4
V0510.AC0146 15,5 6,4 25,4 25,4

High Temperature Caps V0550
EPDM
Material
EPDM, black.
Technical Notes
To fit on studs, screws or tubes for
masking of components during
powder coating and other finishing
processes.
Important Notes
quantity.
Order No. d h
V0550.AC0621 1,6 19,1
V0550.AC0625 2,5 12,7
V0550.AC0627 2,8 19,1
V0550.AC0629 3,8 19,1
V0550.AC0631 3,8 25,4
V0550.AC0633 4,0 25,4
V0550.AC0635 4,4 25,4
V0550.AC0637 4,8 25,4
V0550.AC0641 5,7 25,4
V0550.AC0643 5,9 25,4
V0550.AC0645 7,9 25,4
V0550.AC0647 9,5 25,4
V0550.AC0649 11,6 25,4
V0550.AC0651 13,6 38,1
V0550.AC0653 15,9 38,1
V0550.AC0655 19,1 38,1
V0550.AC0657 20,6 38,1
V0550.AC0659 23,8 38,1
V0550.AC0661 25,4 38,1

High Temperature Plugs V0555
EPDM
Material
EPDM, black.
Technical Notes
Plugging of plain or threaded holes
for wide range if finishing processes
such as spraying, over painting etc.
Important Notes
quantity.
Order No. d1 d2 h
V0555.AC0841 0,8 3,2 15,9
V0555.AC0843 1,6 4,8 15,9
V0555.AC0845 3,2 6,4 19,1
V0555.AC0847 4,8 8,7 15,9
V0555.AC0849 6,4 9,5 19,1
V0555.AC0851 8,7 11,9 20,6
V0555.AC0853 10,3 15,1 25,4
V0555.AC0855 11,1 17,5 25,4
V0555.AC0857 14,3 19,1 25,4
V0555.AC0859 15,9 19,8 25,4
V0555.AC0861 18,3 23,8 25,4
V0555.AC0863 19,8 25,4 25,4

High Temperature Pull Plugs V0560
EPDM
Material
EPDM, black.
Technical Notes
For masking plain or threaded
holes. Pull out tab improves ease of
removal after finishing process.
Important Notes
quantity.
Order No. d1 d2 h1 h2
V0560.AC0200 1,7 1,2 15,9 15,5
V0560.AC0202 2,4 1,3 17,8 17,8
V0560.AC0204 3,2 1,6 15,9 15,9
V0560.AC0206 4,0 1,6 15,9 19,1
V0560.AC0208 5,0 2,8 25,4 25,4
V0560.AC0210 6,5 3,3 25,4 25,4
V0560.AC0212 8,5 3,9 25,4 25,4
V0560.AC0214 10,2 4,0 25,4 25,4
V0560.AC0216 12,0 6,2 25,4 25,4
V0560.AC0218 13,5 6,4 25,4 25,4
V0560.AC0220 15,5 6,4 25,4 25,4

Insert V0600
ribbed - square
Material
Low density polyethylene, black.
Technical Notes
Insert ribs provide secure fitting.
Important Notes
quantity.
External Tube wall

Order No. h
cap dim. thickness
V0600.AC0151 10x10 1,5-2,0 12,0
V0600.AC0153 12x12 1,5-2,0 12,0
V0600.AC0155 13x13 1,5-2,0 12,0
V0600.AC0157 15x15 1,5-2,0 14,0
V0600.AC0159 16x16 1,5-2,0 11,5
V0600.AC0162 18x18 1,5-2,0 11,5
V0600.AC0164 20x20 1,0-3,0 11,0
V0600.AC0166 22x22 1,0-3,0 12,0
V0600.AC0168 25x25 1,0-3,0 11,5
V0600.AC0174 28x28 1,5-3,0 11,5
V0600.AC0176 30x30 1,0-2,5 11,5
V0600.AC0177 30x30 2,5-4,5 11,5
V0600.AC0182 35x35 1,0-3,0 14,5
V0600.AC0184 35x35 2,5-5,0 12,0
V0600.AC0186 40x40 1,0-3,0 14,0
V0600.AC0188 40x40 2,5-4,0 18,0
V0600.AC0189 40x40 5,0-5,5 14,0
V0600.AC0190 40x40 4,0-4,5 14,5
V0600.AC0192 45x45 1,0-3,0 14,5
V0600.AC0194 50x50 1,0-2,5 14,5
V0600.AC0196 50x50 2,6-4,0 25,0
V0600.AC0198 50x50 3,5-6,0 14,5
V0600.AC0200 60x60 1,5-3,5 24,0
V0600.AC0201 60x60 3,0-5,0 17,5
V0600.AC0203 70x70 2,0-4,0 19,0
V0600.AC0204 80x80 2,0-4,0 21,0
V0600.AC0206 80x80 3,0-5,0 24,0
V0600.AC0207 90x90 2,0-5,0 25,0
V0600.AC0208 90x90 3,6-5,0 25,0
V0600.AC0210 100x100 1,0-4,0 24,0
V0600.AC0211 100x100 5,0-8,0 24,0
V0600.AC0213 120x120 2,5-5,0 25,0
V0600.AC0219 150x150 5,0-8,0 -
V0600.AC0221 150x150 10,0-12,5 27,0

Inserts V0610
ribbed - rectangular
Material
Technical Notes
Important Notes
quantity.
External Tube wall

Order No. h
cap dim. thickness
V0610.AC0992 20x10 1,0-2,0 11,0
V0610.AC0994 20x15 1,0-2,0 11,5
V0610.AC0997 25x10 1,0-1,5 11,5
V0610.AC0999 25x15 1,0-2,5 11,5
V0610.AC1002 25x20 1,0-3,0 11,5
V0610.AC1004 30x10 1,0-1,5 11,5
V0610.AC1006 30x15 1,0-2,5 11,5
V0610.AC1008 30x20 1,5-3,0 11,5
V0610.AC1013 30x25 1,5 13,0
V0610.AC1015 35x10 1,0-2,0 11,5
V0610.AC1017 35x20 1,0-2,5 11,5
V0610.AC1016 35x15 1,0-3,0 11,5
V0610.AC1018 35x25 1,0-3,0 11,5
V0610.AC1020 35x30 1,0-1,5 15,0
V0610.AC1021 35x30 1,5-2,0 15,0
V0610.AC1022 40x10 1,5 10,5
V0610.AC1024 40x15 1,0-1,5 12,0
V0610.AC1027 40x20 1,0-2,0 12,0
V0610.AC1029 40x20 3,0 15,0
V0610.AC1030 40x25 1,0-3,0 11,5
V0610.AC1032 40x30 1,0-3,0 12,0
V0610.AC1036 40x35 1,0-3,0 12,0
V0610.AC1037 45x15 1,5-2,0 11,0
V0610.AC1039 45x20 1,5-2,0 11,5
V0610.AC1041 45x25 1,5-2,0 14,0
V0610.AC1042 45x30 1,0-2,5 12,0
V0610.AC1043 45x35 1,0-3,5 12,0
V0610.AC1044 50x10 1,0-1,5 12,0
V0610.AC1046 50x20 1,0-3,0 14,0
V0610.AC1048 50x25 1,5-2,5 14,5
V0610.AC1049 50x30 1,5-2,0 13,5
V0610.AC1051 50x30 3,0 14,0
V0610.AC1053 50x35 1,0-3,5 14,5
V0610.AC1054 50x40 1,5-2,5 12,5
V0610.AC1056 55x34 1,5 14,0
V0610.AC1057 55x40 1,5-4,0 14,5
V0610.AC1058 60x15 1,0-2,0 14,5
V0610.AC1060 60x20 1,0-3,0 14,5
V0610.AC1061 60x25 1,0-2,5 14,0
V0610.AC1063 60x30 1,5-2,0 15,0
V0610.AC1064 60x35 1,5-3,5 15,0
V0610.AC1065 60x40 1,0-3,0 14,0
V0610.AC1066 60x40 4,0-5,0 14,0
V0610.AC1067 60x45 1,5-4,0 15,0
V0610.AC1068 60x50 1,5-3,5 14,5
V0610.AC1069 65x35 1,0-3,0 15,0
V0610.AC1070 70x20 1,0-2,0 17,0
V0610.AC1071 70x25 1,5-2,0 17,0
V0610.AC1072 70x30 1,5-2,0 18,0
V0610.AC1073 70x40 1,5-2,0 18,0
V0610.AC1074 70x40 2,0-5,0 15,0
V0610.AC1077 80x20 1,5-2,0 18,0

Inserts V0610
ribbed - rectangular
External Tube wall
Order No. h
cap dim. thickness
V0610.AC1078 80x30 1,0-2,5 14,5
V0610.AC1080 80x30 2,5-4,0 14,5
V0610.AC1082 80x40 1,0-3,0 14,5
V0610.AC1084 80x40 3,2-4,0 24,5
V0610.AC1086 80x50 2,0-4,0 24,0
V0610.AC1087 80x60 2,5-3,0 24,0
V0610.AC1088 80x60 5,0 18,5
V0610.AC1089 100x30 1,5-3,0 15,0 Material
V0610.AC1090 100x40 2,0-4,0 14,5 Low density polyethylene, black.
V0610.AC1094 100x50 2,0-3,0 24,0 Technical Notes
V0610.AC1096 100x50 3,2-5,0 24,0 Insert ribs provide secure fitting.
V0610.AC1097 120x30 1,5-2,0 14,5
Important Notes
V0610.AC1098 120x40 2,0 -
V0610.AC1100 120x40 3,0-5,0 21,5
quantity.
V0610.AC1102 120x60 2,0-4,0 24,5
V0610.AC1105 120x80 2,0-3,0 24,0
V0610.AC1106 120x80 5,0-8,0 25,0
V0610.AC1108 140x80 2,0-4,5 20,0
V0610.AC1109 150x100 3,0-8,0 27,0

Insert V0620
ribbed - oval
Material
Technical Notes
Important Notes
quantity.
External tube Tube wall

Order No. h1 h2
dimension a x b thickness
V0620.AC0001 20x10 2,0 5 10
V0620.AC0003 30x15 1,0-2,5 5 12
V0620.AC0005 35x15 1,2-2,5 5 12
V0620.AC0007 35x20 1,0-3,0 5 12
V0620.AC0009 38x20 1,0-3,0 5 12
V0620.AC0011 40x20 1,0-3,0 5 12
V0620.AC0013 45x20 1,5-3,0 5 12
V0620.AC0015 48x20 1,0-2,5 5 12
V0620.AC0017 50x15 1,0-2,5 5 12
V0620.AC0019 50x20 1,0-3,0 5 12
V0620.AC0021 50x25 1,0-2,5 5 12
V0620.AC0023 50x30 1,0-2,5 5 12
V0620.AC0025 60x20 1,0-2,0 5 13
V0620.AC0027 60x25 1,5-3,0 5 13
V0620.AC0029 60x30 1,0-2,0 5 13

Inserts V0630
ribbed - round
Material
Technical Notes
insert ribs provide secure fitting.
Important Notes
quantity.
External Tube wall

Order No. h
cap dia. thickness
V0630.AC0301 10 1,0-2,0 11,0
V0630.AC0303 12 1,0-2,0 11,0
V0630.AC0305 13 1,0-2,0 11,0
V0630.AC0307 14 1,0-2,0 11,5
V0630.AC0309 15 1,0-2,0 13,0
V0630.AC0311 16 1,0-2,0 11,0
V0630.AC0313 18 1,0-2,0 11,4
V0630.AC0314 19 1,0-2,0 11,4
V0630.AC0315 20 1,0-2,0 11,4
V0630.AC0316 21 1,0-2,0 11,5
V0630.AC0317 22 1,0-2,0 11,5
V0630.AC0318 23 1,0-2,5 11,5
V0630.AC0320 25 1,0-3,0 11,5
V0630.AC0322 27 1,0-3,0 11,5
V0630.AC0323 28 1,0-2,0 11,5
V0630.AC0325 30 1,0-2,0 11,6
V0630.AC0327 32 1,0-2,0 11,5
V0630.AC0328 34 1,0-3,0 11,5
V0630.AC0331 35 1,0-2,0 11,5
V0630.AC0333 36 1,0-2,0 11,5
V0630.AC0334 37 1,0-3,0 11,5
V0630.AC0336 38 1,0-3,5 11,5
V0630.AC0338 40 1,0-3,0 11,5
V0630.AC0339 42 1,0-2,0 11,5
V0630.AC0340 42 2,0-4,0 11,5
V0630.AC0342 45 1,0-3,5 11,0
V0630.AC0344 48 1,2-3,6 11,5
V0630.AC0345 50 1,0-2,0 11,5
V0630.AC0346 52 1,5-3,5 14,5
V0630.AC0348 55 1,0-3,0 11,5
V0630.AC0350 60 1,5-3,0 18,5
V0630.AC0351 60 3,0-4,0 21,0
V0630.AC0352 65 1,5-3,5 21,0
V0630.AC0353 70 2,0-4,5 21,0
V0630.AC0355 76 1,6-4,0 21,5
V0630.AC0358 80 1,5-3,0 21,0
V0630.AC0359 90 2,5-5,0 19,9
V0630.AC0360 95 1,5-4,0 21,0
V0630.AC0361 102 2,0-4,0 20,2
V0630.AC0362 100 2,0-4,5 28,5
V0630.AC0363 105 2,0-4,5 29,0
V0630.AC0364 110 2,0-4,5 28,5
V0630.AC0365 120 2,0-4,0 28,5

Bolt and Nut Protection Cap V0700
Material
Polyethylene, black.
Important Notes
quantity.
Order No. Metric thread a/f c d h1 h2 h3

V0700.AC0451 M4 7 6,9 9,0 7,5 8,3 3,5
V0700.AC0453 M5 8 7,9 10,9 8,5 9,3 5,0
V0700.AC0455 M6 10 9,8 12,9 12,0 13,0 6,0
V0700.AC0457 M8 13 12,8 16,8 14,0 15,0 9,0
V0700.AC0459 M10 17 16,7 21,3 18,5 19,5 9,0
V0700.AC0461 M12 19 18,7 23,6 20,0 21,5 11,0
V0700.AC0463 M14 22 21,7 27,5 22,5 24,0 12,0
V0700.AC0465 M16 24 23,7 29,8 25,5 27,0 14,0
V0700.AC0467 M18 27 26,8 34,0 29,0 43,0 15,0
V0700.AC0469 M20 30 29,8 37,7 31,0 33,2 17,0
V0700.AC0471 M22 32 31,8 39,7 34,0 36,2 19,0
V0700.AC0473 M24 36 35,8 44,4 38,0 39,2 20,0
V0700.AC0475 M27 41 40,8 50,1 44,0 46,5 23,0
V0700.AC0477 M30 46 45,8 55,9 49,0 51,5 25,0
V0700.AC0479 M33 50 49,8 60,5 53,0 55,5 27,0
V0700.AC0481 M36 55 54,8 67,0 57,0 59,5 30,0
V0700.AC0483 M39 60 59,7 72,0 60,0 62,5 38,0
V0700.AC0485 M42 65 63,7 76,5 63,0 65,5 42,0
V0700.AC0487 M45 70 69,7 85,5 73,0 75,5 38,0
V0700.AC0489 M48 75 75,0 91,6 78,5 81,0 41,0
V0700.AC0491 M52 80 80,0 98,0 83,4 86,2 43,5
V0700.AC0493 M56 85 85,0 104,2 88,6 91,6 48,0
V0700.AC0495 M64 95 95,0 116,7 102,0 105,5 55,0

ov-gasketing - Updated - 12-01-2017
Gasketing
Z0550 Gasketing and Edge Protectors
-Z1002
We offer a wide range of gasketing They provide solutions for; In a wide range of applications;
and edge protection products; • Cabinet sealing. • Electrical cabinet and panel
• Self-adhesive foam. • Vibration dampening. manufacture.
• Edge protection. • Edge protection. • Generator, compressor and
• Flipper gaskets. machinery manufacture.
• Dust exclusion.
• Bubble gaskets. • Heating and ventilation
industries.
• Automotive and white goods.
• Furniture industry.
Explanation of
minimum bending
radius 55 18
250
Please refer to individual
product tables for specific
values.
minimun bending radius minimun bending radius minimun bending radius

ov-z0550-z1002-gasketing-edge-protectors - Updated - 12-01-2017
Outer curve Inner curve Outer radius
150
<6
minimun bending radius
Inner radius Compression

Gasket Z0550
EPDM - top bubble
Material
EPDM, black.
Technical Notes
Supplied in 10m lengths as
standard. Larger lengths in
multiples of 10m are available on
request.
Tips
Grip range Standard length For properties of EPDM material see
Order No. Material Colour information in the plastics and
mm m
rubbers table in our technical index.
Z0550.AW0001 EPDM Black 1,0-2,0 10
Z0550.AW0002 EPDM Black 1,0-2,0 10
Z0550.AW0003 EPDM Black 1,0-2,0 10
Z0550.AW0004 EPDM Black 1,0-1,5 10
Z0550.AW0005 EPDM Black 1,0-1,5 10

Gasket Z0552
Material
EPDM, black.
Technical Notes
Grip range Standard length
Order No. Material Colour multiples of 10m are available on
mm m request.
Z0552.AW0001 EPDM Black 10
Tips
For properties of EPDM material see
Z0552.AW0003 EPDM Black 10 information in the plastics and
Z0552.AW0004 EPDM Black 10 rubbers table in our technical index.

Gasket Z0560
EPDM - side bubble
Material
EPDM, black.
Technical Notes
request.
Tips
Order No. Material Colour information in the plastics and
mm m
Z0560.AW0001 EPDM Black 1,0-2,0 10
Important Notes
Z0560.AW0002 EPDM Black 1,0-2,0 10
Price shown is per metre.
Z0560.AW0003 EPDM Black 1,0-1,5 10
Z0560.AW0004 EPDM Black 1,0-2,0 10
Z0560.AW0005 EPDM Black 1,0-1,5 10

Gasket Z0562
EPDM - side bubble
Material
EPDM, black.
Technical Notes
request.
Tips
information in the plastics and

Order No. Material Colour
mm m
Z0562.AW0001 EPDM Black 1,0-2,0 10
Z0562.AW0002 EPDM Black 1,0-2,0 10
Z0562.AW0003 EPDM Black 1,0-2,0 10
Z0562.AW0004 EPDM Black 1,0-3,5 10

Gasket Z0570
Material
EPDM, black.
Technical Notes
request.
Tips
Standard length
m

Gasket Z0590
Material
EPDM, black.
Technical Notes
request.
Tips
Standard length
m

Gasket Z1002
Material
EPDM, black.
Technical Notes
Can be supplied in 10m lengths.
Larger lengths in multiples of 10m
are available on request.
Tips

mm m
Z1002.AW0001 EPDM Black 1,0-2,0 10

Technical
Appendices
ov-technical-appendices - Updated - 12-01-2017
Disclaimer: While every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of data, Wixroyd shall have no liability for any loss or damage suffered by any party,
caused directly or indirectly, by the use of this data. If accuracy of such information is critical please double check with the relevant institution or body.
General Tolerances
DIN ISO 2768
DIN ISO 2768 part 1

Table 1 Limit deviations for linear sizes with the exception of cut-off edges - values in mm (for radius of curvature
1
For nominal sizes below and chamfer heights, please refer to table 2).
0,5mm, the limit deviations are
to be indicated directly on the Tolerance class Limit deviations for ranges of nominal sizes
relevant nominal size(s). From Over Over Over Over Over Over 1000 Over 2000
Symbol Designation
0,51 - 3 3-6 6 - 30 30 - 120 120 - 400 400 -1000 - 2000 - 4000
f Fine ±0,05 ±0,05 ±0,1 ±0,15 ±0,2 ±0,3 ±0,5 -
m Medium ±0,1 ±0,1 ±0,2 ±0,3 ±0,5 ±0,8 ±1,2 ±2
c Coarse ±0,2 ±0,3 ±0,5 ±0,8 ±1,2 ±2 ±3 ±4
APPENDIX ONE
v Very coarse - ±0,5 ±1 ±1,5 ±2,5 ±4 ±6 ±8
Table 2 Limit deviations for cut off edges - values in mm (radius of curvature and chamfer heights).
1
For nominal sizes below
Tolerance class Limit deviations for ranges of nominal sizes
0,5mm, the limit deviations are
to be indicated directly on the Symbol Designation From 0,51 - 3 Over 3 - 6 Over 6
relevant nominal size(s). f Fine
±0,2 ±0,5 ±1
m Medium
c Coarse
±0,4 ±1 ±2
v Very coarse
Table 3 Limit deviations for angular dimensions.
Tolerance class Limit deviations for linear ranges, expressed in mm, for the shorter leg of the relevent angle
Symbol Designation Up to 10 Over 10 - 50 Over 50 - 120 Over 120 - 400 Over 400
f Fine
±1° ±0°30’ ±0°20’ ±0°10’ ±0°05’
m Medium
c Coarse ±1°30’ ±1° ±0°30’ ±0°15’ ±0°10’
v Very coarse ±3° ±2° ±1° ±0°30’ ±0°20’
DIN ISO 2768 part 2

Table 1 General tolerances for straightness and evenness - values in mm.
General tolerances for straightness and evenness for ranges of nominal sizes
Tolerance class
Up to 10 Over 10 - 30 Over 30 - 100 Over 100 - 300 Over 300 - 1000 Over 1000
H 0,02 0,5 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4
K 0,05 0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8
L 0,1 0,2 0,4 0,8 1,2 1,6
Table 2 General tolerances for perpendicularity - values in mm.
Perpendicularity tolerances for ranges of nominal sizes

Tolerance class
Up to 100 Over 100 - 300 Over 300 - 1000 Over 1000 - 3000
H 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5
K 0,4 0,6 0,8 1
L 0,6 1,0 1,5 2
Table 3 General tolerances for symmetry - values in mm.

ov-general-tolerances - Updated - 25-09-2017
Symmetry tolerances for ranges of nominal sizes

Tolerance class
Up to 100 Over 100 - 300 Over 300 - 1000 Over 1000 - 3000
H 0,2 0,5 0,5 0,5
K 0,6 0,6 0,8 1
L 0,6 1,0 1,5 2

ISO Tolerances for Holes
ISO 286-2 DIN 7154
Nominal sizes in mm
over 6 10 18 30 40 50 65 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355 400 450 500 560 630 710 800 900
Tolerance Limiting 3
zone deviation incl. 10 18 30 40 50 65 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355 400 450 500 560 630 710 800 900 1000
6
Deviation in µm
Upper +28 +34 +43 +53 +66 +79 +94 +110 +129 +142 +161 +175 +189 +210 +226
E6
Lower +20 +25 +32 +40 +50 +60 +72 +85 +100 +110 +125 +135 +145 +160 +170
Upper +32 +40 +50 +61 +75 +90 +107 +125 +146 +162 +182 +198 +215 +240 +260
E7
Lower +20 +25 +32 +40 +50 +60 +72 +85 +100 +110 +125 +135 +145 +160 +170
APPENDIX TWO
Upper +95 +115 +142 +170 +210 +250 +292 +335 +390 +430 +485 +535 +585 +660 +730
E11
Lower +20 +25 +32 +40 +50 +60 +72 +85 +100 +110 +125 +135 +145 +160 +170
Upper +140 +175 +212 +250 +300 +360 +422 +485 +560 +630 +695 +765 +845 +960 +1070
E12
Lower +20 +25 +32 +40 +50 +60 +72 +85 +100 +110 +125 +135 +145 +160 +170
Upper +200 +245 +302 +370 +440 +520 +612 +715 +820 +920 +1015 +1105 +1245 +1410 +1570
E13
Lower +20 +25 +32 +40 +50 +60 +72 +85 +100 +110 +125 +135 +145 +160 +170
Upper +18 +22 +27 +33 +41 +49 +58 +68 +79 +88 +98 +108 +120 +130 +142
F6
Lower +10 +13 +16 +20 +25 +30 +36 +43 +50 +56 +62 +68 +76 +80 +86
Upper +22 +28 +34 +41 +50 +60 +71 +83 +96 +108 +119 +131 +146 +160 +176
F7
Lower +10 +13 +16 +20 +25 +30 +36 +43 +50 +56 +62 +68 +76 +80 +86
Upper +28 +35 +43 +53 +64 +76 +90 +106 +122 +137 +151 +165 +186 +205 +226
F8
Lower +10 +13 +16 +20 +25 +30 +36 +43 +50 +56 +62 +68 +76 +80 +86
Upper +12 +14 +17 +20 +25 +29 +34 +39 +44 +49 +54 +60 +66 +74 +82
G6
Lower +4 +5 +6 +7 +9 +10 +12 +14 +15 +17 +18 +20 +22 +24 +26
Upper +16 +20 +24 +28 +34 +40 +47 +54 +61 +69 +75 +83 +92 +104 +116
G7
Lower +4 +5 +6 +7 +9 +10 +12 +14 +15 +17 +18 +20 +22 +24 +26
Upper +22 +27 +33 +40 +48 +56 +66 +77 +87 +98 +107 +117 +132 +149 +166
G8
Lower +4 +5 +6 +7 +9 +10 +12 +14 +15 +17 +18 +20 +22 +24 +26
Upper +8 +9 +11 +13 +16 +19 +22 +25 +29 +32 +36 +40 +44 +50 +56
H6
Lower 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 +0 0 0 0 0 0
Upper +12 +15 +18 +21 +25 +30 +35 +40 +46 +52 +57 +63 +70 +80 +90
H7
Lower 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 +0 0 0 0 0 0
Upper +18 +22 +27 +33 +39 +46 +54 +63 +72 +81 +89 +97 +110 +125 +140
H8
Lower 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 +0 0 0 0 0 0
Upper +30 +36 +43 +52 +62 +74 +87 +100 +115 +130 +140 +155 +175 +200 +230
H9
Lower 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 +0 0 0 0 0 0
Upper +48 +58 +70 +84 +100 +120 +140 +160 +185 +210 +230 +250 +280 +320 +360
H10
Lower 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 +0 0 0 0 0 0
Upper +75 +90 +110 +130 +160 +190 +220 +250 +290 +320 +360 +400 +440 +500 +560
H11
Lower 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 +0 0 0 0 0 0
Upper +5 +5 +6 +8 +10 +13 +16 +18 +22 +25 +29 +33
J6 - - -
Lower -3 -4 -5 -5 -6 -6 -6 -7 -7 -7 -7 -7
Upper +6 +8 +10 +12 +14 +18 +22 +26 +30 +36 +39 +43
J7 - - -
Lower -6 -7 -8 -9 -11 -12 -13 -14 -16 -16 -18 -20
Upper +10 +12 +15 +20 +24 +28 +34 +41 +47 +55 +60 +66
J8 - - -
Lower -8 -10 -12 -13 -15 -18 -20 -22 -25 -26 -29 -31
Upper +4 +4,5 +5,5 +6,5 +8 +9,5 +11 +12,5 +14,5 +16 +18 +20 +22 +25 +28
JS6
Lower -4 -4,5 -5,5 -6,5 -8 -9,5 -11 -12,5 -14,5 -16 -18 -20 -22 -25 -28
Upper +6 +7,5 +9 +10,5 +12,5 +15 +17,5 +20 +23 +26 +28,5 +31,5 +35 +40 +45
JS7
Lower -6 -7,5 -9 -10,5 -12,5 -15 -17,5 -20 -23 -26 -28,5 -31,5 -35 -40 -45
Upper +9 +11 +13,5 +16,5 +19,5 +23 +27 +31,5 +36 +40,5 +44,5 +48,5 +55 +62,5 +70
JS8
Lower -9 -11 -13,5 -16,5 -19,5 -23 -27 -31,5 -36 -40,5 -44,5 -48,5 -55 -62,5 -70
Upper +2 +2 +2 +2 +3 +4 +4 +4 +5 +5 +7 +8 0 0 0
K6
Lower -6 -7 -9 -11 -13 -15 -18 -21 -24 -27 -29 -32 -44 -50 -56
Upper +3 +5 +6 +6 +7 +9 +10 +12 +13 +16 +17 +18 +0 +0 +0
K7
Lower -9 -10 -12 -15 -18 -21 -25 -28 -33 -36 -40 -45 -70 -80 -90
Upper +5 +6 +8 +10 +12 +14 +16 +20 +22 +25 +28 +29 +0 +0 +0
K8
Lower -13 -16 -19 -23 -27 -32 -38 -43 -50 -56 -61 -68 -110 -125 -140
Upper -1 -3 -4 -4 -4 -5 -6 -8 -8 -9 -10 -10 -26 -30 -34
M6
Lower -9 -12 -15 -17 -20 -24 -28 -33 -37 -41 -46 -50 -70 -80 -90
Upper 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -26 -30 -34
M7
Lower -12 -15 -18 -21 -25 -30 -35 -40 -46 -52 -57 -63 -96 -110 -124
Upper +2 +1 +2 +4 +5 +5 +6 +8 +9 +9 +11 +11 -26 -30 -34
M8
Lower -16 -21 -25 -29 -34 -41 -48 -55 -63 -72 -78 -86 -136 -155 -174
Upper -5 -7 -9 -11 -12 -14 -16 -20 -22 -25 -26 -27 -44 -50 -56
ov-iso-tolerances-for-holes - Updated - 25-09-2017
N6
Lower -13 -16 -20 -24 -28 -33 -38 -45 -51 -57 -62 -67 -88 -100 -112
Upper -4 -4 -5 -7 -8 -9 -10 -12 -14 -14 -16 -17 -44 -50 -56
N7
Lower -16 -19 -23 -28 -33 -39 -45 -52 -60 -66 -73 -80 -114 -130 -146
Upper -2 -3 -3 -3 -3 -4 -4 -4 -5 -5 -5 -6 -44 -50 -56
N8
Lower -20 -25 -30 -36 -42 -50 -58 -67 -77 -86 -94 -103 -154 -175 -196
Upper -9 -12 -15 -18 -21 -26 -30 -36 -41 -47 -51 -55 -78 -88 -100
P6
Lower -17 -21 -26 -31 -37 -45 -52 -61 -70 -79 -87 -95 -122 -138 -156
Upper -8 -9 -11 -14 -17 -21 -24 -28 -33 -36 -41 -45 -78 -88 -100
P7
Lower -20 -24 -29 -35 -42 -51 -59 -68 -79 -88 -98 -108 -148 -168 -190
Upper -12 -15 -18 -22 -26 -32 -37 -43 -50 +142 -62 -68 -78 -88 -100
P8
Lower -30 -37 -45 -55 -65 -78 -91 -106 -122 +110 -151 -165 -188 -213 -240
Upper -12 -16 -20 -24 -29 -35 -37 -44 -47 -56 -58 -61 -68 -71 -75 -89 -89 -97 -103 -113 -119 -150 -155 -175 -185 -210 -220
R6
Lower -20 -25 -31 -37 -45 -54 -56 -66 -69 -81 -83 -86 -97 -100 -104 -121 -121 -133 -139 -153 -159 -194 -199 -225 -235 -266 -276
Upper -11 -13 -16 -20 -25 -30 -32 -38 -41 -48 -50 -53 -60 -63 -67 -78 -78 -87 -93 -103 -109 -150 -155 -175 -185 -210 -220
R7
Lower -23 -28 -34 -41 -50 -60 -62 -73 -76 -88 -90 -93 -106 -109 -113 -130 -130 -144 -150 -166 -172 -220 -225 -225 -265 -300 -310
wixroyd.com
ISO Tolerances for Shafts
ISO 286-2 DIN 7154
Nominal sizes in mm
over 6 10 18 30 40 50 65 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355 400 450
Tolerance Limiting 3
zone deviation incl. 10 18 30 40 50 65 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355 400 450 500
6
Deviation in µm
Upper -270 -280 -290 +300 -310 -320 -340 -360 -380 -410 -460 -520 -580 -660 -740 -820 -920 -1050 -1200 -1350 -1500 -1650
a12 Lower -390 -430 -470 -510 -560 -570 -640 -660 -730 -760 -860 -920 -980 -1120-1200 -1280-1440 -1570 -1770 -1920 -2130 -2280
Upper -270 -280 -290 -300 -310 -320 -340 -360 -380 -410 -460 -520 -580 -660 -740 -820 -920 -1050 -1200 -1350 -1500 -1650
a13 Lower -450 -500 -560 -630 -700 -710 -800 -820 -920 -950 -1090 -1150 -1210 -1380-1460 -1540-1730 -1860 -2090 -2240 -2470 -2620
APPENDIX THREE
Upper -70 -80 -95 -110 -120 -130 -140 -150 -170 -180 -200 -210 -230 -240 -260 -280 -300 -330 -360 -400 -440 -480
c13 Lower -250 -300 -365 -440 -510 -520 -600 -610 -710 -720 -830 -840 -860 -960 -980 -1000-1110 -1140 -1250 -1290 -1410 -1450
Upper -30 -40 -50 -65 -80 -100 -120 -145 -170 -190 -210 -230
d6 Lower -38 -49 -61 -78 -96 -119 -142 -170 -199 -222 -246 -270
Upper -20 -25 -32 -40 -50 -60 -72 -85 -100 -110 -125 -135
e6 Lower -28 -34 +3 -53 -66 -79 -94 -110 -129 -142 -161 -175
Upper -20 -25 -32 -40 -50 -60 -72 -85 -100 -110 -125 -135
e13 Lower -200 -245 -302 -370 -440 -520 -612 -715 -820 -920 -1015 -1105
Upper -10 -13 -16 -20 -25 -30 -36 -43 -50 -56 -62 -68
f5 Lower -15 -19 -24 -29 -36 -43 -51 -61 -70 -79 -87 -95
Upper -10 -13 -16 -20 -25 -30 -36 -43 -50 -56 -62 -68
f6 Lower -18 -22 -27 -33 -41 -49 -58 -68 -79 -88 -98 -108
Upper -10 -13 -16 -20 -25 -30 -36 -43 -50 -56 -62 -68
f7 Lower -22 -28 -34 -41 -50 -60 -71 -83 -96 -108 -119 -131
Upper -4 -5 -6 -7 -9 -10 -12 -14 -15 -17 -18 -20
g5 Lower -9 -11 -14 -16 -20 -23 -27 -32 -35 -40 -43 -47
Upper -4 -5 -6 -7 -9 -10 -12 -14 -15 -17 -18 -20
g6 Lower -12 -14 -17 -20 -25 -29 -34 -39 -44 -49 -54 -60
Upper -4 -5 -6 -7 -9 -10 -12 -14 -15 -17 -18 -20
g7 Lower -16 -20 -24 -28 -34 -40 -47 -61 -69 -75 -83
-54
Upper 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
h4 Lower -4 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -18 -20
Upper 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
h5 Lower -5 -6 -8 -9 -11 -13 -15 -18 -20 -23 -25 -27
Upper 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
h6 Lower -8 -9 -11 -13 -16 -19 -22 -25 -29 -32 -36 -40
Upper 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
h7 Lower -12 -15 -18 -21 -25 -30 -35 -40 -46 -52 -57 -63
Upper 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
h8 Lower -18 -22 -27 -33 -39 -46 -54 -63 -72 -81 -89 -97
Upper 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
h9 Lower -30 -36 -43 -52 -62 -74 -87 -100 -115 -130 -140
Upper 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
h10 Lower -48 -58 -70 -84 -100 -120 -140 -160 -185 -210 -230 -250
Upper 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
h11 Lower -75 -90 -110 -130 -160 -190 -220 -250 -290 -320 -360 -400
Upper 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
h12 Lower -120 -150 -180 -210 -250 -300 -350 -400 -460 -520 -570 -630
Upper +3 +4 +5 +5 +6 +6 +6 +7 +7 +7 +7 +7
j5 Lower -2 -2 -3 -4 -5 -7 -9 -11 -13 -16 -18 -20
Upper +6 +7 +8 +9 +11 +12 +13 +14 +16 +16 +18 +20
j6 Lower -2 -2 -3 -4 -5 -7 -9 -11 -13 -16 -18 -20
Upper +8 +10 +12 +13 +15 +18 +20 +22 +25 +26 +29 +31
j7 Lower -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -15 -18 -21 -26 -28 -32
Upper +2,5 +3 +4 +4,5 +5,5 +6,5 +7,5 +9 +10 +11,5 +12,5 +13,5
js5 Lower -2,5 -3 -4 -4,5 -5,5 -6,5 -7,5 -9 -10 -11,5 -12,5 -13,5
Upper +4 +4,5 +5,5 +6,5 +8 +9,5 +11 +12,5 +14,5 +16 +18 +20
js6 Lower -4 -4,5 -5,5 -6,5 -8 -9,5 -11 -12,5 -14,5 -16 -18 -20
Upper +6 +7,5 +9 +10,5 +12,5 +15 +17,5 +20 +23 +26 +28,5 +31,5
js7 Lower -6 -7,5 -9 -10,5 -12,5 -15 -17,5 -20 -23 -26 -28,5 -31,5
Upper +6 +7 +9 +11 +13 +15 +18 +21 +24 +27 +29 +32
k5 Lower +1 +1 +1 +2 +2 +2 +3 +3 +4 +4 +4 +5
Upper +9 +10 +12 +15 +18 +21 +25 +28 +33 +36 +40 +45
k6 Lower +1 +1 +1 +2 +2 +2 +3 +3 +4 +4 +4 +5
Upper +13 +16 +19 +23 +27 +32 +38 +43 +50 +56 +61 +68
k7 Lower +1 +1 +1 +2 +2 +2 +3 +3 +4 +4 +4 +5
Upper +9 +12 +15 +17 +20 +24 +28 +33 +37 +43 +46 +50
m5
ov-iso-tolerances-for-shafts - Updated - 25-09-2017
Lower +4 +6 +7 +8 +9 +11 +13 +15 +17 +20 +21 +23

Upper +12 +15 +18 +21 +25 +30 +35 +40 +46 +52 +57 +63
m6 Lower +4 +6 +7 +8 +9 +11 +13 +15 +17 +20 +21 +23
Upper +16 +21 +25 +29 +34 +41 +48 +55 +63 +72 +78 +86
m7 Lower +4 +6 +7 +8 +9 +11 +13 +15 +17 +20 +21 +23
Upper +13 +16 +20 +24 +28 +33 +38 +45 +51 +57 +62 +67
n5 Lower +8 +10 +12 +15 +17 +20 +23 +27 +31 +34 +37 +40
Upper +16 +19 +23 +28 +33 +39 +45 +52 +60 +66 +73 +80
n6 Lower +8 +10 +12 +15 +17 +20 +23 +27 +31 +34 +37 +40
Upper +20 +25 +30 +36 +42 +50 +58 +67 +77 +86 +94 +103
n7 Lower +8 +10 +12 +15 +17 +20 +23 +27 +31 +34 +37 +40
Upper +17 +21 +26 +31 +37 +45 +52 +61 +70 +79 +87 +95
p5 Lower +12 +15 +18 +22 +26 +32 +37 +43 +50 +56 +62 +68
Upper +20 +24 +29 +35 +42 +51 +59 +68 +79 +88 +98 +108
p6 Lower +12 +15 +18 +22 +26 +32 +37 +43 +50 +56 +62 +68
Upper +23 +28 +34 +41 +50 +60 +62 +73 +76 +88 +90 +93 +106 +109 +113 +126 +130 +144 +150 +166 +172
r6 Lower +15 +19 +23 +28 +34 +41 +43 +51 +54 +63 +65 +68 +77 +80 +84 +94 +98 +108 +114 +126 +132

Tightening Moments
strengths for screwed joints
Tightening moments
24000 - T-nuts DIN 508. 24100 - T-nuts extended. 24120 - T-nuts rhombus. 24300 - Fixture-nuts 24400 - Collar nuts
DIN 6330. DIN 6331.
APPENDIX FOUR
24620 - Swivel nuts. 24600 - Extension nuts. 25100 - 25500 - 21000 - T-bolts DIN 787. 21100 - Studs DIN 6379.
Spherical washers conical
seats, DIN 6319.
Strength
Thread M6 M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 M18 M20 M22 M24 M27 M30 M36 M42 M48
class
Nuts Pitch mm class 1 1,25 1,50 1,75 2 2 2,50 2,50 2,50 3 3 3,50 4 4,50 5
Hardness, DIN 6330/6331 HRC 10 22 - 32
Test Force (As-Sp)
kN 10 20,9 38,1 60 88 121 165 203 260 321 374 486 595 866 - -
DIN ISO 898, part 2
Screws
8,8 22 - 32 23 - 34
Hardness HRC 10,9 32 - 39 32 - 39
12,9 39 - 44 39 - 44
Tightening values
8,8 16 29 46 67 92 125 159 203 252 293 381 466 678 930 1222
Specified failing load (As-Rm) kN 10,9 21 38 60 88 120 163 200 255 315 367 477 583 850 1165 1531
12,9 24 45 71 103 140 192 234 299 370 431 560 684 997 1367 1797
8,8 10 19 30 43 59 80 101 129 160 186 242 296 431 591 777
Permissable load on screws
kN 10,9 14 27 43 63 86 118 144 184 228 265 345 421 614 843 1107
max. 80% of yield point
12,9 17 32 51 74 101 138 169 215 266 310 404 493 719 986 1296
8,8 12 21 34 49 67 91 115 147 182 212 275 337 490 672 882
Test Force (AS-SP) acc. to
kN 10,9 17 30 48 70 96 130 159 203 252 293 381 466 678 930 1222
DIN ISO 898 part 1
12,9 20 35 56 82 112 152 186 238 294 342 445 544 792 1087 1428
Permissable prestressing
8,8 9 17 26 38 53 73 91 117 146 168 221 269 394 542 714
force with 90% utilisation of
kN 10,9 13 25 38 55 77 107 130 167 208 240 315 384 561 773 1018
ov-tightening-moments-strengths-screwed-joints - Updated - 25-09-2017
yield point and friction

12,9 15 29 44 65 91 125 152 196 243 281 369 449 657 904 1191
µ = 0,14
Required tightening moment 8,8 10 25 46 82 130 206 284 407 542 698 1021 1355 2372 3802 5730
for permissable prestressing Nm 10,9 14 36 67 120 191 302 405 580 772 994 1455 1930 3378 5415 8162
force and friction µ = 0,14 12,9 17 43 79 141 223 354 474 679 903 1163 1703 2258 3953 6337 9571
Required lever length to

8,8 30 65 125 215 330 490 650 870 1100 1350 - - - - -
obtain the permissable
mm 10,9 42 90 175 300 450 700 920 1200 1560 - - - - - -
prestressing force with
12,9 51 110 210 360 550 830 1100 1470 1860 - - - - - -
normal manual force
Possible torque with normal
ring spanner and torsional Nm - 60 80 90 100 110 125 140 150 170 185 225 240 300 330 410
force. *Prestressing force kN - 54 53 48 45 43 43 43 42 42 43 45 43 45 46 50
resulting thereof
*When applying this 8,8
Breaking Danger of loosening of clamped parts on
prestressing force, 10,9 Yeilding hazard
hazard application of operational forces
there is a danger of... 12,9
As = nominal load cross section in mm² / Sp = test load in N/ mm² / Rm = minimum tensile strength in N/mm² / µ = coefficient of friction.
wixroyd.com
Table of Screw Threads
Standard threads
Diagram of thread internal thread
60° 60°
Pitch
APPENDIX FIVE
external thread d1 d2 D
ISO metric fine 0. Dia. (D) Core (d1) Pitch (P) Depth Flat Effec. (d2) Tapp’g drill Clearance drill
threads (mm) M8 6,773 1,00 0,6134 0,125 7,350 7,00 9,00
M10 8,467 1,25 0,7668 0,156 9,180 8,75 11,00
M12 10,467 1,25 0,7668 0,156 11,180 10,75 13,50
M16 14,160 1,50 0,9200 0,187 15,025 14,50 17,50
M20 18,160 1,50 0,9200 0,187 19,025 18,50 21,50
M24 21,546 2,00 1,2260 0,250 22,700 22,00 25,50
M30 27,546 2,00 1,2260 0,250 28,700 28,00 31,50
M36 32,319 3,00 1,8410 0,375 34,050 32,75 38,00
M42 38,265 3,00 1,8410 0,375 40,050 38,75 44,00
M48 44,280 3,00 1,8410 0,375 46,050 44,75 51,00
M56 51,093 4,00 2,4550 0,500 53,400 51,75 59,00
M64 59,065 4,00 2,4550 0,500 61,400 59,75 67,00
ISO metric coarse 0. dia. (D) Core (d1) Pitch (P) Depth Flat Effec. (d2) Tapp’g drill Clearance drill
threads (mm) M1,6 1,1706 0,35 0,2147 0,04375 1,373 1,25 1,65
M1,8 1,3706 0,35 0,2147 0,04375 1,573 1,45 1,85
M2 1,5092 0,40 0,2454 0,05000 1,740 1,60 2,05
M2,2 1,6480 0,45 0,2760 0,05625 1,908 1,75 2,25
M2,5 1,9480 0,45 0,2760 0,05625 2,208 2,05 2,60
M3 2,3866 0,50 0,3067 0,06250 2,675 2,50 3,10
M3,5 2,7638 0,60 0,3681 0,07500 3,110 2,90 3,60
M4 3,1412 0,70 0,4294 0,08750 3,545 3,30 4,10
M4,5 3,5798 0,75 0,4601 0,09375 4,013 3,80 4,60
M5 4,0184 0,80 0,4908 0,10000 4,480 4,20 5,10
M6 4,7732 1,00 0,6134 0,12500 5,350 5,00 6,10
M7 5,7732 1,00 0,6134 0,12500 6,350 6,00 7,20
M8 6,4664 1,25 0,7668 0,15625 7,118 6.80 8,20
M10 8,5196 1,50 0,9202 0,18750 9,026 8,50 10,20
M12 9,8530 1,75 1,0735 0,21875 10,863 10,20 12,20
M14 11,5462 2,00 1,2259 0,25000 12,701 12,00 14,25
M16 13,5462 2,00 1,2269 0,25000 14,701 14,00 16,25
M18 14,9328 2,50 1,5336 0,31250 16,376 15,50 18,25
M20 16,9328 2,50 1,5336 0,31250 18,376 17,50 20,25
M22 18,9328 2,50 1,5336 0,31250 20,376 19,50 22,25
M24 20,3194 3,00 1,8403 0,37500 22,051 21,00 24,25
M27 23,3194 3,00 2,1470 0,37500 25,051 24,00 27,25
M30 25,7060 3,50 2,1470 0,43750 27,727 26,50 30,50
M33 28,7060 3,50 2,1470 0,43750 30,727 29,50 33,50
M36 31,0924 4,00 2,4538 0,50000 33,402 32,00 36,50
M39 34,0924 4,00 2,4538 0,50000 36,402 35,00 39,50
M42 36,4790 4,50 2,7605 0,56250 39,077 37,50 42,50
M45 39,4790 4,50 2,7605 0,56250 42,077 40,50 45,50
M48 41,8646 5,00 3,0672 0,62500 44,752 43,00 48,75
M52 45,8646 5,00 3,0672 0,62500 48,752 47,00 52,75
M56 49,2522 5,50 3,3739 0,68750 52,428 50,50 56,75
M60 53,2522 5,50 3,3739 0,68750 52,428 54,50 60,75
M64 56,6388 6,00 3,6806 0,75000 60,103 58,00 64,75
M68 60,6388 6,00 3,6806 0,75000 64,103 62,00 68,75
ov-table-of-screw-threads - Updated - 25-09-2017
British Standard pipe Size 0. dia. (D) Core (d1) Pitch (P) Depth Radius Effec. (d2) Threads per inch Clearance drill
threads (inch) D 0,383 0,337 0,0357 0,0229 0,0049 0,3601 28 13/32
B 0,158 0,451 0,0526 0,0335 0,0072 0,4845 19 17/32
E 0,656 0,589 0,0526 0,0335 0,0072 0,6225 19 11/16
A 0,825 0,734 0,0714 0,0457 0,0098 0,7793 14 27/32
F 0,902 0,811 0,0714 0,0457 0,0098 0,8563 14 15/16
C 1,041 0,95 0,0714 0,0457 0,0098 0,9953 14 1-1/6
G 1,189 1,098 0,0714 0,0457 0,0098 1,1433 14 1-7/32
1 1,309 1,193 0,0909 0,0582 0,0125 1,2508 11 1-3/8
1B 1,650 1,534 0,0909 0,0582 0,0125 1,5918 11 1-11/16
1A 1,882 1,766 0,0909 0,0582 0,0125 1,8238 11 1-29/32
1C 2,116 2,000 0,0909 0,0582 0,0125 2,0578 11 2-5/32
2 2,347 2,231 0,0909 0,0582 0,0125 2,2888 11 2-3/8

Conversion Tables
Unit of measure
To convert from: To: Substitute in formula Temperature
Degrees celcius Degrees fahrenheit (°C x 9/ 5) +32
Degrees celcius Kelvin (°C + 273,16)
Degrees fahrenheit Degrees celcius (°F-32) x 5/ 9
Degrees fahrenheit Degrees rankin (°F + 459,69)
To convert from: To: Newton metres Kilogram force metres Foot pounds Inch pounds Torque
Newton metres 1 0,1020 0,7376 8,651
Kilogram force metres 9,807 1 7,233 86,80
APPENDIX SIX
Foot pounds 1,356 0,1383 1 12,00
Inch pounds 0,1130 0,01152 0,08333 1
To convert from: To: Kilonewtons Kilogram force Pound force Poundals Force
Kilonewtons 1 102,0 224,8 7233
Kilogram force 0,009807 1 2,205 70,93
Pound force 0,004448 0,4536 1 32,17
Poundals 0,0001383 0,01410 0,03108 1
To convert from: To: Grams per millilitre Kgs per cubic metre Pounds per cubic foot Pounds per cubic inch Density
Grams per millimetre 1 1000 62,43 0,03613
Kilograms per cubic metre 0,001000 1 0,06243 0,00003613
Kilograms per cubic foot 0,01602 16,02 1 0,0005787
Pounds per cubic inch 27,68 27,680 1728 1
To convert from: To: Metres Inches Feet Millimetres Miles Kilometers Length
Metres 1 39,37 3,2808 1000 0,0006214 0,001
Inches 0,0254 1 0,0833 25,4 0,00001578 0,0000254
Feet 0,3048 12 1 304,8 0,0001894 0,0003048
Millimetres 0,001 0,03937 0,0032808 1 0,0000006214 0,000001
Miles 1609,35 63,360 5,286 1,609,350 1 1,60935
Kilometres 1,000 39,370 3280,83 1,000,000 0,62137 1
Cubic decimetres Cubic Cubic US US Imperial US barrel Volume

To convert from: To:
(litres) inches feet quart gallon gallon (petroleum)
Cubic decimetres (litres) 1 61,0234 0,03531 1,05668 0,264178 0,220083 0,00629
Cubic inches 0,01639 1 5,787x10-4 0,1732 0,004329 0,003606 0,000103
Cubic feet 28,317 1728 1 29,9221 7,48055 6,22888 0,1781
US quart 0,94636 57,75 0,03342 1 0,25 0,2062 0,00595
US gallon 3,78543 231 0,13368 4 1 0,833 0,02381
Imperial gallon 4,54374 277,274 0,16054 4,80128 1,20032 1 0,02877
US barrel (petroleum) 158,98 9702 5,6146 168 42 34,973 1
Pounds Inches of Feet of Ounces Kilo- Kilograms Pressure

Inches of Millibar
To convert from: To: per square water water per square Bar pascals per square
mercury mBar
inch Column column inch kPa centimetre
Pounds per square inch 1 27,68 2,307 2,036 16 0,06895 68,95 6,895 0,0703
Inches of water column 0,0361 1 0,8333 0,7355 0,5776 0,002491 2,491 0,2491 0,00254
Feet of water column 0,4336 12 1 0,8826 6,936 0,02989 29,89 2,989 0,0305
Inches of mercury 0,4911 13,60 1,133 1 7,858 0,03386 33,86 3,386 0,03453
Ounces per square inch 0,9625 1,73 0,144 0,127 1 0,00431 4,309 0,4309 0,0044
Bar 14,50 401,5 33,45 29,53 232 1 1000 100 1,020
Millibar mBar 0,0145 0,4015 0,03345 0,02953 0,232 0,001 1 0,100 0,00102
Kilopascals kPa 0,1450 4015 0,3345 0,2953 2,32 0,01 10 1 0,0102
Kilograms per square cm 14,22 393,7 32,81 28,96 227,5 0,9807 980,7 98,07 1
ov-conversion-tables - Updated - 25-09-2017
Litres Litres Cubic Cubic Imperial US US barrels Volumetric rate of flow

Gallons
To convert from: To: per per metres per feet per gallons per gallons per per day
per minute
second minute hour hour minute minute (24US gal)
Litres per second 1 60 3,600 127,1 21,19 13,20 15,85 543,4
Litres per minute 0,1667 1 0,06000 2,119 0,03532 0,2200 0,2642 9,057
Cubic metres per mour 0,2778 16,67 1 35,31 0,5886 3,666 4,403 150,9
Cubic feet per hour 0,007865 0,4719 0,02832 1 0,01667 0,1038 0,1247 4,275
Gallons per minute 0,4719 28,32 1,6999 60,00 1 6,229 7,481 256,5
Imperial gallon per minute 0,07577 4,546 0,2727 9,633 0,1606 1 1,201 41,17
US gallons per minute 0,06309 3,785 0,2271 8,021 0,1337 0,8327 1 34,29
US barrels per day (24US gal) 0,001840 0,1104 0,006624 0,2339 0,003899 0,02428 0,02917 1
wixroyd.com
Keyways to DIN 6885
Keyways to DIN 6885 - Sheet 1 Commonly accepted symbols and abbreviations
Abbreviation Abbreviation
Term Term
b3 or symbols or symbols
b3
t2 Across flats AF Number No
t4 Assembly ASSY Pattern number PATT NO.
h Pitch circle
British Standard BS PCD
diameter
d2 t1 d2
Centres CRS Radius (in a note) RAD
t3 Radius (preceding
APPENDIX SEVEN
Centre line on a view C R*

a diameter)
Centre line in a note CL Reference REF
Centre of gravity CG Required REQD
Chamfered, chamfer
CHAM Right hand RH
(in a note)
Cheese head CH HD Round head RD HD
b P9/JS9 b P9/N9 Countersink CSK Screw (or screwed) SCR
d2 h t1 = d2 + t2 t2 t3 = d 2 - t 4 t4
hole shaft Countersunk head CSK HD Sheet SH
7 2 2 2 8 1+0,1 5,8 1,2+0,1 Counterbore CBORE Sketch SK
8 2 2 2 9 1 6,8 1,2 Cylinder or cylindrical CYL Specification SPEC
9 3 3 3 10,4 1,4 7,2 1,8 Diameter (in a note) DIA Spherical SPHERE
10 3 3 3 11,4 1,4 8,2 1,8 Diameter Spherical diameter
11 4 4 4 12,8 1,8 8,5 2,5 (preceding Ø* (only preceding a SØ*
12 4 4 4 13,8 1,8 9,5 2,5 a dimension) dimension)
13 5 5 5 15,3 2,3 10 3 Spherical radius
14 5 5 5 16,3 2,3 11 3 Dimension DIM. (only preceding a SR*
15 5 5 5 17,3 2,3 12 3 dimension)
16 5 5 5 18,3 2,3 13 3 Drawing DRG
17 5 5 5 19,3 2,3 14 3 Equally spaced EQUI SP Spotface SFACE
18 6 6 6 20,8 2,8 14,5 3,5 External EXT Square (in a note) SQ
20 6 6 6 22,8 2,8 16,5 3,5 Square (preceding
Figure FIG. * or
22 6 6 6 24,8 2,8 18,5 3,5 a dimension)
24 8 8 7 27,3 3,3+0,2 20 4+0,2 Full indicated
FIM
25 8 8 7 28,3 3,3 21 4 movement
26 8 8 7 29,3 3,3 22 4 Hexagon HEX Standard STD
28 8 8 7 31,3 3,3 24 4 *(orientated to
Taper, on diameter
30 8 8 7 33,3 3,3 26 4 Hexagon head HEX HD direction
or width
32 10 10 8 35,3 3,3 27 5 of taper)
34 10 10 8 37,3 3,3 29 5 Insulated or insulation INSUL Thread THD
35 10 10 8 38,3 3,3 30 5 Internal INT Thick THK
36 10 10 8 39,3 3,3 31 5 Left hand LH Tolerance TOL
38 10 10 8 41,3 3,3 33 5 Long LG Typical or typically TYP
40 12 12 8 43,3 3,3 35 5 Machine MC Undercut UCUT
42 12 12 8 45,3 3,3 37 5 Material MATL Volume VOL
44 12 12 8 47,3 3,3 39 5 Maximum MAX Weight WT
Maximum material
MMC
condition
Minimum MIN
Not to scale
*These symbols are
(A dimension not to NTS
recognised internationally
scale underlined)
ov-keyways-to-din-6885 - Updated - 25-09-2017

Hexagon, Ball-Ended Hexagon and Torx Keys
Wixroyd quality materials

Wixroyd hand tools are made in a strict quality controlled environment, ensuring a continually high standard
of product. Buying the best quality now saves time and money normally caused by the failure of low quality
alternatives. The low quality alternatives are a false economy in the long run.
Chrome-vanadium steel of the highest quality is used to make these products, and is either blackened or nickel
plated. In addition, our hexagon keys are chamfered to provide a quality you can feel.
APPENDIX EIGHT
A/F of hex keys and screw sizes
Test torque Hexagon headed screws

Min ISO 4762 ISO 4026-4029
A/F mm Hexagon ISO 10642
Ball ended Nm hardness HRC (DIN 912) DIN 6912 DIN 7984 DIN 913-916
Nm (DIN 7991)
0,7 0,08 - 52-55 - - - - M1,4 M1,6 (M1,8)
0,9 0,18 - 52-55 - - - - M2
1,3 0,53 - 52-55 (M1,4) - - - M2,5
1,5 0,82 0,40 52-55 M1,6 M2 - - - M3
2,0 1,90 0,98 52-55 M2,5 - M3 M3 M4
2,5 3,80 1,60 52-55 M3 - M4 M4 M5
3 6,60 2,90 52-55 M4 M4 M5 M5 M6
4 16 6,40 52-55 M5 M5 M6 M6 M8
5 30 12 52-55 M6 M6 M8 M8 M10
6 52 21 52-55 M8 M8 - M10 M12 (M14)
7 78 - 50-54 - - M10 - -
8 120 50 50-54 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16
10 220 92 48-52 M12 M12 M14 M14 M16 (M18) M20
12 370 250 48-52 M14 M14 M16 M18 (M18) M20 (M22) M24
14 590 - 48-52 M16 M18 M16 M18 M20 M22 (M22 M24) -
17 980 - 45-50 M20 (M22) M20 M22 M24 - -
19 1360 - 45-50 M24 (M27) M24 M27 - - -
22 2110 - 45-50 M30 M30 - - -
24 2750 - 45-50 M33 M33 - - -
27 3910 - 45-50 M36 M36 - - -
32 6510 - 45-50 M42 - - - -
36 9260 - 45-50 M48 - - - -
* Special Screws () no ISO Standard.
Torx key and screw sizes
Torx® headed screws

Metric (M) Sheet metal
Torx®
DIN 4762 DIN 963 DIN 964 DIN 7984 DIN 7972 DIN 7973
DIN 7985 DIN 7991 DIN 7981
ov-hexagon-ball-ended-hexagon-and-torx-keys - Updated - 25-09-2017
Size mm Nm DIN 912 DIN 965 DIN 966 DIN 6912 DIN 7982 DIN 7983
T6 1,70 0,75 * * * * * * * * *
T7 1,99 1,4 * * * * * * * * *
T8 2,31 2,2 2,5 2,5 2,5 - 2,5 - 2,9 2,9 2,9
T9 2,50 2,8 * * - - - - - - -
T10 2,74 3,7 3 3 3 3 3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5
T15 3,27 6,4 * 3,5 3,5 - 3,5 - 3,9 3,9 3,9
T20 3,86 10,5 4 4 4 4 4 4 4,2 4,2 4,2
T25 4,43 15,9 5 5 5 5 5 5 4,8 / 5,5 4,8 / 5,5 4,8 / 5,5
T27 4,99 22,5 * * * * * * * * *
T30 5,52 31,1 6 6 6 6 6 6 6,3 6,3 6,3
T40 6,65 54,1 8 8 8 8 8 8 - - -
T45 7,82 86,2 * * * * * * * * *
T50 8,83 132 10 10 10 10 10 10 - - -
T55 11,22 252 12 - - 12 - 12 - - -
* Special Screws.
wixroyd.com
Related Steel Specifications
Carbon steel Alloy steels

BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 WERK- KURZ- BS 970 BS 970 BS 970 WERK-
Steel AISI/SAE Steel AISI/SAE KURZ-NAME
1991 1983 1955 En STOFF NAME 1991 1983 1955 En STOFF
040A04 040A04 040A04 2A, 2A/1, 2B 1006 1,0313 D 8-2 523H15 523H15 523H15 5015 1,7012 13 Cr 2
040A10 040A10 040A10 2A 1010 1,0301 Ck 10 523M15 523M15 523M15 5015 1,7015 15 Cr 3
040A12 040A12 030A12 2A, 2A/1, 2B 1012 527A17 527A17 527A17 5115
040A15 040A15 1015 1,0401 C 15 527A60 48 5160 1,7176 55 Cr 3
040A22 2C, 2D 1023 1,0402 C 22 527H17 527H17 527H17 5115
045A10 045A10 045A10 1010 1,0301 C 10 527H60 5160 1,7176 55 Cr 3
045M10 045M10 045M10 32A 1010 1,0301 C 10 527M17 527M17 527M17 5115
050A20 2C, 2D 1020 530A30 530A30 18A 5130 1,7030 28 Cr 4
055M15 055M15 055M15 2 1016 1,0402 C 22
060A32 060A32 1035 1,1180 Cm 35 530A32 530A32 18B 5130 1,7033 34 Cr 4
060A40 060A40 1040 1,1186 Ck 40 530A36 530A36 18C 5132 1,7034 37 Cr 4
060A45 060A45 1045 1,1191 Ck 45 530A40 530A40 18D 5140 1,7035 41 Cr 4
060A47 060A47 1045 1,1191 Ck 45 530H32 530H32 5130 1,7033 34 Cr 4
APPENDIX NINE
060A57 060A57 1055 1,0535 C 55 530H36 530H36 5132 1,7034 37 Cr 4

060A62 060A62 060A62 43D 1060 1,0601 C 60 530H40 530H40 5140 1,7035 41 Cr 4
060A67 060A67 060A67 1064 530M40 530M40 530M40 18 5140 1,7035 41 Cr 4
060A72 060A72 060A72 534A99 534A99 31 52100 1,3505 100 Cr 6
060A78 060A78 060A78 590A15 590A15 590A15 1,7131 16 Mn Cr 5
060A81 060A81 060A81 1080 590H17 590H17 590H17 1,7131 16 Mn Cr 5
060A96 44, 44B 590M17 590M17 590M17 1,7131 16 Mn Cr 5
070A72 42 1070 605A32 605A32 16B
070A78 42 605A37 605A37 16C
070M20 070M20 070M20 3B 1020 1,0402 C 22 605H32 605H32
070M26 070M26 1026 605H37 605H37
070M55 070M55 070M55 9 1055 1,0535 C 55 605M36 605M36 605M36 16
080A15 080A15 080A15 3B 1016 1,1141 C 15
080A20 080A20 1021 606M36 606M36 606M36 16M
080A30 080A30 080A30 5B 1030 635A14 635A14 635A14
080A32 080A32 5C 1035 1,1180 Cm 35 635H15 635H15 635H15
080A35 080A35 8A 1035 1,1180 Cm 35 635M15 635M15 635M115 351
080A37 070A37 8B 1035 637A16 637A16 637A16
080A40 080A40 8C 1040 1,1186 Ck 40 637H17 637H17 637H17
080A42 080A42 080A42 8D 1042 637M17 637M17 637M17 352
080A47 080A47 080A47 43B 1046 1,1730 C 45 655H13 655H13 655H13 3415 1,5752 14 NiCr 14
080A52 080A52 43C 1053 655M13 655M13 655M13 36 3415 1,5752 14 NiCr 14
080A57 080A57 1055 1,05335 C 55 665H17 665H17 665H17 4615
080A67 080A67 080A67 43E 1065 C 67 665H20 665H20 665H20 4620H
080H36 080H36 1035 665H23 665H23 665H23
080H41 080H41 1039 665M17 665M17 665M17 34 4615
080H46 080H46 1046 665M20 665M20 665M20 4620
080M15 080M15 080M15 32C 1016 1,1141 C 15 665M23 665M23 665M23 25
080M30 080M30 080M30 6 1030 1,1178 Ck 30
080M36 080M36 1035 708A25 708A25
080M40 080M40 080M40 8 1040 1,1186 Ck 40 708A30 708A30 4130
080M46 080M46 1045 1,1191 Ck 45 708A37 708A37 19B 4137 1,7220 34 CrMo 4
080M50 080M50 080M50 43A 1049 708A40 708A40 4140 1,7225 42 CrMo 4
708A42 708A42 19C 4142 1,7225 42 CrMo 4
708A47 708A47 4147 1,7228 50 CrMo 4
Carbon and carbon manganese freecutting steels 708H20 708H20 708H20
210A15 210A15 210A15 1117 708H37 708H37 4137H 1,722 34 CrMo 4
210M15 210M15 210M15 32M 1117 1,0723 15 S 20 708H42 708H42 4142H 1,7227 42 CrMo 4
212A37 212A37 8BM
708H45 708H45 4145H
212A42 212A42 212A42 8DM 1139 1,0727 45 S 20
708M20 708M20 708M20
212M36 212M36 8M 1140 1,0726 35 S 20
214A15 214A15 214A15 1118 708M40 708M40 708M40 19 4140 1,7225 42 CrMo 4
214M15 214M15 214M15 202 1118 709M40 709M40 709M40 19 1,7225 42 CrMo 4
216M28 216M28 1132 720M32 720M32 720M32 1,7361 32 CrMo 12
216M36 216M36 216M36 15AM 1137 722M24 722M24 722M24 40B 1,7361 32 CrMo 12
216M44 216M44 735A50 47 6150 1,8159 50 CrV 4
220M07 220M07 1A 1113 1,0711 9 S 20 805A17 805A17 805A17 8617 1,6523 21 NiCrMo 2
225M36 225M36 805A20 805A20 805A20 8620 1,6543 21 NiCrMo 22
226M44 226M44 226M44 8M 1144 1,0727 45 S 20 805A22 805A22 805A22 8622 1,6543 21 NiCrMo 22
230M07 230M07 230M07 1A 1213 1,0715 9 SMn 28 805A60 8660
230M07Pb 230M07Pb 230M07Pb 1A Pb 12L14 1,0718 9 SMnPb 28 805H17 805H17 805H17 8617H 1,6523 21 NiCrMo 2
805H20 805H20 805H20 8620H 1,6543 21 NiCrMo 22
Stainless and heat resisting steels 805H22 805H22 805H22 8622H 1,6543 21 NiCrMo 22
302S31 302S31 302S31 302 805H60 805H60* 8660H
303S31 303S31 303S31 58M 303 1,4305 X10 CrNis 18 9 805M17 805M17 805M17 361 8617 1,6523 21 NiCrMo 2
303S42 303S42 303S42 58AM 303Se 1,4305 X10 CrNis 18 9 805M20 805M20 805M20 362 8620 1,6543 21 NiCrMo 22
304S11 304S11 304S11 304L 1,4306 X2 CrNi 19 11 805M22 805M22 805M22 8622 1,6543 21 NiCrMo 22
304S15 304S15 304S15 58E 304 1,4301 X5 CrNi 18 10 808H17 808H17 808H17
304S31 304S31 304S31 304 1,4301 X5 CrNi 18 10 808M17 808M17 808M17
310S31 310S31 310S31 310 1,4845 X12 CrNi 25 21 815H17 815H17 815H17
316S11 316S11 316S11 316L 1,4404 X2 CrNiMo 17 13 2 805M17
ov-related-steel-specifications - Updated - 25-09-2017
815M17 805M17 353

316S13 316S13 316S13 316L 1,4435 X2 CrNiMo 18 14 3 817A37 817A37 4340
316S31 316S31 316S31 316 1,4401 X5 CrNiMo 17 12 2 817A42 817A42 4340
316S33 316S33 316S33 316 1,4436 X5 CrNiMO 17 13 2 817M40 817M40 807M40 24 4340 1,6565 40 CrNiMo 6
320S31 320S31 320S31 316Ti 1,4571 X6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 820H17 820H17 820H17
321S31 321S31 321S31 321 1,4541 X6 CrNiTi 18 10 820M17 820M17 820M17 354
325S31 325S31 325S31 822H17 822H17 822M17
326S36 58JM 316Se
347S31 347S31 347S31 347 1,4550 X6 CrNiNb 18 10 822M17 822M17 822M17 355
403S17 403S17 403S17 403 1,4000 X6 Cr 13 826M31 826M31 826M31 25 1,6743 32 NiCrMo 10 4
410S21 410S21 410S21 56A 410S 1,4006 X10 Cr 13 826M40 826M40 826M40 26 1,6745 40 NiMoCr 10 5
416S21 416S21 416S21 56AM 416 1,4005 X12 Cr S 13 832H13 832H13 832H13 1,6657 14 NiCrMo 13 4
416S29 416S29 416S29 56BM 832M13 832M13 832M13 36C 9310 1,6657 14 NiCrMo 13 4
416S37 416S37 416S37 56CM 835H15 835H15 835H15 1,6723 15 NiCrMo 16 5
416S41 416S41 416S41 56AM 416Se 835M15 835M15 835M15 39B 1,6723 15 NiCrMo 16 5
420S29 420S29 420S29 56B 420 1,4021 X20 Cr 13 835M30 835M30 30B 1,6747 30 NiCrMo 16 6
420S37 420S37 420S37 56C 897M39 897M39 897M39 40C 1,8523 39 CrMoV 13 9
430S17 430S17 430S17 430 1,4016 X6 Cr 17 905M39 905M39 905M39 41B 1,8509 41 CrAlMo 7
431S29 431S29 431S29 57 431 1,4057 X20 CrNi 17 2 925A60 925A60*
945M38 945M38 945M38 100

Material Specifications and Properties
austenitic stainless steels
Austenitic steels are non-magnetic and it is not possible to harden them by heat treatment. The only method
of hardening these steels is through cold forming or deformation when strain hardening takes place rapidly.
The steel can be restored to a fully softened condition by annealing, often referred to as solution treatment.
Stainless steel Type AISI 303 S21
Chemical agent
Grade 316 Grade 303 (form EN58AM)
Acetaldehyde A A Colour Code: White
Acetic acid A A
(Austenitic - non magnetic).
Free machining quality
Acetone A A
(contains sulphur).
Acetylene gas A A
Good corrosion resistance
Aluminium chloride C C
and weldability is fair, but
Ammonia, aqueous liquid A A
oxy-acetylene is not generally
APPENDIX TEN
Ammonium chloride A B
recommended. Can be cold
Anlline A A formed but severe sharp
Benzene (Benzol) A A corner bends should
Borax solutions A A be avoided.
Butane A A
Typical application - repetitive
Butyl acetate A A machining, automatics etc.
Butyl alcohol A A
Calcium chloride A B
Calcium hydroxide A A Type AISI 304 S15
Carbon tetrachloride A A (form EN58E)
Chloroform A A Colour Code: Yellow
Chromic acid B C (Austenitic - non magnetic).
Citric acid A A General purpose stainless,
Cyclohexane A A
machineability is fair, has
good general corrosion
Diesel oil A B
resistance, weldability is
Ethayl acetate A A
good. (Oxy-acetylene is not
Ethyl alcohol A A
generally recommended.)
Ethylene glycol A A
Cold forming is very good: also
Ferric chloride B C has good polishing qualities.
Formic acid A B Non-magnetic when annealed,
Freon 1 B B slightly magnetic when
Freon 21 N/A N/A cold worked.
Freon 22 N/A N/A
Typical application -
Gasoline A A suitable for general engineering,
Glycerine A A hospital, laundry etc.
Hydrogen gas N/A N/A
Hydrogen peroxide A B
Hydrogen sulphide A B
Type AISI 316 S16
Kerosene A A (form EN58J)
Lye A A Colour Code: Red
Lubricating oils SAE A A (Austenitic - non-magnetic).
Magnesium chloride A B High corrosion resistance,
Magnesium sulphate A A especially salt water/acid.
Methane A A Machineability fair. Weldability
Methyl alcohol A A good. Cold forming good.
Motor oil A A
Non-magnetic when annealed,
slightly magnetic when
Naphtha A A
cold worked.
Nitric acid A A
Phosphoric acid A A
Potassium dichromate A A
ov-material-specifications-and-properties - Updated - 25-09-2017
Potassium hydroxide A A
Sodium carbonate A A
Sodium hydroxide A A
Sodium hypochloride A B
Sodium sulphate A A
Steam A A
Stearic acid A A
Sulphur dioxide gas B B
Sulphuric acid A C
Toluene N/A N/A
Trichloroethylene A A
Turpentine A A
Vegetable oils A A
A - Good Resistance
Vinyl acetate N/A N/A
B - Medium Resistance
Water A A
C - Low Resistance
Xylene N/A N/A
N/R - Not Recommended
Zinc chloride B C N/A - Information not available
wixroyd.com
Material Specification and Properties
for austenitic stainless steel fasteners
Austenitic stainless Stainless steel fasteners are specified in BS EN ISO 3506.

steel fasteners
Chemical compositions The chemical compositions of austenitic stainless steel fasteners with the designations A1, A2 & A4 are shown
in table 1.
Table 1 Chemical composition (% maxima unless stated) Types

Grade
Chemical Compositions C Si Mn S P Cr Mo Ni Cu included
for Austenitic Stainless A1 0.12 1 6.5 0.15-0.35 0.20 16-19 0.7 5-10 1.75-2.25 303, 1.4305
APPENDIX ELEVEN
Steel Fasteners.
304,349S17
A2 0.1 1 2 0.03 0.05 15-20 - 8-19 4 (BS3111)
1.4567
316,396S17
A4 0.08 1 2 0.03 0.045 16-18.5 2-3 10-15 1
(BS3111)
Table 2 Bolts, screws and studs Nuts

Mechanical Properties for A1, Property Diameter Tensile strength 0.2% Proof stress Elongation Stress under proof
A2 and A4 Austenitic Stainless class range Rm (Nmm-2) Rp0.2 (Nmm-2) A (mm) load Sp (Nmm-2)
Steel Bolts, Screws, Studs
50
and Nuts. <M39 500 210 0.6d 500
Annealed
70
<M24 700 450 0.4d 700
Cold drawn
80
<M24 800 600 0.3d 800
Hard cold drawn
Notes The most common and readily available supply condition is property class 70, which represents a “cold drawn”
for the bar stock from which the fasteners are made.
ov-material-specifications-and-properties-b - Updated - 25-09-2017

Material Specification and Properties
plastic and rubbers
Duroplast
1. All the values reported in the tables are the
Delrin Polyacetal 150 Delrin Polyacetal 150
result of tests carried out in our laboratories
under controlled temperate and humidity ASTM Values Polyac. ASTM
Mechanical Properties Mechanical properties Values
Method 150 method
(23C - 58% rh) in given conditions of use for a Density D792 1,42 g/cm² Coefficient of dynamic D1894
relatively limited time. The technical designer friction against steel
Tensile strength @ yield D628
should consider using an adequate safety No lubricant -61T 0,10 - 0,30
-55°C 101 N/mm²
factor for particularly heavy conditions of use. Water lubricated 0,10 - 0,20
-40°C -N/mm²
2. “Max. limit static load” means the value over Oil lubricated 0,05 - 0,10
12°C 69 N/mm²
which the applied load to the element, in 70°C 48 N/mm²
Against brass 0,15
certain conditions of use, may cause material Against aluminium 0,15
APPENDIX TWELVE
100°C 36 N/mm²
deformation. To establish the admissible load Against polyacetal 0,35
122°C 26 N/mm²
on the element, designers should consider Thermal properties
Elongation @ break D638
an appropriate safety factor according to
-55°C 0,38% Melting point D2133 175°C
specific conditions of use to vibrations, and
-40°C -% Deflection temperature
dynamic loads. D648
under flexural load
12°C 75%
1,8 N/mm² 38°C
70°C 230%
• Good resistance
100°C >260%
0,5 N/mm² 172°C
Thermal conductivity 0,37 W/mK
r Fair resistance (limited use according to working conditions) 122°C >260%
Specific heat 1,47 Kj/kgK
Tensile E modulus D638 3100 N/mm²
r Poor resistance (should not be used) Coefficient of linear D696
Shear strength D732 66 N/mm² thermal expansion
N.B Blanks stand for data not available Flexural modulus D790 -40°C - 30°C 10,4 1x10-50°C
-55°C 3650 N/mm² 30°C - 60°C 12,1 1x10-50°C
Chemical agents Duroplast Painted Duroplast -40°C 2620 N/mm² 60°C - 105°C 13,7 1x10-50°C
resistance (PF) 23C clean 23C -23°C 1550 N/mm² 105°C - 150°C 14,9 1x10-50°C
Alcohol (methanol, -70°C 895 N/mm²
ethanol, isopropanol, ...) • • -100°C 620 N/mm²
Flamability
Maximum continuous
UL94 HB
Boiling water r r use temperature

Flexural fatigue endurance limit D671 32 N/mm²
In air 90°C
Edible oils • • Compressive stress D695
In water 65°C
Esters (methyl acetate, 1% deformation 36 N/mm²
ethyl acetate, ...) • N/A
10% deformation 124 N/mm²
Maximum intermittent
use temperature
Ether
(ethyl eter, oil ether, ...) • N/A Izod impact strength D256 In air 150°C
Unnotched no break J/m
Fat • N/A
Notched
In water
Minimum continuous
80°C
Ketons (acetone) • • -40°C 96 J/m

use temperature -40°C
Mineral oils • • 23°C 123 J/m

Electrical properties
Petrol, gas oil, benzene • • Tensile impact strength D1822 350 KJ/m² Volume resistivity D257 10-25 ohm cm
Strong acids (hydrolic, Deformation under load D621 Surface resistivity D257 10-25 ohm
p p
nitric, sulphuric, ... Dielectric strength short time
(14N/mm² @ 50°C) 0,5% D149 20 kV/mm
Strong alkali p p (2,3mm sheet)
Hardness, Rockell D785 M94 Dielectric constant
Toluene • r (milk effect) R120 10-2HZ - 106HZ D150 3,7
Water • • Water absorption D570 Dissipation factor (1mm sheet) D150

Weak acids 24 hours immersion 0,25% 100HZ
r good
(butyric, oleic, lactic, ...) 1kHZ
Equilibrium 50% R.H. 0,22%
Weak alkali r good Equilibrium, continuous 10kHZ
Xylene • r (milk effect) Immersion 0,90% 1MHZ 0,005
Plastics and Rubbers

Tensile Max. Service Resistance Resistance Resistance Resistance Resistance Resistance Shore Dielectric Tear
Elongation continuous Resistance
strength temperture to weak to strong to weak to strong to organic to oils and A constant strength
% to sunlight
PSI °C Min. °C acids acids alkalis alkalis solvents greases hardness volts/mm N/m
Fair except
Low-density 600 - Resistant Attcked Poor if
90 - 800 50 -30 Fair for oxidising Good Good - - -
polyethylene 2300 below 60°C by some unprotected
acids
High-density Attacked Unaffected Crazes if
3100 - 4500 10 - 150 60 -65 Good Good Good Limited - - -
polyethylene by some below 80°C unprotected
ov-material-specifications-and-properties-c - Updated - 25-09-2017
700 - 700 -
Standard PVC 50 -35 Limited Limited Limited Limited Poor Limited Good - - -
2000 2000
Unaffected
Polypropylene 3900 - 5000 50 - 600 110 -25 Good Poor Good Good Poor Poor - - -
below 80°C
Attacked Poor
1750 -
EVA 700 - 800 45 -20 Good by oxidising Good Good Poor Poor degrades - - -
2500 acids slowly
PA6,6 plyamide Attacked Attacked Discolours
7600 50 - 300 120 -80 Poor Poor Poor Poor - - -
(nylon) 66 by some by some slightly
PA6 plyamide Attacked Attacked Discolours
5800 50 - 250 100 -70 Poor Poor Poor Poor - - -
(nylon) 6 by some by some slightly
Attacked by
3000 - Soluble Attacked Some
Polystyrene 1 - 60 65 -20 Good oxidising Good Good - - -
7000 in some by some attack
acids
Thermoplastic 980 - 980 - Attacked Attacked
135 -40 Excellent Good Excellent Good Good - - -
rubber 1100 1100 by some by some
Silicone rubber 8,5 Mpa 230 200 -60 Poor Poor Fair Fair Poor Attacked Good - - -
Flexible PVC 2971 300% min 66 -29 Good Poor Good Poor Poor Poor Fair 76 - 80 7442 35023
POM- Soluble
8800 50 - 70 80 -40 Poor Poor Good Good Good Fair - - -
polyacetal in some
17,6 - 21 Attacked
EPDM 500 - 800 121 -37,2 Good Good Fair Fair Poor Good - - -
(Mpa) by some
16MNm
High-Temp PVC 225 - 275 200 -25 Good Good Good Fair Poor Poor Fair 83 - 93 7442 31521
-2
wixroyd.com
Technopolymer Part 1
Thermoplastic
Chemical agents Polymide (PA) Polypropylene (PP) NBR rubber Acetal resin (POM)
elastomer (TP)
and solvents
Notes Conc.% 23C Notes Conc.% 23C Notes Conc.% 23C Notes 23C Notes Conc.% 23C
Acetic acid Sol. 10 p 40 • p • Sol. 20 p
Acetone 100 • 10 • p • •
Acrylonitrile 100 • p r
Up to
Alimentary oils • 10 • • 60°C
• •
Aluminium chloride Sol. 10 • 10 • Sol. • •
Aluminium sulphate Sol. 10 • 10 • Sol. • •
• • r r
APPENDIX THIRTEEN
Amonia Sol. 10 Conc. Sol.

Amonia - gaseous r • • r
Ammonium chloride Sol. 10 • • Sol. • • Sol. 10 •
Amyl alcohol 100 • • • • •
Aniline 100 r • p p •
Beer Sol. 10 • • • • •
Up to
Benzoic acid Sol. Sat. r Sat. p Sol. r
60°C
•
Benzol/benzene 100 • • p p •
Boiling water Swell. r • r r
Boric acid Sol. 10 • Sat. • Sol. • •
Butter • • • • •
Butyl acetate 100 • • r
Butyl alcohol 100 • • • • •
Calcium chloride Sol. 10 • Sol. 50 • Sol. • • •
Carbon disulphide 100 • • p p
Carbon tetrachloride • p p p •
Caustic soda 10% Sol. 5, 10 • Sol. 5,10 • Sol. 5,10 r • Sol. 10 •
Caustic sode 50% Sol. 50 r Sol. 50 • Sol. 50 p •
Up to
Citric acid Sol. 10 r 10 • Sol. • 60°C
• •
Cloroform 100 p p p p
Copper sulphate 10 • • Sol. • • •
Dichloropan r p
Distilled water • • • • •
Edible fat • • • •
Ethyl acetate 100 • • p r •
Ethyl alcohol 96 • 96 • r • •
Ethyl chloride 100 • p •
Ethyl ether 100 • • r p
Ethylene glycol • • • r
Ferric chloride Sol. 10 • • Sol. • • •
Formaldehyde (formalin) Sol. 30 • Sol. 40 • Sol. 40 r p
Up to
Formic acid Sol. 10 • Sol. 10 • Sat. p
60°C
• 100 p
Freon 11 r • •
Freon 12 Liq. • r • •
Freon 13 r • •
Gas oil • • • p •
Glycerine • • • p
Glycol butylene 100 • • r
Up to
Hydrochloric acid Sol. 10 • Sol. 30 • Sol. 10 r
60°C
• Sol. 10 p
ov-technopolymer-part-1 - Updated - 25-09-2017
Hydrofluoric acid Sol. 40 • Sol. 40 • 50 p r p

Hydrogen peroxide Sol. 3 • Sol. 30 • Sol. 80 p r Sol. 90 p
Iodine tincture-alcoholic p • •
Isopropyl alcohol • • r • •
Disclaimer Conc. = Concentration • = Good resistance
While every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy r = Fair resistance (limited use according to working
of the data, Wixroyd shall have no liability for any loss or Sol. = Solution
conditions)
damage suffered by any party, caused directly or indirectly,
Liq. = Liquid p = Poor resistance (should not be used)
by the use of this data. If accuracy of such information is
Sat. = Saturated N.B. = Blanks stand for data not
critical please check with the relevant institution or body.
Swell. = Swelling

Technopolymer Part 2
Thermoplastic
Chemical agents Polymide (PA) Polypropylene (PP) NBR rubber Acetal resin (POM)
elastomer (TP)
and solvents
Notes Conc.% 23C Notes Conc.% 23C Notes Conc.% 23C Notes 23C Notes Conc.% 23C
Kerosene • r v p •
Lactic acid Sol. 10 • Sol. 20 • Sol. • •
Linseed oil • • • Up to 60°C • •
Magnesium chloride Sol. 10 • Sol. Sat. • Sol. • Up to 60°C • •
Mercuric chloride Sol. 6 p • •
Mercury • • • •
Methyl acetate 100 • •
• • r r •
APPENDIX FOURTEEN
Methyl alcohol 100 100
Methyl ethyl ketone • r p • p
Methylene chloride 100 • r p p
Milk • • • p •
Mineral oil • • • • •
Nitric acid 10 p Sol. 10 • Sol. 10 r Up to 60°C • Sol. 10 p
Oil • r • r •
Oil ether • • p •
Oils for transformers • r • p •
Oleic acid 100 • Sol. • r Up to 60°C r •
Paraffin oil • • • Up to 60°C •
Petrol • r Swell. r Up to 60°C • •
Petrol vapor • Swell. r r p •
Phenol Sol. p • p p p
Phosporic acid Sol. 10 p Sol. 85 • Sol. 20 r p Sol. 10 p
(Caustic potash)
Potassium hydroxide 50%
Sol. 50 r Sol. 50 r Sol. 5, 10 p Up to 60°C •
(Caustic potash)
Potassium hydroxide 10%
Sol. 5, 10 • Sol. 5, 10 • Sol. 5, 10 r • Sol. 10 r
Potassium nitrate Sol. 10 • Sat. • • •

Sea, river and
drinkable water • • • • •
Silicon oil • • •
Silver nitrate • Sol. 20 • Sol. r •
Soap solution Sol. • Sol. • Sol. • • •
Sodium carbonate Sol. 10 • Sol. Sat. • Sol. • • •
Sodium chloride Sol. 10 • Sol. Sat. • Sol. • • •
Sodium hypochlorite Sol. • Sol. 20 • Sol. 10 p • Sol. 5 p
Sodium nitrate Sol. 10 • Sol. • • •
Sodium silicate • • Sol. • • •
Sodium sulphate Sol. 10 • • Sol. • • •
Steam • • r •
Sulphuric acid Sol. 10 • 98 • Sol. 20 r Up to 60°C • Sol. 10 p
Tartaric acid • Sol. 10 • Sol. • Up to 60°C • •
Tetralin • p p p
Toluol/toluene • r p p •
Trichloroethylene r p p p
Unleaded petrol • Swell. r Swell. r p •
Vaseline • • • r
Vinegar • r •
Whisky • • • • •
ov-technopolymer-part-2 - Updated - 25-09-2017
Wine • • • • •
Xiyol • p p p •
Disclaimer
Conc. = Concentration • = Good resistance
While every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy
r = Fair resistance (limited use according to working
of the data, Wixroyd shall have no liability for any loss or Sol. = Solution
conditions)
damage suffered by any party, caused directly or indirectly,
by the use of this data. If accuracy of such information is Liq. = Liquid p = Poor resistance (should not be used)
critical please check with the relevant institution or body. Sat. = Saturated N.B. = Blanks stand for data not
Swell. = Swelling
wixroyd.com
Terms and Conditions of Sale
1. Definitions in these conditions 3.2 The Seller reserves the right without prior notice to effect 6.10 If such default or other circumstances shall continue
modifications and design changes and to discontinue for a period of 14 days, the Seller shall be entitled to
‘Buyer’ means any person, company or organisation which manufacture of any Goods as part of a continuous programme terminate a Contract by written notice to the Buyer, without
buys or has agreed to buy any Goods. of product development. prejudice to its other rights.
‘Conditions’ means these terms and conditions 6.11 The granting by the Seller to the Buyer of time or other
(as amended from time to time). 4. Selection
indulgence shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of any
‘Contract’ means a contract between the Seller and the of the Seller’s rights under these Conditions.
4.1 The Buyer shall be responsible for selection of the Goods
Buyer for the sale and purchase of Goods in accordance ordered and determining whether they are suitable and 6.12 The Seller shall have a general lien over any money or
with these Conditions. sufficient for the Buyer’s purpose unless specific advice other property of the Buyer in its possession for all money
‘Goods’ means any item which is to be sold by the Seller. about this is given in writing by the Seller. due to it from the Buyer. If any lien is not satisfied within 14
days of such money becoming due, the Seller may apply
‘Order’ means an order for the supply Goods placed by the 4.2 The Seller shall have no liability for the failure of the
such money, or as the case may be, sell such property as
Buyer with the Seller. Goods to perform in accordance with any specifications
agent for the Buyer and apply the proceeds, after deducting
when such failure shall be caused by their operation in
‘Seller’ means Wixroyd International Ltd. the expenses of the sale, in each case towards the monies
conditions which shall be unsuitable unless the Buyer shall
1.1 No employee, agent or salesman has any authority to due and the balance (if any) shall be paid to the Buyer.
have stated in its Order that such conditions would apply and
waive or vary any of these Conditions on behalf of the Seller the Seller shall have accepted such stipulation in writing.
7. Delivery times
and any variation to these Conditions shall be inapplicable
4.3 Where the Seller manufactures any special item based
unless in writing and signed by a Director on behalf of the
on a design or drawing submitted by the Buyer, the Seller 7.1 The Buyer should contact the Seller’s sales office for
Seller.
will request written approval by the Buyer of the production current delivery times.
2. Acceptance of order drawing prior to manufacture and the Buyer shall be 7.2 Any time for delivery given by the Seller shall not be of
responsible for ensuring the accuracy of the production the essence of a Contract.
2.1 These Conditions apply to each Contract to the exclusion drawing in all respects.
7.3 The Seller shall endeavour to meet the Buyer’s delivery
of any other terms that the Buyer seeks to impose or requirements but shall not be liable for any loss or damage
incorporate, or which are implied by trade, custom, practice 5. Prices
caused by delay in delivery and the Buyer shall not be
or course of dealing. entitled to cancel a Contract because of such delay.
5.1 Prices quoted by the Seller are based upon its prices
2.2 These Conditions shall form part of every contract of ruling at the date of quotation and the Seller reserves the 7.4 Each delivery shall be considered a separate transaction
sale of Goods entered into by the Seller and the placing of right to adjust its prices at the time of acceptance of order and the failure of any one delivery shall not affect the due
an Order shall be deemed to be conclusive evidence of the to reflect any increase in the cost of supplying the Goods or performance of a Contract as regards other deliveries.
Buyer’s acceptance of these Conditions. the publication of a new price list occurring after quotation.
7.5 The Seller shall be entitled to make partial deliveries
2.2 An Order constitutes an offer by the Buyer to purchase 5.2 Unless otherwise stated in writing prices quoted by the and these Conditions shall apply to each delivery.
Goods in accordance with these Conditions. The placing of Seller are exclusive of the cost of packaging and delivery
an Order by the Buyer, whether or not based upon a quotation, and VAT. 8. Delivery
shall not be binding on the Seller, unless accepted in writing,
5.3 While the Seller makes every effort to ensure that prices
at which point a Contract shall come into existence. 8.1 Unless otherwise agreed, delivery shall be effected
stated in its sales literature and on its website are up-to-date
2.3 The Seller reserves the right to reject any Order and at the premises of the Buyer or other place specified in a
and accurate the Buyer shall not rely on prices stated there
shall be under no obligation to acknowledge receipt of an Contract for delivery and the method of carriage and choice
and should contact the Seller’s sales office to verify prices
Order from the Buyer. of carrier for delivery within the United Kingdom shall be
before placing an Order.
determined by the Seller.
2.4 The Buyer is responsible for ensuring the accuracy of 5.4 The Buyer shall not be entitled to make any deduction
8.2 The Buyer shall be responsible for paying the Seller’s
any Order placed with the Seller. from the price of Goods by way of setoff or counter-claim.
carriage costs unless it shall make its own arrangements
2.5 No representations or undertakings made or given on the with the agreement of the Seller prior to the Seller arranging
Seller’s behalf prior to contract shall be binding on the Seller, 6. Payment
carriage. If the Goods shall be collected by the Buyer or
unless incorporated expressly in writing in a Contract. by a carrier pursuant to arrangement made by the Buyer,
6.1 Save where the Buyer has a credit account with the
A Contract constitutes the entire agreement between the delivery shall be deemed to take place on collection.
Seller, the Buyer is requested to make payment by debit or
parties with respect to the relevant Goods.
credit card or alternatively cleared funds via cheque or bank 8.3 If the Buyer requires delivery to be made outside the
2.6 Goods ordered by the Buyer which are out of stock will transfer. United Kingdom, the Seller recommends that the choice of
be placed on back order unless the Buyer shall specify carrier shall be determined by the Buyer and that the Buyer
6.2 Where the Buyer makes payment for Goods by means
ex-stock or cancel in its Order. notifies such choice to the Seller at the time of placing its
of a debit or credit card the Buyer must notify the Seller that
2.7 If the Buyer shall require any change in the terms or it chooses to pay by this method at the time of placing an Order. In the absence of such notification the Seller will
arrangements for the performance of a Contract it shall Order. The Seller reserves the right to decline to accept choose the carrier.
inform the Seller promptly and no change will be effective payment by credit card in any particular instance. The payment 8.4 If delivery should be delayed at the request of the
unless and until agreed in writing by the Seller. will be deducted from the Buyer’s card account on or before Buyer, the Seller may place the Goods in store at the
2.8 If the Buyer wishes to cancel an Order, the Buyer must despatch of the Goods from the Seller’s premises. Buyer’s risk and the Buyer shall pay such storage costs and
notify the Seller in writing within 5 days of receipt by the Seller 6.3 If the Buyer is a trade customer or a regular customer, other costs incurred by the Seller as a result of such delay.
of the Order, and any cancellation will only be deemed to the Seller will upon request open a credit account for the
have been accepted by the Seller upon the issue by the 9. Title and risk
Buyer provided that the price of the Buyer’s first Order for
Seller of an order cancellation acknowledgement. Goods exceeds £100. For credit account customers the 9.1 Title to the Goods shall remain with the Seller until
2.8.1 In the case of a Buyer placing with the Seller an order Seller requires payment to be made within 30 days after the payment in full is made by the Buyer.
for goods specifically to the Buyer’s own drawing or design, date of invoice.
9.2 The provisions of Condition 9.1 shall not prevent the
and in the event of the Buyer cancelling the order within 5 6.4 If the Buyer is from outside the United Kingdom payment Buyer from fixing the Goods to any other product or selling
days of receipt by the Seller of the Order, the Seller reserves for the Goods in full is required at the time the Order is placed. the Goods in the normal course of business but in the event
the right to make a charge on the Buyer for any reasonable Paragraph 6.1 indicates accepted methods of payment. of sale to the extent of the Buyer’s indebtedness to the
costs incurred in the acquisition of material, design time or
6.5 Any cheque payment should be made out to Wixroyd Seller in respect to the Goods, the Buyer shall hold the
tooling costs which the seller may reasonably have incurred
International Ltd. The Seller’s bank details will be provided proceeds of sale or the right to receive the same on trust
having received the order from the Buyer in good faith.
upon request to enable the Buyer to make any payment by for the Seller and shall, at its request, either (i) place the
2.9 The Seller will only accept a call-off Order (subject to its means of bank transfer. proceeds of sale in a separate account of the Buyer in such
absolute discretion) if it is for a maximum duration of 12 months a way as to be identifiable as in the beneficial ownership of
6.6 Payment made by means of a cheque, bill or documentary
ov-terms-and-conditions-of-sale-a - Updated - 28-06-2018
and is accompanied by a detailed delivery schedule. In the the Seller, or (ii) assign the right to receive the proceeds of
credit shall be deemed to be effected when honoured and
event that the Buyer fails to complete the call-off Order in sale to the Seller.
all costs of discounting and encashing shall be borne by
accordance with the delivery schedule submitted, the Seller
the Buyer. 9.3 If before title to the Goods passes to the Buyer the
shall be entitled to charge the Buyer, in addition to the price
Seller becomes subject to any of the events listed in
of any Goods that have been supplied, 100% of the list 6.7 Time for payment shall be of the essence of each Contract.
Condition 9.5, or the Seller reasonably believes that any
price of any Goods that are subject to the Order but which 6.8 In the event of delay in payment the Seller shall be such event is about to happen and notifies the Buyer
have not actually been supplied. entitled to charge interest at the rate of 4% per annum above accordingly, then, provided that the Goods have not been
Barclays Bank plc base rate from time to time from the date resold, or irrevocably incorporated into another product, and
3. Specification
of invoice until the date on which payment is actually made, without limiting any other right or remedy the Buyer may
3.1 All specifications, drawings and data contained in the without prejudice to its other rights. have, the Seller may at any time require the Buyer to deliver
Seller’s catalogues or brochures or on the Seller’s website 6.9 During any period of default in payment and at any time up the Goods and, if the Buyer fails to do so promptly, enter
or otherwise supplied by the Seller are approximate only when the Seller shall have reasonable grounds for doubting any premises of the Buyer or of any third party where the
and shall not form part of a Contract or have any contractual that any payment by the Buyer will be made on the due Goods are stored in order to recover them.
force unless otherwise stated in writing. date, the Seller shall be entitled to suspend the fulfillment 9.4 The risk in the Goods shall pass to the Buyer on delivery
of any Orders and withhold delivery of any Goods, without or placing in store in accordance with Condition 8.
prejudice to its right to payment for Goods delivered and
costs and expenses incurred in connection with undelivered
Goods which shall become immediately due and payable.
wixroyd.com
Terms and Conditions of Sale
9.5 For the purposes of Condition 9.3, the relevant events are: 11. Returns 16. Infringement
(a) the Buyer suspends, or threatens to suspend, payment
11.1 The Seller shall be under no obligation to accept the 16.1 The Buyer shall notify the Seller immediately of any
of its debts, or is unable to pay its debts as they fall due or
return of any Goods unless they are faulty or are found to circumstances coming to its attention which may be likely
admits inability to pay its debts, or (being a company) is
be damaged upon delivery. to give rise to any claim that the Goods infringe the rights
deemed unable to pay its debts within the meaning of
11.2 In exceptional cases the Seller may at its discretion of any third party and shall permit the Seller to conduct any
section 123 of the Insolvency Act 1986, or (being an individual)
accept the return of Goods in which case the Buyer will be action or negotiations in respect there of in the name of the
is deemed either unable to pay its debts or as having no
credited with the price of the Goods set out in the invoice Buyer but at the Seller’s expense.
reasonable prospect of so doing, in either case, within the
meaning of section 268 of the Insolvency Act 1986, or less a handling charge of 20% of that price. A return will 16.2 In the event of any such claim being successful, the
(being a partnership) has any partner to whom any of the only be accepted if the Seller’s sales office has first agreed Seller shall indemnify the Buyer against any liability it may
foregoing apply; to the return and issued a goods return number, if the return sustain to such third party, but shall have no other liability to
is made within 30 days of the date of the invoice, and if the the Buyer in respect thereof.
(b) the Buyer commences negotiations with all or any class
Goods are returned with their packaging intact and unmarked.
of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its debts,
17. Notices
or makes a proposal for or enters into any compromise or
12. Liability
arrangement with its creditors; Any notice to be given by either party to the other shall be
(c) (being a company) a petition is filed, a notice is given, 12.1 Save as expressly provided in these conditions, all properly given if sent by telex, e-mail or post to the party
a resolution is passed, or an order is made, for or in warranties, conditions or other terms implied by statute or to be served at its head office or last known address and
connection with the winding up of the Buyer; common law are hereby excluded. shall be deemed to have been served, in the case of postal
(d) (being an individual) the Buyer is the subject of a delivery, when the normal course of post it would have
12.2 Where any valid warranty claim in respect of any of
bankruptcy petition or order; been delivered.
the Goods which is based on any defect in the quality of
(e) a creditor or encumbrancer of the Buyer attaches or condition of the Goods is notified to the Seller, then the
18. Assignment and subcontracting
takes possession of, or a distress, execution, sequestration Seller shall be entitled to repair or replace the Goods free of
or other such process is levied or enforced on or sued charge or, at the Seller’s sole discretion, refund to the Buyer 18.1 The Seller may at any time assign, transfer, charge,
against, the whole or any part of its assets; the price of the Goods (or a proportionate part of the price) subcontract or deal in any other manner with all or any of its
but the Seller shall have no further liability to the Buyer. rights or obligations under a Contract.
(f) (being a company) an application is made to court, or an
order is made, for the appointment of an administrator or if 12.3 The Seller shall have no limit on its liability for death 18.2 The Buyer may not assign, transfer, charge, subcontract
a notice of intention to appoint an administrator is given or if or personal injury caused by the Seller’s negligence or the or deal in any other manner with all or any of its rights or
an administrator is appointed over the Buyer; negligence of its employees. obligations under a Contract without the prior written consent
(g) (being a company) a floating charge holder over the 12.4 Subject to Condition 12.3, the Seller shall have no of the Seller.
Buyer’s assets has become entitled to appoint or has liability to the Buyer in contract, tort (including negligence
appointed an administrative receiver; or breach of statutory duty) or otherwise howsoever and 19. Third party rights
whatever the cause thereof:
(h) a person becomes entitled to appoint a receiver over the A person who is not a party to a Contract shall not have any
Buyer’s assets or a receiver is appointed over the Buyer’s (a) for any increased costs or expenses; rights under or in connection with it.
assets; (b) for any loss of profit, business, contracts, revenues,
(i) any event occurs, or proceeding is taken, with respect opportunity or anticipated savings, or 20. Variation
to the Buyer in any jurisdiction to which it is subject that
(c) for any special, indirect or consequential loss or damage Except as set out in these Conditions, any variation to a
has an effect equivalent or similar to any of the events
of any nature whatsoever. Contract, including the introduction of any additional terms
mentioned in Conditions 9.5 (a) 0 to (h) (inclusive);
12.5 Subject to Conditions 12.3 and 12.4 and notwithstanding and conditions, shall only be binding when agreed in writing
(j) the Buyer suspends, threatens to suspends, ceases or and signed by the Seller.
anything contained in these Conditions, the Seller’s liability
threatens to cease to carry on all or substantially the whole
in contract, tort (including negligence or breach of statutory
of its business; 21. Sale to consumers
duty) or otherwise arising by reason of or in connection with
(k) the Buyer’s financial position deteriorates to such an the supply of the Goods shall be limited to a sum equivalent If the Buyer is a consumer purchasing Goods under a
extent that in the Seller’s opinion the Buyer’s capability to to the price of the Goods supplied. distance contract, as those terms are defined in the
adequately fulfil its obligations under a Contract has been
Consumer Protection (Distance Selling) Regulations 2000
placed in jeopardy; and 13. Indemnity
(“the Distance Selling Regulations”) these conditions
(l) (being an individual) the Buyer dies or, by reason of illness shall be subject to the provisions of the Distance Selling
Subject to any statutory provision to the contrary, the Seller
or incapacity (whether mental or physical), is incapable of Regulations and in the event of there being any conflict
shall have no liability for any loss of damage suffered by
managing his or her own affairs or becomes a patient under between these conditions and the Distance Selling
any third party caused directly or indirectly by the Goods,
any mental health legislation. Regulations, the Distance Selling Regulations shall prevail.
whether as the result of their operation or use or otherwise
and whether as the result of any defect there in or otherwise
10. Inspection, transit delays and non delivery 22. Law
and the Buyer shall indemnify the Seller from any claim
10.1 The Buyer must inspect the Goods as soon as is arising from any such loss or damage. Each Contract shall be governed by, and construed in
reasonably practicable after delivery and shall within 7 days accordance with, English law and the parties irrevocably
of delivery give notice to the Seller in detail of any defect in
14. Force majeure
submit to exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of England
the Goods or of any other complaint which the Buyer may and Wales to determine any dispute between them in
The Seller shall not be liable for any loss or damage
have in relation to the Goods. If the Buyer fails to give such relation thereto.
sustained by the Buyer caused by delay or failure to perform
notice the Goods shall be conclusively presumed to be in all
a Contract arising from any act of God, war, riot, strike, lock-
respects in accordance with the relevant Contract and free
out, government control or regulation, abnormal weather COPYRIGHT NOTICE
from any defect which would be apparent on reasonable
conditions, accident, breakdown or any other circumstances
examination, and the Buyer shall be deemed to have © Copyright Wixroyd International Ltd 2015. No part of this
beyond the Seller’s control and in such event, insofar as
accepted the Goods accordingly. publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system
a Contract shall not have performed, the Seller may either
10.2 In the event that the Buyer establishes to the Seller’s terminate such Contract and return any advance payment or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic,
reasonable satisfaction that the Goods are not in accordance received or delay for such period as may be necessary. mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise without
with the relevant Contract or are so defective, the Buyer’s prior permission of the Copyright owners.
sole remedy in respect of such non-accordance or defects 15. Confidentiality Subjects are subject to change without prior notice.
shall be limited as the Seller may elect to the replacement
ov-terms-and-conditions-of-sale-b - Updated - 28-06-2018
of the Goods or refund of the purchase price or, where sums 15.1 All drawings and other documents supplied by one ReLock® Vice, SnapLock®, AccuSnap®, QuickChange™,
are owed by the Buyer to the Seller, the issue of a credit note party to the other shall remain the copyright and property Loc-Jaw™ are trademarks of Te-co, inc.
or a credit card account refund against return of the Goods. of the party supplying the same and may not be copied or
reproduced without its consent and such documents shall PressureMax™ is a trademark of QPM Products Corp.
10.3 Queries regarding shortages of Goods must be made
be returned in the event of a Contract not being made or Wixroyd ® , Access Components ® and Hillcliff ® are all
within 7 days of the despatch date and must be accompanied
completed. registered trademarks used under licence by Wixroyd
by the despatch note. Queries regarding Goods invoiced
15.2 Any trade secret or confidential information supplied by International Ltd.
but not delivered must be made within 10 days of invoice
date and the invoice number must be quoted. In no either party to the other shall be kept confidential and shall “Big Blue” and “Discover Big Blue” are trademarks of
circumstances shall the Seller be liable to compensate not be disclosed to any party without the consent of the Wixroyd International Ltd.
the Buyer in damages or otherwise for non delivery of late party supplying the same.
delivery of the Goods or any of them for whatever reason
or for any loss consequential or otherwise arising from non
delivery or late delivery.

Access Components

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Access Components

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Access Components

ov-cam-latches-and-locks - Updated - 12-01-2017

Created 2021-07-20 wixroyd.com

Order No. Insert driver w l f

Created 2021-07-20 wixroyd.com

Created 2021-07-20 wixroyd.com

Suitable With Projection Cams

Suitable Without Projection Cams Table 2

5 Ø6,3 7 Ø10 Ø10

Calculation of correct cam off-set

h = distance between inside

0845 26 66 577 info@wixroyd.com

Where Where Where Where Where Where Where Where

Created 2021-07-20 wixroyd.com

Created 2021-07-20 wixroyd.com

Created 2021-07-20 wixroyd.com

Created 2021-07-20 wixroyd.com

Created 2021-07-20 wixroyd.com

Created 2021-07-20 wixroyd.com

Created 2021-07-20 wixroyd.com

Created 2021-07-20 wixroyd.com

Created 2021-07-20 wixroyd.com

Created 2021-07-20 wixroyd.com

Created 2021-07-20 wixroyd.com

Where Where Where Where Where Where Where Where

Created 2021-07-20 wixroyd.com

Created 2021-07-20 wixroyd.com

Order No Application Type

Created 2021-07-20 wixroyd.com

What is multi-point latching

ov-beneﬁts-multi-point-latching - Updated - 12-01-2017

0845 26 66 577 info@wixroyd.com

door centre door return

Calculation of rod lengths from centreline of rotation: Calculate the length of

Calculation of rod lengths from centerline of door used:

Created 2021-07-20 wixroyd.com

Applications inside the gasket

integrated rod control system

two point cam

Rod guide A0303.AW08xx   

Rod adaptor A0303.AW0900   

Roller adaptor A0303.AW0910   

Note: Use of rod guide is essential for all applications.

Order No. Type Length a h1 Weld screw

Created 2021-07-20 wixroyd.com

Applications inside the gasket

integrated rod control system

rod guide A0321.AW08xx

Round rod type Rod one Round rod and

Order No. Type Length l h1

Created 2021-07-20 wixroyd.com

What is multi-point latching

0845 26 66 577 info@wixroyd.com

Order No. To suit flexi-system fastener

Created 2021-07-20 wixroyd.com

Order No. Type

Created 2021-07-20 wixroyd.com

Created 2021-07-20 wixroyd.com

Order No. Material

Created 2021-07-20 wixroyd.com

Cam Latches - Insert Driver

Step 1: Cut out

Step 2: Material and finish Number of latching points in application